WO2024179481A1 - Self-moving device, control method, and autonomous working system - Google Patents
Self-moving device, control method, and autonomous working system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024179481A1 WO2024179481A1 PCT/CN2024/078871 CN2024078871W WO2024179481A1 WO 2024179481 A1 WO2024179481 A1 WO 2024179481A1 CN 2024078871 W CN2024078871 W CN 2024078871W WO 2024179481 A1 WO2024179481 A1 WO 2024179481A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- self
- moving device
- preset
- signal
- mobile device
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 235
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 98
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 claims description 795
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 161
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 128
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 94
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 41
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 37
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 36
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241001417527 Pempheridae Species 0.000 description 6
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 6
- 244000025254 Cannabis sativa Species 0.000 description 5
- 101001121408 Homo sapiens L-amino-acid oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100026388 L-amino-acid oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 101000827703 Homo sapiens Polyphosphoinositide phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100023591 Polyphosphoinositide phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003973 irrigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002262 irrigation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101100012902 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) FIG2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003245 working effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
- G05D—SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
- G05D1/00—Control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, e.g. using automatic pilots
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the technical field of control of a self-moving device, and in particular to a self-moving device, a control method and an autonomous working system.
- Self-driving devices with automatic driving functions are widely used, such as automatic lawn mowers, automatic snow blowers, etc.
- Self-driving devices can automatically complete related tasks according to pre-set programs, thereby saving users' time and labor, and bringing convenience to users' lives.
- the self-moving device can use positioning technology (for example, global positioning system (GPS) navigation, Beidou signal navigation and other positioning technologies) to achieve navigation, so that the self-moving device can automatically drive along the preset path.
- positioning technology for example, global positioning system (GPS) navigation, Beidou signal navigation and other positioning technologies
- the self-moving device may enter the shadow area, resulting in the blocking of the positioning signal and inaccurate positioning. If the self-moving device is in the shadow area for a long time, the self-moving device may not work properly.
- the self-moving device as an automatic lawn mower as an example, if the automatic lawn mower is in the shadow area for a long time, it may cause the automatic lawn mower to drive to a dangerous area or cause the automatic lawn mower to miss grass during mowing.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to providing a self-moving device and a control method, as well as an autonomous working system, to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in a shadow area for a long time.
- a self-moving device which moves and works in a working area, and includes: a driving module, configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction; a satellite positioning module, configured to output satellite positioning information, the satellite positioning information including signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; a control module, connected to the driving module and the satellite positioning module, and configured to control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; during the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- an autonomous working system comprising the autonomous moving device as described in the first aspect.
- a control method for a self-moving device wherein the self-moving device moves and works in a working area, the self-moving device includes a driving module and a satellite positioning module, the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to output satellite positioning information, and the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; the control method includes: controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, controlling the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- a computer-readable storage medium on which executable code is stored.
- executable code When the executable code is executed, the method described in the third aspect can be implemented.
- a computer program product comprising an executable code, which, when executed, can implement the method described in the third aspect.
- the control module can, under preset conditions, control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, so as to ensure that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area by increasing the moving speed of the self-moving device, thereby helping to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in the shadow area for a long time.
- An embodiment of the present invention also provides a self-moving device, which, in a first aspect, moves and works in a working area, and includes: a driving module, configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction; a satellite positioning module, configured to generate satellite positioning information, the satellite positioning information including signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; a control module, connected to the driving module and the satellite positioning module, and configured to control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if the control module detects that the satellite positioning information meets a preset condition, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module does not meet the prese
- an autonomous working system comprising the autonomous moving device as described in the first aspect.
- a control method for a self-moving device wherein the self-moving device moves and works in a working area, the self-moving device includes a driving module and a satellite positioning module, the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to generate satellite positioning information, and the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position;
- the control method includes: controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets a preset condition, controlling the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module does not meet the prese
- a computer-readable storage medium on which executable code is stored.
- executable code When the executable code is executed, the method described in the third aspect can be implemented.
- a computer program product comprising an executable code, which, when executed, can implement the method described in the third aspect.
- the control module can control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times if the satellite positioning information of the self-moving device meets preset conditions, so as to ensure that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area by increasing the moving speed of the self-moving device, thereby helping to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in a shadow area for a long time.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a self-moving device, which moves within a working area defined by a boundary, and the self-moving device comprises: a satellite positioning module, which determines the position of the self-moving device by receiving a positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area; a control module, which is configured to: store a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set records the position of the signal recovery point of the self-moving device, and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority representing the signal recovery point.
- a satellite positioning module which determines the position of the self-moving device by receiving a positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area
- a control module which is configured to: store a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set records the position of the signal recovery point of the self-moving device, and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority representing the signal
- a signal recovery point is selected as a target signal recovery point, wherein the signal recovery point is a position where the positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement; when the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, based on the priority, the target signal recovery point is selected from the signal recovery point set; the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the target signal recovery point to perform positioning signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
- the priority corresponding to the target signal recovery point is higher than the priority corresponding to the current position of the mobile device.
- the target signal recovery point is a location point with the highest priority within a first preset range of the current location of the mobile device.
- the target signal recovery point is the position point with the highest priority in the signal recovery point set.
- selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority and a distance between the current position of the mobile device and the signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point closest to the current position of the mobile device is selected as the target signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point, and the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point is represented by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary.
- the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary; or, the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary within a second preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the signal recovery point set includes a second type of signal recovery point
- the second type of signal recovery point is a position point where the signal quality recorded by the mobile device during movement is greater than a first threshold
- the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is represented by an evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
- the second type of signal recovery points include a portion of position points where the signal quality recorded by the mobile device during movement is greater than a first threshold.
- the distance between the second type of recovery points is greater than a second threshold.
- the distance information includes one or more of the following: the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary, and the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the evaluation value is positively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary; the evaluation value is negatively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within a third preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the signal recovery point set includes a third type of signal recovery point, which is a location point recorded by the self-moving device during movement.
- the priority corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point is expressed by a signal recovery probability, and the signal recovery probability is updated based on the signal quality when the self-moving device passes through the third type of signal recovery point again.
- the signal recovery probability currently corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point is the first probability.
- the control module is also configured to: when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is greater than a third threshold, update the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a second probability, and the second probability is greater than the first probability; or, when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, update the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a third probability, and the third probability is less than the first probability.
- the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point and a second type of signal recovery point, the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point is expressed by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is expressed by an evaluation value of the distance information; selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: based on the priority, preferentially selecting a target signal recovery point from the first type of signal recovery point.
- control module is further configured to: if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements when the self-mobile device is at the first target signal recovery point, then based on the priority, select a second target signal recovery point from the second type of signal recovery point; and control the self-mobile device to move to the second target signal recovery point.
- the positioning signal when the positioning result of the positioning signal is a fixed solution and the discreteness of multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal is less than or equal to a threshold, the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement.
- the dispersion degree is determined by the longitude standard deviation and the latitude standard deviation between the plurality of locations.
- An embodiment of the present invention also provides a method for controlling a self-moving device, wherein the self-moving device moves within a working area defined by a boundary, the self-moving device includes a positioning system, the positioning system determines the position of the self-moving device by receiving a positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area, the method comprising: storing a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set recording the position of the signal recovery point of the self-moving device and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority representing the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as a target signal recovery point, the signal recovery point being a position where the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement; when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, selecting the target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority; and controlling the self-moving device to move to the target signal recovery point to perform positioning signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
- the present application can determine the target signal recovery point based on the priority. Compared with the mobile device arbitrarily changing the moving direction, the mobile device moves to the target signal recovery point, and the probability of signal quality recovery of the positioning signal of the mobile device is higher and the security is better. Therefore, based on this solution, the mobile device can restore the quality of the positioning signal faster, so that it can work normally more safely and continuously.
- An embodiment of the present invention also provides a self-moving device, including: a satellite positioning module, determining the position of the self-moving device through a received positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area; a control module, the control module being configured to: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, control the self-moving device to change the moving direction; and in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, control the self-moving device to stop working and/or alarm; wherein the first parameter is a parameter characterizing the duration of time the self-moving device remains in the shadow area, and the first threshold is less than the second threshold.
- control module is further configured to: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, control the self-moving device to move along the planned working route. move.
- controlling the self-moving device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-moving device changing, controlling the self-moving device to continue moving along the working route from the position after the movement direction changes.
- controlling the self-moving device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area reaching a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-moving device not changing, controlling the self-moving device to change the movement direction and move along the working route.
- the working route is a pre-planned path, or the working route is a re-planned path based on the current position.
- controlling the self-moving device to change the moving direction includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move toward a signal recovery point.
- controlling the self-moving device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: controlling the self-moving device to move toward a first signal recovery point; if the self-moving device is in the shadow area at the first signal recovery point, controlling the self-moving device to move from the first signal recovery point to a second signal recovery point.
- control module before moving to the second signal recovery point, is further configured to: control the self-mobile device to wait for a preset time at the first signal recovery point; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements within the preset time, control the self-mobile device to move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
- control module is further configured to: detect the positioning signal during the movement toward the signal recovery point; if the positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement, control the mobile device to move toward the planned working route.
- controlling the self-moving device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: searching for an artificially set signal recovery point within a preset range of the current position; and controlling the self-moving device to move from the current position to the artificially set signal recovery point.
- the manually set signal recovery point includes a position point preset by a user.
- the first threshold is related to the movement mode of the self-moving device, wherein the corresponding first threshold is different in the edge mode and the non-edge mode.
- it also includes: a timer and/or a rangefinder; the control module is configured to: in response to the self-moving device entering the shadow area, control the timer to start recording the movement duration and/or control the rangefinder to start recording the movement distance, and in response to the positioning signal at the location of the self-moving device meeting the preset quality requirements, control the timer and/or the rangefinder to perform a zeroing operation.
- An embodiment of the present invention also provides a method for controlling a self-moving device, wherein the self-moving device includes a satellite positioning module, and the satellite positioning module determines the position of the self-moving device through a received positioning signal.
- the self-moving device is in a shadow area; the method includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to change a moving direction; and in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, controlling the self-moving device to stop working and/or alarm; wherein the first parameter is a parameter characterizing the duration of time the self-moving device stays in the shadow area, and the first threshold is less than the second threshold.
- the probability of the mobile device moving to the non-shadow area may be increased.
- the positioning signal quality can be restored so that the self-moving device can continue to move along the planned working route. If the positioning signal quality continues to be poor, the present application further limits the moving time of the self-moving device in the shadow area, thereby avoiding the self-moving device from being unable to work or having accidents.
- An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for controlling a self-moving device, comprising: acquiring a positioning signal received during the movement of the self-moving device; controlling the self-moving device to move along a preset working path according to the positioning signal; if the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality condition, controlling the self-moving device to move to a recovery position, the recovery position being a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition; if during the process of controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position, it is detected that the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, controlling the self-moving device to move to the preset working path.
- controlling the self-moving device to move toward the preset working path includes: counting the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition during the process of the self-moving device moving toward the preset working path; if the self-moving device returns to the preset working path before the duration reaches a first duration threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move along the preset working path.
- the self-moving device if the self-moving device has not reached the preset operation path when the duration reaches the first duration threshold, the self-moving device is controlled to move to another recovery position.
- controlling the self-moving device to move toward the preset working path includes: controlling the self-moving device to move toward a target position on the preset working path.
- controlling the self-moving device to move to the target position on the preset working path includes: controlling the self-moving device to move to a first target position on the preset working path; if the positioning signal does not meet a preset condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the first target position, controlling the self-moving device to move to a recovery position; and controlling the self-moving device to move to the first target position if the positioning signal quality meets a preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the recovery position.
- controlling the self-moving device to move to the target position on the preset working path includes: controlling the self-moving device to move to a first target position on the preset working path; if the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the first target position, controlling the self-moving device to move to a recovery position; if the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the recovery position, controlling the self-moving device to move to a second target position; wherein the second target position is a position in front of the first target position, and the front is determined based on taking the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
- the first target position includes a position on the preset operation path that the self-moving device has passed.
- the first target position includes a position located in front of an original position, the original position being the position corresponding to when the self-moving device leaves the preset working path, and the front is determined based on taking the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
- the process of determining the second target position includes: counting the number of times the self-moving device moves toward the preset working path; determining the second target position based on the original position, the number of movements and a preset adjustment step; wherein the original position is the position corresponding to when the self-moving device leaves the preset working path.
- the method further includes: counting the number of times the mobile device moves toward the preset operation path or the duration for which the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition; if the number of times reaches a preset number threshold Or the duration reaches a second duration threshold, and the self-moving device is controlled to shut down.
- the self-moving device before controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position, it includes: determining that the recovery position closest to the current position of the self-moving device among the multiple recovery positions is the target recovery position; and controlling the self-moving device to move to the target recovery position.
- An embodiment of the present invention also provides a self-moving device control device, including: an acquisition unit, used to acquire a positioning signal received during the movement of the self-moving device; a first control unit, used to control the self-moving device to move along a preset working path according to the positioning signal; a second control unit, used to control the self-moving device to move to a recovery position if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, and the recovery position is a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition; a third control unit, used to control the self-moving device to move to the preset working path if it is detected that the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition during the process of controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position.
- the self-moving device control method provided by the present application, in the process of obtaining the positioning signal received during the movement of the self-moving device and controlling the self-moving device to move along the preset working path according to the positioning signal, if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the recovery position, and if the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition during the movement to the recovery position, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the preset working path.
- This method adjusts the position of the self-moving device when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition, so that the self-moving device can obtain the positioning signal that meets the preset quality condition again, thereby ensuring that the self-moving device can accurately know its position in the working map, which helps to improve working efficiency, while avoiding working accidents caused by moving path errors and improving working safety.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of executing a shadow strategy according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 3 is an example diagram of changing the movement mode of a mobile device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the application process of the embodiment of the present disclosure in different scenarios.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process of a mobile device passing through a shadow area provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 6 is an example diagram of a mobile device passing through a shadow area provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7 is an example diagram of a mobile device passing through a shadow area provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG8 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 9 is an example diagram of a working area division method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is an example diagram of the distance between a grid and a boundary.
- FIG. 11 is an example diagram of a first type of signal recovery point provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG12 is an example diagram of the second type of signal recovery points provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 13 is an example diagram of a shadow map provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is an example diagram of the fourth type of signal recovery point provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 16 is an example of a method for determining whether a positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement provided by an embodiment of the present application. Intentional flow chart.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 19 is an example diagram of an edge-type route.
- FIG. 20 is an example diagram of a bow-shaped route.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a route for movement of a mobile device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of another route for movement of a mobile device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a route for a self-mobile device to move based on signal points provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 25 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
- FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
- FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 29 is a flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG30 is a schematic diagram of a moving trajectory of a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 31 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 33 is a flowchart of yet another method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of a moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of the moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of the moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG38 is a structural block diagram of a self-moving equipment control device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of a self-moving system provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the types (or categories) of the self-moving device may include many, and the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto.
- the self-moving device may be an automatic lawn mower, an automatic snow sweeper, an automatic watering machine, an automatic sweeper, a mopping robot, a sweeping and mopping robot, etc.
- the self-moving device can perform work tasks in the working area, for example, perform one or more work tasks.
- the self-moving device when the self-moving device is an automatic lawn mower, it can perform mowing tasks in the working area, or it can also perform other tasks such as charging tasks in the working area.
- the self-moving device when the self-moving device is an automatic snow sweeper, it can perform snow sweeping tasks or other tasks in the working area.
- the self-moving device is an automatic watering machine, it can perform watering tasks or other tasks in the working area.
- Self-driving equipment generally has an automatic driving function, which can perform work tasks during the automatic driving process, or in other words, the self-driving equipment can move and work in the work area.
- the self-driving equipment can Navigation is achieved by using satellite positioning technology (for example, GPS navigation, Beidou signal navigation and other positioning technologies) so that the self-moving device can automatically drive along a preset path, thereby having an automatic driving function.
- satellite positioning technology for example, GPS navigation, Beidou signal navigation and other positioning technologies
- the self-mobile device may enter a shadow area. Once the self-mobile device enters the shadow area, the positioning signal of the self-mobile device will be blocked, which may cause inaccurate positioning of the self-mobile device.
- the shadow area refers to an area that will affect (or block) the positioning signal of the self-mobile device. In other words, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the self-mobile device is in a shadow area, the positioning signal of the self-mobile device will be blocked.
- the self-mobile device moves near an obstacle (such as a house, a tree, a bush, etc.), such as moving along an obstacle
- the obstacle may block the positioning signal of the self-mobile device, resulting in inaccurate positioning of the self-mobile device.
- the area where the obstacle blocks the positioning signal of the self-mobile device can be called a shadow area.
- the self-moving device may cause the self-moving device to not work properly.
- the self-moving device is an automatic lawn mower
- the automatic lawn mower if the automatic lawn mower is in the shadow area for a long time, it may cause the automatic lawn mower to drive into a dangerous area (for example, drive out of the boundary) or cause the automatic lawn mower to miss grass during mowing.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a self-moving device and a control method thereof, and an autonomous working system.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the self-moving device 10 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the self-moving device 10 may include a driving module 101, a satellite positioning module 102, and a control module 103.
- the following introduces these modules (or components, parts, sensors, chips, etc.) included in the self-moving device 10.
- the driving module 101 may be configured to drive the self-moving device 10 to move according to the driving instruction.
- the driving module 101 may drive the self-moving device 10 to move within the working area.
- the driving module 101 may also drive the self-moving device 10 to move outside the working area, which may be specifically set according to actual conditions.
- the driving module 101 may include an electric motor, etc., for providing driving power.
- the driving module 101 may further include a moving component.
- the driving module 101 driving the self-moving device 10 to move according to the driving instruction may include: the driving module 101 may drive the moving component to move according to the driving instruction to drive the self-moving device 10 to move.
- the moving assembly can be installed at the bottom of the self-moving device 10.
- the moving assembly can also be called a traveling assembly, a moving mechanism, a moving component, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the moving component may be, for example, a wheel body, such as a universal wheel, a driving wheel, etc.
- a wheel body such as a universal wheel, a driving wheel, etc.
- the universal wheel may be installed at the bottom front end of the self-moving device 10 (the front end of the forward direction of the self-moving device 10).
- the moving component includes a driving wheel, it can be used to drive the self-moving device 10 to move.
- the driving wheel may be installed at the bottom side of the self-moving device 10.
- the satellite positioning module 102 may be configured to generate satellite positioning information, or in other words, the satellite positioning module 102 may be configured to generate location information (or current location information, etc.) from the mobile device 10 .
- the satellite positioning module 102 may include, for example, a satellite navigation device or a satellite positioning chip.
- the satellite navigation device may be configured to receive satellite signals and output satellite positioning information from the mobile device 10 .
- the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 may include the signal quality information of the mobile device at each location, or it can be understood that the satellite positioning information may include the signal quality information corresponding to the positioning signal of the mobile device at each location.
- the signal quality information of the mobile device at each location can be used to indicate the accuracy of the positioning of the mobile device at that location. For example, the signal quality information of the mobile device at a certain location is good, which can indicate that the mobile device is The positioning of the mobile device at the location is relatively accurate; if the signal quality information of the mobile device at a certain location is poor, it can be explained that the positioning of the mobile device at the location is relatively inaccurate.
- the signal quality information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 at different locations may be different.
- the signal quality information may vary as the working environment of the self-mobile device 10 changes.
- the satellite positioning module 102 can receive navigation signals from multiple satellites, and the communication signal between the satellite positioning module 102 and the satellite will not be blocked.
- the signal quality information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 is relatively good, and the positioning result is relatively accurate; when the self-mobile device 10 is in a shadow area, the satellite positioning module 102 is blocked by obstacles (such as houses, trees, etc.), and can only receive navigation signals from a few satellites or no navigation signals from satellites, resulting in the communication signal between the satellite positioning module 102 and the satellite being blocked. Therefore, the signal quality information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 is relatively poor, and the positioning result is relatively inaccurate.
- obstacles such as houses, trees, etc.
- the control module (or controller, control component, etc.) 103 is connected to the drive module 101 and the satellite positioning module 102, for example, by communication connection.
- the communication connection mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure should be understood in a broad sense, that is, the control module 103 and the drive module 101, or the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 can communicate, and the specific connection methods may include multiple.
- the control module 103 and the drive module 101 and the satellite positioning module 102 may be fixedly connected or detachably connected; may be mechanically connected or electrically connected; may be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, or may be internally connected to the components, etc.
- connection mode between the control module 103 and the driving module 101 and the connection mode between the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 may be the same, for example, both are electrically connected. In some embodiments, the connection mode between the control module 103 and the driving module 101 and the connection mode between the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 may be different, for example, the control module 103 and the driving module 101 are mechanically connected, and the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 are electrically connected, etc.
- control module 103 can be implemented by a processor, for example, and the processor can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
- the general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can also be any conventional processor, etc.
- control module 103 may be configured to control the driving module 101 to drive the mobile device 10 to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 .
- the preset path may be a walking path preset for the self-moving device to perform a work task; or, the preset path may be an approach path or an exit path preset for the self-moving device; or, the preset path may be a transition path or a detour path preset for the self-moving device.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the method for generating the preset path.
- the preset path can be generated manually, or can be generated by a path planning algorithm.
- the mobile device 10 may pass through a shadow area while moving along a preset path, or in other words, a shadow area may exist on the preset path.
- a shadow area may exist on the preset path.
- the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 meets the preset signal quality requirement.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the expression form of the preset signal quality requirement, and may be expressed in a specific manner according to actual conditions.
- the preset signal quality requirement may be reflected in accordance with the signal quality level.
- the signal quality level may include multiple levels such as good signal quality, general signal quality, and poor signal quality. If the signal quality level of the satellite positioning information is poor signal quality, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, or if the signal quality level of the satellite positioning information is poor signal quality or general signal quality, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- the preset signal quality requirement may be reflected in accordance with the number of satellites of the positioning signal that the satellite positioning module 102 can receive. For example, if the number of satellites of the positioning signal that the satellite positioning module 102 can receive is less than or equal to 2, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, or if the number of satellites of the positioning signal that the satellite positioning module 102 can receive is less than or equal to 4, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- control module 103 controls the driving module 101 to drive the self-moving device 10 to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information
- control module 103 can control the self-moving device 10 to accelerate (or speed up) one or more times (twice or more than twice) so that the self-moving device 10 can quickly pass through the shadow area on the preset path.
- the self-mobile device 10 may also include a timer (not shown in the figure), which can be used to record the duration of the satellite positioning information of the self-mobile device 10 not meeting the preset signal quality requirement (in the shadow area), so that when the self-mobile device 10 cannot rush out of the shadow area within the specified time, the control module 103 can control the self-mobile device 10 to stop moving, so as to avoid the problem that the self-mobile device 10 cannot work normally due to the self-mobile device 10 being in the shadow area for a long time; or, when the self-mobile device 10 does not rush out of the shadow area within the specified time, the control module 103 can control the self-mobile device to accelerate, so that the self-mobile device can rush out of the shadow area as soon as possible.
- a timer not shown in the figure
- the disclosed embodiment does not specifically limit the timing duration of the timer (the specific value of the above-mentioned specified time), and can be flexibly set according to actual conditions.
- the value of the timer can be set to be slightly longer, such as 60s, 90s, etc.
- the value of the timer can be set to be slightly shorter, such as 10s, 15s, etc.
- the control module can control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times under the preset conditions, so as to ensure that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area by increasing the moving speed of the self-moving device, thereby helping to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in the shadow area for a long time.
- the reason why the self-moving device can pass through the shadow area quickly by acceleration without affecting the normal operation of the self-moving device is that the shadow fusion algorithm used by the satellite positioning module has a small error accumulation in a short time, and the deviation (or position offset) of the satellite positioning information is within an acceptable range, but the accumulated error will diverge rapidly with the increase of time, so that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements.
- the disclosed embodiment increases the moving speed of the self-moving device so that the self-moving device can quickly rush out of the shadow area while the deviation of the satellite positioning information is still within an acceptable range, and arrive at a place with good signal to wait for signal recovery.
- the preset conditions mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be associated with satellite positioning information (e.g., signal quality information of satellite positioning information).
- the preset conditions may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements, and/or the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance.
- the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance in this application refers to the period since the mobile device has been in the shadow area where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements for a long time. Move for a preset time, or continuously move a preset distance.
- the preset condition may be associated with other information in addition to the satellite positioning information.
- the preset condition may be associated with the speed information of the self-moving device. The preset condition is described in detail below.
- the preset conditions mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include a first condition and a second condition, wherein the first condition may be associated with the speed information of the self-moving device, and the second condition may be associated with the satellite positioning information of the self-moving device.
- the first condition may include that the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than a preset safety speed threshold.
- the safety speed threshold is set to avoid safety accidents caused by excessive moving speed of the self-moving device.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the specific size of the safety speed threshold, and it can be set according to specific circumstances.
- the safety speed threshold can be set according to the safety regulations of the relevant industry.
- the second condition may include one or more of the following: detecting that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when the self-mobile device enters the shadow area); detecting that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time period and/or a preset distance (i.e., when the self-mobile device enters the shadow area for a period of time); the self-mobile device moves from a position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when the self-mobile device searches for a signal recovery point); and the self-mobile device returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when the self-mobile device returns to the shadow area from the signal recovery point), etc.
- the above-mentioned preset condition may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement. That is, when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, the control module may control the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times.
- the above-mentioned preset condition may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance. That is, when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module may control the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times.
- the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times, which may include one or more of the following acceleration situations: when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate; when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements and accelerates during the movement; and, when the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate when returning to a preset path from a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements.
- control module controlling the self-mobile device to move to a location where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement.
- the control module can control the self-mobile device to change the moving direction and move to the signal recovery point, thereby controlling the self-mobile device to move to a location where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement.
- the self-moving device when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once; and if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset period of time and/or a preset period of time, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once; If the distance is set, the mobile device is controlled to accelerate again.
- the control module controls the self-mobile device to change the moving direction to move toward the signal recovery point, and accelerates again in the process of moving toward the signal recovery point, where the signal recovery point is the position where the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module meets the preset signal quality requirements; and, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the preset path at a first speed (returning from the signal recovery point to the preset path), wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-mobile device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- first condition and/or the second condition i.e., the preset condition listed above are only preferred solutions, and the first condition and/or the second condition of the embodiment of the present disclosure are not limited to the listed conditions, as long as the first condition is associated with the speed information of the self-moving device and the second condition is associated with the satellite positioning information of the self-moving device.
- the second condition may also include: the self-moving device recognizes a preset time and/or preset distance from the shadow area, etc.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit the specific values of the preset duration and/or preset distance, and can be flexibly set according to actual conditions. It should also be noted that in different application scenarios, the values of the preset duration and/or preset distance mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be different or the same. For example, the values of the preset duration and/or preset distance corresponding to the working mode and the transition mode may be different or the same.
- control module controls the moving speed of the mobile device (moving speed after acceleration) to be less than or equal to the safety speed threshold after the mobile device is accelerated once or multiple times. That is, in order to avoid safety accidents caused by excessively high moving speed of the mobile device, in the embodiments of the present disclosure, no matter how many times the mobile device is accelerated, its moving speed at any time during the moving process will not exceed the safety speed threshold.
- the control module can control the self-moving device to decelerate according to the driving condition of the self-moving device in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, so as to extend the service life of the self-moving device or avoid accidents. For example, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the self-moving device is in a bumpy section, the self-moving device can be controlled to decelerate.
- control module controls the self-moving device to move at a high speed according to the satellite positioning information (for example, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or more and is moving at the accelerated speed), if it is detected that the self-moving device is in a bumpy section, the control module can control the self-moving device to decelerate in order to extend the service life of the self-moving device or avoid accidents.
- the disclosed embodiment does not specifically limit the method for detecting whether the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section.
- a detection sensor can be provided on the self-moving device, and when the self-moving device moves, the sensor can determine whether the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section according to the degree of shaking of the self-moving device. Furthermore, the sensor can send the detection result to the control module, so that the control module controls the moving speed of the self-moving device according to the detection result.
- the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times when the satellite positioning information meets the preset conditions (for example, the satellite positioning information does not meet the signal quality requirements, the satellite positioning information does not meet the signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance, etc.).
- the control module can control the self-moving device to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- the control module can control the self-moving device to move at a normal speed and will not control the self-moving device to accelerate. Furthermore, if it is detected that the self-moving device When driving from the shadow area to the non-shadow area, the self-moving device is controlled to reduce the speed to the first speed.
- control module when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path, the control module can control the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information.
- the disclosed embodiments are not limited thereto.
- control module when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path, the control module can also control the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the non-satellite positioning information.
- the non-satellite positioning information may be, for example, positioning information generated based on magnetic signals, positioning information generated based on radar signals, positioning information generated based on inertial navigation units, positioning information generated based on cameras, etc.
- the non-satellite positioning information is output by a position sensor different from the satellite positioning module as described above, such as a geomagnetic sensor that outputs a magnetic field signal or a magnetic induction sensor that outputs an electromagnetic signal, a radar that outputs a radar signal, an inertial navigation sensor, a camera, etc.
- the control module when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the non-satellite positioning information, the control module can control the self-moving device to move along the preset path at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- the control module when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the non-satellite positioning information, the control module can control the self-moving device not to accelerate and move along the preset path at the normal speed of the self-moving device (such as the first speed).
- control module controls the mobile device to perform one or more accelerations, which is described in detail below.
- the shadow strategy is a strategy set to ensure that the signal quality information of the self-moving device in the shadow area can meet the requirements when the self-moving device is in the shadow area.
- the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, the control module can also be configured to execute the shadow strategy.
- control module can execute the shadow strategy by executing steps S210 and S220.
- step S210 it is determined whether the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module meets a preset requirement.
- the preset requirement may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance.
- the description of whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement can be found in the above text and will not be repeated here.
- step S220 if the satellite positioning information meets the preset requirement, the mobile device is controlled to change the moving mode so that the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module at the moved position meets the preset signal quality requirement.
- control module may control the self-moving device to change the moving mode by controlling the self-moving device to change the moving direction.
- the location point where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements can be called a signal recovery point (or recovery position).
- the shadow strategy can be understood as that when the satellite positioning information meets the preset requirements (for example, the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance), the control module can control the mobile device to find a signal recovery point. There can be one or more signal recovery points, and they are stored in a signal recovery point set.
- the signal recovery point set also stores the priority of the signal recovery point, and the priority represents the probability that the signal recovery point is selected as the target signal recovery point; when the mobile device is in a shadow area, the target signal recovery point is selected from the signal recovery point set based on the priority; the mobile device is controlled to move to the target signal recovery point to restore the satellite positioning information to meet the preset signal quality requirements.
- the method of finding the target signal recovery point can refer to the subsequent embodiments of this application to solve how to restore the positioning signal quality of the mobile device as soon as possible.
- a method for implementing a self-moving device to search for a signal recovery point wherein the positions of several signal recovery points can be stored in the self-moving device, and a control module selects one of the several signal recovery points as the signal recovery point by judging the distance between the position of the stored signal recovery point and the current position of the self-moving device, and controls the self-moving device to move to the position of the selected signal recovery point.
- the control module can control the self-moving device to move to a signal recovery point that is closest to the current position of the self-moving device.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to this.
- the distance range between the signal recovery point and the current position of the self-moving device can also be set, and the control module can control the self-moving device to move to any signal recovery point within the distance range.
- the signal quality of the signal recovery point is not necessarily good, but a direction with good signal quality can be determined through the signal recovery point. In other words, a location point with good signal quality can be found in the direction of the signal recovery point.
- FIG. 3 An example of executing the shadow strategy from the mobile device is given below in conjunction with Figure 3.
- the control module when the control module identifies that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, it can move along the preset path for a preset time (for example, time T). If the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirement after moving along the preset path for the preset time, the control module can control the mobile device to move to the signal recovery point, so that when the mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information generated by the mobile device meets the preset signal quality requirement.
- a preset time for example, time T
- the process of executing the shadow strategy by the self-moving device also includes: the control module controls the self-moving device to return to the preset path from the signal recovery point.
- the control method of the target position reached when returning to the preset path can refer to the relevant embodiments in the subsequent embodiments to solve the problem of avoiding operation accidents caused by moving path errors and improving operation safety, and the present application will not repeat them here.
- the method of returning the self-moving device to the preset position is shown in Figure 3. After the self-moving device moves to the signal recovery point, it can return to the preset path from the signal recovery point.
- Figure 3 is only an example diagram of changing the moving mode of a mobile device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the specific path for changing the moving mode of a mobile device can be flexibly selected. For example, after the mobile device moves to a signal recovery point, it may not immediately return to the preset path, but re-plan the path, etc.
- the shadow strategy may be executed once or multiple times while the self-mobile device moves along the preset path, and the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to this.
- the signal recovery point may be searched multiple times while the self-mobile device moves along the preset path to ensure that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements.
- Embodiment 1 Not considering shadow strategy
- the self-moving device when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information and the speed information meet the preset conditions, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once; and/or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and lasts for a preset time and/or preset distance, and the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once.
- control module controls the movement of the mobile device along a preset path to detect whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements. It can accelerate when it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements (when entering a shadow area) and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than a safety speed threshold, wherein the accelerated speed can ensure safety.
- control module controls the movement of the mobile device along a preset path, detects whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and accelerates when it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements for a period of time and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than a safety speed threshold, wherein the accelerated speed can ensure safety.
- control module controls the movement of the mobile device along a preset path, detects whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, and after a period of time, accelerates again when it detects that the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, wherein the speed after each acceleration can ensure safety.
- the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times if it detects that the satellite positioning information and speed information meet the preset conditions during the process of controlling the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once; and/or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once; and/or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the
- the control module when the control module is controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path, if it detects that the satellite positioning information and speed information meet the preset conditions, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module is controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the self-moving device returns to the preset path from a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once.
- the control module is also configured as one of the following: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the mobile device returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once; or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the mobile device returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the mobile device moves along the
- control module controls the mobile device to perform one or more accelerations when the shadow strategy is considered.
- Table 1 lists how the control module controls the mobile device to perform one or more The possibility of acceleration.
- A indicates when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when entering the shaded area); B indicates that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance (i.e., when entering the shaded area for a period of time); C indicates moving from a position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when looking for a signal recovery point); D indicates returning from a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements to a preset path (i.e., when returning from the signal recovery point to the shaded area).
- control module can control the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times according to the situation.
- this line indicates that A accelerates, while B, C, and D do not accelerate, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold.
- the self-mobile device is controlled to move to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point), and further, returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (returns to the shaded area from the signal recovery point).
- the speed of the self-mobile device during the entire process can ensure safety.
- this line indicates that A and B accelerate, while C and D do not accelerate, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold.
- the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold after moving along the preset path for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T1)
- the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold after moving along the preset path for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T2)
- the speed of the self-mobile device during the entire process can ensure safety.
- this line indicates that A, B, and D accelerate, and C does not accelerate, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, and then moves along the preset path.
- the preset path moves for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T1)
- a preset time and/or a preset distance for example, time T2
- the mobile device controls the mobile device to move to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point), and further, return to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (return to the shaded area from the signal recovery point) and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, and accelerate again to return to the preset path.
- the speed of the mobile device during the whole process can ensure safety.
- This line indicates that A, B, C, and D are all accelerated, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold. Then, when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold for a preset time and/or preset distance (for example, time T1) along the preset path, it accelerates again.
- a preset time and/or preset distance for example, time T1
- the satellite positioning information when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold for a preset time and/or preset distance (for example, time T2) along the preset path, it accelerates again, and then controls the self-mobile device to move to the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point). Further, when the satellite positioning information returns to the preset path from the position where the preset signal quality requirements are met (returning to the shaded area from the signal recovery point) and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, it accelerates again and returns to the preset path. Among them, the speed of the self-mobile device in the whole process can be guaranteed to be safe.
- the acceleration amplitude is the largest when the mobile device moves from a first position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement to a second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement.
- the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate multiple times and the multiple accelerations include acceleration during the process of the mobile device searching for a signal recovery point, the acceleration amplitude is the largest during the process of the mobile device searching for a signal recovery point.
- the moving speed of the self-mobile device at the first position (in the shadow area) where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement is the second speed
- the moving speed of the self-mobile device at the second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement (in the non-shadow area) is the third speed.
- the above-mentioned acceleration amplitude can be reflected by the second speed and the third speed.
- the acceleration amplitude can be the difference or ratio between the third speed and the second speed.
- a variety of scenes or modes can be pre-set inside the mobile device, such as edge scenes (which can also be understood as edge modes, and the various scenes mentioned later can also be replaced by modes), planned cutting scenes, transition scenes (transitions can be path planning between two independent work areas), regression scenes, etc.
- Each scene can be provided with a corresponding preset path, wherein the preset path corresponding to the planned cutting scene can, for example, refer to the walking path for performing work tasks mentioned above, and the preset path corresponding to the regression scene can, for example, refer to the departure path mentioned above, etc.
- FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the application process of the embodiment of the present disclosure in different scenarios.
- a specific scene can be selected from a plurality of pre-set scenes, and the self-mobile device can move along a preset path in the scene, and accelerate once or multiple times according to whether the self-mobile device meets the preset conditions during the movement along the preset path.
- the self-mobile device can be controlled to decelerate to restore to the first speed of normal driving.
- the self-mobile device can be used.
- the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure solves the problem that a mobile device cannot work normally due to being in a shadow area for a long time.
- the moving speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area may be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to this.
- the moving speed of the self-moving device in the non-shadow area may be the same or different.
- the turning speed of the self-moving device at a location where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements can be greater than the turning speed of the self-moving device at a location where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements.
- the turning speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area can be greater than the turning speed of the self-moving device in the non-shadow area. In this way, the self-moving device can move and turn quickly in the shadow area, which is conducive to the self-moving device quickly rushing out of the shadow area, thereby ensuring the normal operation of the self-moving device.
- step 510 after the automatic lawn mower is turned on, it searches for a path to move to the target point, and then moves along the preset path at a normal walking speed (for example, speed v0). During the movement, the signal quality information of the mobile device at the current position can be determined based on the data collected by the satellite positioning module.
- a normal walking speed for example, speed v0
- the automatic lawn mower can move to the target point according to the principle of proximity. Taking the edge mode as an example, the automatic lawn mower can find the boundary point closest to the current position as the target point and move to the target point.
- the target point mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may refer to a point on a preset path, such as the starting point of the preset path.
- the target point may be a point on an edge path, a point on a planned cutting path, a point on a transition path, a point on a regression path, etc.
- step 520 when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, the timing is started and the moving speed is increased.
- the increased moving speed is v1, and v1>v0.
- step S530 the automatic lawn mower is controlled to continue to move along the preset path from the current position at the increased moving speed (v1), and the satellite positioning information during the movement is detected.
- step S540 when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and lasts for a preset period of time (eg, 12 seconds), the current position of the mobile device is recorded, and the first signal recovery point closest to the position is found.
- a preset period of time eg, 12 seconds
- step S550 the automatic lawn mower is controlled to turn at the turning speed in the shadow area, and then the moving speed is increased, and the automatic lawn mower moves from the current position to the direction of the first signal recovery point (eg, signal recovery point 1) at the increased moving speed.
- the first signal recovery point eg, signal recovery point 1
- the increased moving speed is v2, and v2>v1.
- the signal quality of the first signal recovery point may not be good, but the first signal recovery point can be used to determine a direction for finding a good signal quality.
- step S560 the timing is continued and the satellite positioning information is detected during the process of controlling the mobile device to move in the direction of the first signal recovery point.
- the timer is reset, and the position that meets the preset signal quality requirements is recorded as position A, and the automatic lawn mower is controlled to turn at position A at the turning speed in the non-shadow area, and then moves to the preset path at the normal moving speed (v0) or the accelerated speed (v2).
- the embodiment of the present disclosure keeps timing until the position (e.g., position A) where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements is found, and the timing is reset after the position is found.
- the self-mobile device is controlled to move from the first signal recovery point to the direction of the second signal recovery point (for example, recovery point 2) at the increased moving speed (v2).
- the first signal recovery point and the second signal recovery point can both be determined based on the position when leaving the preset path, or can be determined based on the current position.
- the satellite positioning information is detected. If before reaching the second signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements and the duration of the self-moving device in the shadow area does not exceed the specified time (for example, 60s), the timer is reset, and the position that meets the preset signal quality requirements is recorded as position B.
- the automatic lawn mower is controlled to turn at position B at the turning speed in the non-shadow area, and then moves to the preset path at a normal moving speed (v0) or an accelerated speed (v2).
- satellite positioning information is detected. If, when reaching the second signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information has not met the preset signal quality requirements and the duration has not exceeded the specified time (for example, 60s), the self-mobile device is controlled to move from the second signal recovery point to the direction of the third signal recovery point (for example, signal recovery point 3) at an increased moving speed (v2).
- the above steps may be repeated until the mobile device stays in the shadow area for more than a specified time (eg, 60 seconds) and stops moving.
- a specified time eg, 60 seconds
- the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an autonomous working system, which may include any autonomous moving device described above.
- the autonomous working system may also include other equipment or devices before the self-moving device, for example, it may include a charging station for the self-moving device to dock and to replenish power for the self-moving device.
- Fig. 8 is a flow chart of a control method of a self-moving device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the self-moving device moves and works in a working area
- the self-moving device includes a driving module and a satellite positioning module, wherein the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to generate satellite positioning information, and the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position.
- the control method shown in Fig. 8 may be executed by the aforementioned self-moving device, for example, by a control module.
- the control method shown in Fig. 8 may include step S810 and step S820.
- step S810 a driving module is controlled according to satellite positioning information to drive the mobile device to move along a preset path.
- step S820 when the driving module is controlled to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area on the preset path.
- the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- the preset condition includes: the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement.
- the preset condition includes: the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time period and/or a preset distance.
- the moving speed of the self-moving device is less than or equal to a safety speed threshold.
- control module is further configured to: if it is detected that the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section, control the self-moving device to decelerate.
- control module is also configured to: if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, control the self-moving device to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- control module is also configured to: control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path at a first speed based on non-satellite positioning information, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information
- the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once; and if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate again.
- the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate again, including: if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to change the moving direction, and accelerate again to move towards the signal recovery point; if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the preset path at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- the turning speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area is greater than the turning speed in the non-shadow area.
- the acceleration amplitude is the largest when the mobile device moves from a first position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement to a second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, wherein the moving speed of the mobile device at the first position is the second speed, the moving speed of the mobile device at the second position is the third speed, and the acceleration amplitude is the difference or ratio between the third speed and the second speed.
- the moving speeds of the mobile device in the shadow area are the same or different.
- the moving speeds of the self-moving device in the non-shadow area are the same or different.
- the self-moving device includes at least one of the following: an automatic lawn mower, an automatic snow sweeper, and an automatic watering machine.
- B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
- determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B can also be determined according to A and/or other information.
- the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the execution order.
- the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
- Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
- the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber Line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be read by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated.
- the available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
- a magnetic medium e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
- an optical medium e.g., a digital video disc (DVD)
- DVD digital video disc
- SSD solid state disk
- the self-moving device can autonomously move along the planned working route (hereinafter referred to as the route, or the preset path as described above) and perform tasks such as mowing and cleaning during the movement.
- the self-moving device can be, for example, an automatic lawn mower or an automatic sweeper.
- the route can be a route autonomously planned by the self-moving device, or a route planned by the user for the self-moving device.
- the user can set the boundary or range of the area where the self-moving device moves, and the self-moving device can autonomously plan the route within the working area defined by the boundary.
- the self-mobile device may include a satellite positioning module.
- the satellite positioning module may obtain information about the location of the self-mobile device.
- the self-mobile device may compare the location information obtained by the satellite positioning module with the planned route. If the location of the self-mobile device deviates from the route, the self-mobile device may adjust the direction of movement so that the self-mobile device can move along the planned route.
- the satellite positioning module can determine the position of the mobile device by receiving the positioning signal.
- the positioning signal can be, for example, a signal of the global navigation satellite system (GNSS).
- GNSS can include, for example, the global positioning system (GPS), the Beidou satellite navigation system, etc.
- the positioning system can be implemented, for example, by the real-time kinematic (RTK) carrier phase difference technology.
- RTK real-time kinematic
- the signal quality of the positioning signal is affected by many factors such as obstructions and the environment. In some areas, the quality of the positioning signal cannot meet the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called shadow areas. In some areas, such as open areas without obstructions, the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called non-shadow areas or open areas.
- the present application proposes a self-moving device to solve the above-mentioned problem of how to restore the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device as soon as possible.
- FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a self-moving device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the self-moving device 10 may include a satellite positioning module 102 and a control module 103 .
- the satellite positioning module 102 can determine the position of the mobile device through the received positioning signal.
- the satellite positioning module 102 can correspond to one or more of a transceiver, a positioning chip, a positioning antenna, and a sensor for positioning in the mobile device.
- the control module 103 may be configured to control the self-moving device.
- the control module 103 may correspond to one or more of a processor and a controller in the self-moving device.
- control module 103 can be configured to: store a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set records the location of the signal recovery point of the mobile device, and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority characterizing the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as the target signal recovery point; when the mobile device is in a shadow area, based on the priority, select the target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set; control the mobile device to move to the target signal recovery point to perform signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
- the location of the target signal recovery point may be a location where the positioning signal quality may be restored. In other words, at the target signal recovery point, the positioning signal may meet the preset quality requirements. When the mobile device moves to the target signal recovery point, the positioning signal may or may not be restored.
- the location of the target signal recovery point may deviate from the planned working route, that is, the target signal recovery point may be located outside the planned working route.
- the self-mobile device may record a signal recovery point set.
- the signal recovery point set may include one or more signal recovery points.
- the signal recovery point set may also include priorities corresponding to one or more signal recovery points. The priority may represent the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as the target signal recovery point.
- the self-mobile device When the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, the self-mobile device may move toward a target signal recovery point, which may be a point in the signal recovery point set.
- the self-mobile device can move to the target signal recovery point to restore the signal. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements when the self-mobile device is at the first target signal recovery point, it can be considered that the signal has been restored. If the signal is restored, the self-mobile device can return to the working route and continue working. If the signal is not restored, the self-mobile device can wait for the signal to be restored at the target signal recovery point, or the self-mobile device can determine another target signal recovery point (such as a second target signal recovery point) and move to another signal recovery point until the signal is restored or the preset time threshold is exceeded and the device is shut down. Among them, the process of controlling the movement of the self-mobile device to the signal recovery point can increase its movement speed.
- control method of the target position reached when returning to the preset path can refer to the related embodiments of the subsequent embodiments to solve the problem of avoiding operation accidents caused by moving path errors and improving operation safety, which will not be repeated in this application.
- the higher the priority the more likely the corresponding signal recovery point is to be selected as the target signal recovery point. In some cases, the higher the priority, the more likely the signal quality of the corresponding signal recovery point is to be restored, that is, the probability that the corresponding signal recovery point is in the non-shadow area may be greater.
- the target signal point may be determined based on a priority.
- the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the highest priority in the signal recovery point set.
- the target signal recovery point may be a position point with a priority higher than the priority corresponding to the current position.
- the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the highest priority within a first preset range of the current position.
- the target signal recovery point may be a position point with a priority higher than the priority corresponding to the current position.
- the target signal recovery point may also be determined based on the distance between the signal recovery point and the current location. For example, when the signal recovery point set includes signal recovery points of the same priority, the self-mobile device may select the signal recovery point closest to the current location of the self-mobile device as the target signal recovery point.
- the mobile device moving toward the target signal recovery point has a higher probability of restoring the signal quality of the positioning signal and better security. Therefore, based on this solution, the mobile device can restore the quality of the positioning signal faster, so that it can work normally more safely and continuously.
- the signal recovery point set may include a signal recovery line and/or a signal recovery area.
- the signal recovery point may be any point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area.
- the signal recovery point may be a point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area, which may be random or determined based on a rule.
- the rule may include, for example: the signal recovery point may be a plurality of position points on the signal recovery line spaced by a first distance, and the signal recovery point may be a vertex or a center point of a boundary of the signal recovery area.
- the signal recovery area can be implemented in the form of a grid, for example.
- the working area of the self-mobile device can be divided into several grids. Some or all of the grids in the working area can be stored in the signal recovery point set as signal recovery areas. As shown in Figure 9, the area marked with a thick solid line is the working area.
- the working area can be divided into 8 ⁇ 8 grids.
- the shape and method of dividing the grid in Figure 9 are only examples, and the actual division method can be flexibly selected. For example, the size, shape, arrangement, combination, and extension direction of the grid can be flexibly set according to actual conditions.
- the signal quality can be detected. If the signal quality is restored, the self-mobile device can return to the planned working route. If the signal quality is not restored after reaching the target signal recovery point, a first time period can be waited for the signal quality to be restored. After the first time period, if the signal quality is not restored, another target signal recovery point can be determined again based on the current position.
- the priority is used to characterize the probability of a signal recovery point being selected as a target signal recovery point, and the representation form of the priority is not specifically limited.
- the priority can be represented by the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary.
- the priority can be represented by the signal quality.
- the other information may include, for example, location information of the signal recovery point and/or signal quality information of the positioning signal.
- the signal quality information may include a specific evaluation value of the signal quality.
- the signal quality information may include identification values of the two states of good or bad signal quality.
- a signal recovery point, the signal recovery point set may store the position corresponding to the first signal recovery point, and may also store one or more of the priorities corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point, the second type of signal recovery point, and the third type of signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point set may include a first type of signal recovery point.
- the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point may be represented by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary of the mobile device.
- the boundary may be the boundary of the working area of the self-moving device. That is, during the normal movement or operation of the self-moving device, the boundary should not be exceeded. Taking a lawn mower as an example, the lawn mower can move along a route within the boundary and perform a mowing operation during the movement, thereby achieving mowing work in the area within the boundary.
- the boundary can be pre-set before the self-moving device works, or it can be identified during the movement of the self-moving device.
- the boundary can be determined based on the position coordinates of some position points on the boundary.
- the self-moving device may not move outside the boundary range determined by these position points during the movement.
- the boundary can be determined based on a physical boundary in the real world. When the self-moving device moves near the physical boundary, it can identify the physical boundary and will not move beyond the physical boundary.
- the physical boundary can be, for example, one or more of a wall, a fence, etc.
- the boundary may also be represented by a boundary of a map of the self-moving device.
- the map may be used to indicate the working area of the self-moving device. Before the self-moving device works, the map may be obtained based on the setting of the boundary, the previous working conditions in the area, etc. In this case, the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary may be obtained by performing a distance transformation on the map.
- the distance between the signal recovery point and different position points on the boundary may be different.
- Figure 10 represents a grid corresponding to a first type of signal recovery point (hereinafter referred to as the first recovery point) through square grids, and the boundary is represented by a bold curve.
- L1 ⁇ L4 are 4 examples of distances between the first recovery point (or the corresponding grid) and the boundary.
- L1 ⁇ L4 are all different.
- the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary can be the distance between the signal recovery point and any position point on the boundary.
- the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary can be the minimum value of the distance between the signal recovery point and the position point on the boundary.
- the minimum value of the distance between the first recovery point and the position point on the boundary is the distance represented by L1, then the distance between the first recovery point and the boundary can be L1.
- the distance between the signal recovery point and the border can be represented by a distance value in the real world.
- the distance can be represented by the number of grids.
- the distance can be represented by the distance interval in which the distance is located. Taking the map shown in Figure 9 as an example, if the distance between each grid and the border is represented by the number of grids between the grid and the border, the distance between the signal recovery point corresponding to each grid and the border can be shown as the number in Figure 11.
- the distance of the grid connected to the border can be set to 0.
- the self-moving device can determine the distance of each grid from the boundary. Further, the self-moving device can record the distance of each grid from the boundary, that is, each grid within the boundary can be recorded in a centralized manner at the signal recovery point. The self-moving device can also record the distance of some grids from the boundary. For example, the self-moving device can be separated by one or more grids and record the distance of the corresponding grid from the boundary.
- the mobile device may determine the target signal recovery point based on the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary. In some cases, the greater the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary, the higher the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point.
- the middle area is usually an open area.
- the probability that the self-moving device is within the boundary is greater, thereby avoiding accidents caused by the self-moving device moving outside the boundary and ensuring the safety of the self-moving device.
- the distance between the target signal recovery point and the boundary may be greater than the distance between the current position and the boundary. Taking FIG. 11 as an example, if the distance between the current position and the boundary is 1, the target signal recovery point may be any position point whose distance from the boundary is 2 or 3.
- the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the largest distance from the border.
- the grids with the largest distance from the border may be 4 grids with a distance of 3. Therefore, in FIG. 11, the target signal recovery point may be one of the grids with a distance of 3. In these embodiments, the target signal recovery point may be referred to as the highest point.
- the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the largest distance from the boundary within the second preset range of the current position.
- the second preset range is a distance of 1 grid
- the target signal recovery point corresponding to grid 401 may be selected from the grids marked with gray shadows.
- the position point with the largest distance from the boundary may be a position point with a distance of 2 (i.e., grid 402). Therefore, for grid 401, the target signal recovery point may be grid 402.
- the target signal recovery point may be referred to as a local highest point.
- the self-mobile device can select a target signal recovery point within a second preset range based on a neighborhood algorithm. For example, when the preset number of iterations is reached, the corresponding position point can be used as the target signal recovery point.
- the eight-neighborhood algorithm as an example, assuming that the current position point (denoted as a) is 1 away from the border, a position point (denoted as b) with a distance of 2 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on a, and then a position point (denoted as c) with a distance of 3 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on b, and then a position point (denoted as d) with a distance of 4 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on c, and then a position point (denoted as e) with a distance of 5 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on d. Assuming that the position
- the second preset range can limit the distance between the current position of the mobile device and the target signal recovery point to a certain extent, preventing the mobile device from moving to a position too far away from the current position, thereby avoiding the problem of reduced work efficiency.
- the position of the target signal recovery point can also be related to the current position of the mobile device. For example, if there are multiple position points with the same distance from the border, the signal recovery point closest to the current position can be selected as the target signal recovery point.
- the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest distance from the border, that is, the target recovery point can be one of the four grids with a distance of 3.
- the target signal recovery point can be the position point closest to grid 401 among the four grids (i.e., grid 403).
- the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest distance from the border within the second preset range.
- the grid directly above grid 404 is the position point with the largest distance from the border and the closest distance to grid 404 within the second preset range, that is, the target signal recovery point can be grid 405 directly above the previous 404.
- the signal recovery point set may include a second type of signal recovery point.
- the second type of signal recovery point is a position point where the signal quality of the positioning signal of the self-mobile device during movement is greater than the first threshold, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point can be represented by an evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
- the second type of signal recovery point can be a position point where the signal quality of the positioning signal is good during the historical movement of the self-mobile device. Therefore, selecting the target signal recovery point from the second type of signal recovery point can enable the self-mobile device to move to a position point where the positioning signal quality is good in history to restore the signal quality of the positioning signal.
- the self-mobile device may use the position points where the signal quality of the positioning signal is greater than the first threshold as the second type of signal recovery points and record them in the signal recovery point set.
- the self-mobile device may record some position points where the signal quality is greater than the first threshold.
- the distance (or interval) between the second type of recovery points recorded in the signal recovery point set may be greater than the second threshold.
- the self-mobile device passes through position points 1 to 9 in sequence. If the signal quality of position points 1 to 9 is greater than the first threshold, the self-mobile device may only store position points whose distance is greater than the second threshold. For example, the self-mobile device may only store position points 2 and 8.
- some position points within this period of time may be recorded as second type signal recovery points.
- the position point corresponding to the middle position moved during this period of time may be recorded as a second type of signal recovery point.
- the second type of signal recovery points stored in the self-mobile device are position points where the quality of some signals is greater than the first threshold, which can reduce the storage pressure of the self-mobile device.
- the positioning signal may or may not meet the preset quality requirement.
- the priority can be expressed by the evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
- the distance information can be related to the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and one or more specific position points.
- the distance information can include one or more of the following: the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary of the self-mobile device, the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device, and the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the artificially set signal recovery point.
- the self-mobile device can perform a three-dimensional evaluation based on the distance from the second type of signal recovery point to the boundary, the distance from the second type of signal recovery point to the nearby artificially set recovery point, and the distance from the second type of signal recovery point to the current position of the self-mobile device, and score the second type of signal recovery point to determine the evaluation value. Then, the self-mobile device can determine the selection order of the second type of signal recovery point according to the size of the evaluation value. If there are multiple points with the same evaluation value, the point closest to the current position can be selected as the target signal recovery point.
- the evaluation value is positively correlated with the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the boundary; the evaluation value is negatively correlated with the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the current position of the self-moving device. That is, under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the greater the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the boundary, the greater the evaluation value can be; or, under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the smaller the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the boundary, the smaller the evaluation value can be. Under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the greater the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the current position, the smaller the evaluation value can be; or, under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the smaller the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the current position, the greater the evaluation value can be.
- the larger the evaluation value, the higher the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point can be. Then, the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest evaluation value within the third preset range from the current position of the self-mobile device. In other embodiments, the smaller the evaluation value, the higher the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point can be. Then, the target signal recovery point is the position point with the smallest evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point is the position point with the smallest evaluation value within the third preset range from the current position of the self-mobile device.
- first preset range, the second preset range, and the third preset range mentioned above may be the same or different.
- the first preset range may be the same as the second preset range, and the second preset range may be different from the third preset range.
- the signal recovery point set may include a third type of signal recovery point.
- the third type of signal recovery point is a position point recorded by the self-mobile device during movement.
- the priority corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point can be expressed by a signal recovery probability.
- the signal recovery probability can be expressed based on the self-mobile device passing through the third type of signal recovery point again.
- the signal quality is updated when
- the signal recovery probability can represent the probability that the signal quality is restored to meet the preset requirements.
- the greater the signal recovery probability the greater the possibility of signal quality recovery at the corresponding signal recovery point.
- the greater the signal recovery probability the greater the probability that the corresponding signal recovery point is in the non-shadow area, or the smaller the probability that the corresponding signal recovery point is in the shadow area. Therefore.
- the signal recovery probability can also be represented by the shadow probability and/or the non-shadow probability (or referred to as the open probability).
- the signal quality of the location points in the area can be recorded. Therefore, each time the mobile device passes through the area, the signal recovery probability can be updated according to the signal quality. After passing through the area multiple times, the signal recovery probability corresponding to the location points in the area can be updated.
- the self-mobile device when the number of times the self-mobile device passes through the same location point reaches a preset value, that is, when the number of updates of the signal recovery probability corresponding to the location point reaches a preset value, the self-mobile device can determine the target signal recovery point according to the signal recovery probability. It can be understood that when the number of updates reaches the preset value, the signal recovery probability can reflect the long-term positioning signal situation of the location point, avoiding abnormal recorded signal recovery probability caused by fluctuations in positioning signal quality.
- a shadow map corresponding to the working area can be obtained.
- the shadow map can be used to represent the shadow area (which can be composed of position points with a larger signal recovery probability) and the non-shadow area (which can be composed of position points with a smaller signal recovery probability) in the map.
- the white part is the non-shadow area in the area.
- the black part is the shadow area in the area.
- an initial value may be set for the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third type signal recovery point.
- the initial value may be determined based on the quality of the signal passing through the third type signal recovery point for the first time, or may be preset.
- the self-mobile device may pass through the third type of signal recovery point multiple times, and when passing through the third type of signal recovery point at a certain time, the signal recovery probability may be used as the first probability.
- the signal recovery probability may be updated.
- the signal quality of the third type of signal recovery point is greater than the third threshold, the signal recovery probability may be updated to the second probability, and the second probability may be greater than the first probability.
- the signal quality of the third type of signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, the signal recovery probability may be updated to the third probability, and the third probability may be less than the first probability.
- the present application does not limit the updating method of the signal recovery probability.
- the update can be implemented by a Bayesian filtering method.
- the first preset value can be added on the basis of the first probability to obtain the updated signal recovery probability corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point.
- the second preset value can be reduced on the basis of the first probability to obtain the updated signal recovery probability corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point.
- the first preset value and the second preset value can be the same or different.
- the signal recovery point set may also include other types of signal recovery points.
- the signal recovery point set may include a fourth type of signal recovery point, and the fourth type of signal recovery point may be a manually set signal recovery point.
- the manually set signal recovery point may include a location point set by the user. For example, the user may observe the working area of the mobile device and determine which areas are blocked (i.e., may be shadow areas) and which areas are not blocked (i.e., may be The user may set the fourth type of signal recovery point in the area where there is no obstruction. Alternatively, the user may set the fourth type of signal recovery point outside the obstructed area.
- the white rectangular box is the working area of the self-moving device.
- the gray rectangular box shown in Figure 14 can be determined as a shaded area, and the user can establish a signal recovery line near the shaded area. Any point on the signal recovery line can be a fourth type of signal recovery point.
- the location of the fourth type of signal recovery point setting can also be determined based on a specific location point. For example, if the area where the self-moving device works includes multiple unconnected areas, it is necessary to manually set a channel connecting multiple areas. Usually, the user will be prompted to set the channel in a non-blocked area so that the self-moving device can move accurately between different areas. In this case, the fourth type of signal recovery point can be located on the channel. For another example, the end of the magnetic strip of the charging station of the self-moving device is usually set in a non-shadow area. Therefore, the fourth type of signal recovery point can be located at the end of the magnetic strip of the charging station.
- the target signal recovery point can be preferentially selected from a certain type of signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point and a second type of signal recovery point
- the self-mobile device can preferentially select the target signal recovery point from the first type of signal recovery point.
- the target signal recovery point can be first determined from the first type of signal recovery point based on priority. If the target signal recovery point is not selected from the first type of signal recovery point, the target signal recovery point can be selected from the second type of signal recovery point.
- the self-mobile device can first determine the first target signal recovery point in the first type of signal recovery point and move to the first target signal point. If the positioning signal of the first target signal recovery point does not meet the preset quality requirements, the second target signal recovery point can be selected from the second type of signal recovery point based on priority and moved to the second target signal recovery point.
- the self-mobile device since the shadow map is determined based on the signal recovery probability, the recovery probability corresponding to the position point on it has a high credibility, so when the self-mobile device is looking for the target signal recovery point, it can first detect whether the self-mobile device has a shadow map stored. If the self-mobile device stores a shadow map, the target signal recovery point can be selected according to the signal recovery probability corresponding to the signal recovery point in the shadow map. The self-mobile device can move to the target signal recovery point and wait for the signal to recover, and then return to the planned work route to continue working. In the case where a shadow map is stored, the target signal recovery point can be selected in sequence according to the signal recovery probability to restore the signal quality until the signal quality is restored or exceeds the predetermined time.
- the self-mobile device can search for a target signal recovery point (referred to as the first recovery point) in the first type of signal recovery point according to the current position. After the self-mobile device moves to the first recovery point, it can wait for the signal quality to recover. If the signal quality is not recovered within the specified time, the target signal recovery point can be searched for in the fourth type of signal recovery point within a preset distance according to the first recovery point.
- the first recovery point a target signal recovery point
- the highest point or local highest point among the first-category signal recovery points can be used as the basis, and the signal recovery point with the highest evaluation value can be used as the target signal recovery point (referred to as the second recovery point).
- the second recovery point After the self-mobile device moves to the second recovery point, you can wait for the signal quality to recover. If the signal quality is not recovered within the specified time, the signal recovery point with the second highest evaluation value can be used as the target signal recovery point. And so on, until the signal quality is restored or the self-mobile device shuts down when it stays in the shadow area for a period of time greater than the preset value.
- the mobile device can wait for the signal to recover until it shuts down, that is, the mobile device can no longer determine the target signal recovery point.
- Fig. 15 is a method for determining a target signal recovery point provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the method shown in Fig. 15 may include steps S811 to S841.
- Step S811 the mobile device executes a work task.
- the work task may be a lawn mowing task.
- Step S812 When the mobile device is in the shadow area, the mobile device determines whether the duration of the duration in the shadow area exceeds a first duration threshold, which may be 12 seconds.
- step S811 If the judgment result of step S812 is yes, that is, the duration in the shadow area is greater than 12 seconds, the mobile device can execute step S812. If the judgment result of step S812 is no, that is, the duration in the shadow area is less than or equal to 12 seconds, step S811 can be continued.
- Step S813 The self-mobile device may determine a target signal recovery point according to the first type of signal recovery point, and move toward the target signal recovery point.
- Step S814 determining whether the signal quality is restored.
- step S814 If the judgment result of step S814 is no, that is, the signal quality has not been restored, the mobile device can execute step S815. If the judgment result of step S814 is yes, that is, the signal quality has been restored, step S811 can be executed.
- Step S815 determine whether there is a manually set signal recovery point (manual recovery point) within the preset range.
- the preset range may be 5m.
- step S815 If the judgment result of step S815 is yes, that is, there is an artificial recovery point within the preset range, step S816 can be executed. If the judgment result of step S815 is no, that is, there is no artificial recovery point within the preset range, step S819 can be executed.
- Step S817 determining whether the signal quality is restored.
- step S817 If the judgment result of step S817 is no, that is, the signal quality has not been restored, the mobile device can execute step S818. If the judgment result of step S817 is yes, that is, the signal quality has been restored, step S811 can be executed.
- Step S818, controlling the mobile device to remain stationary and wait for the signal quality to recover.
- Step S819 controlling the mobile device to move to the target signal recovery point determined by the second type of signal recovery point.
- Step S821 determining whether the signal quality is restored.
- step S821 If the judgment result of step S821 is no, that is, the signal quality has not been restored, the mobile device can execute step S822. If the judgment result of step S821 is yes, that is, the signal quality has been restored, step S811 can be executed.
- Step S822 controlling the mobile device to move to another target signal recovery point determined by the second type of signal recovery point.
- the target signal recovery point in step S822 is different from the target signal recovery point in step S819.
- step S831 and step S841 may be performed.
- Step S831 executing the shadow timing task. After the mobile device finds that it has entered the shadow area, it can start timing the duration of the shadow area.
- Step S832 determine whether the duration of the shadow area exceeds a second duration threshold, which may be 70 seconds, for example.
- step S832 If the judgment result of step S832 is yes, the self-moving device can be controlled to shut down. If the judgment result of step S832 is no, the self-moving device can be controlled to continue to execute the shadow timing task.
- the self-mobile device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, the self-mobile device is in the shadow area.
- the present application also provides a technical solution for determining whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement.
- the positioning system can determine the position of the self-moving device based on multiple satellite signals.
- the position of the self-moving device can be determined based on different satellite signals. It is understandable that for the position of the same self-moving device, the position of the self-moving device obtained based on the satellite signal may also be different when the satellite signals are different. For example, if the positioning system can receive N satellite signals, if the positioning system determines the position of the self-moving device based on M (M is less than N) satellite signals, multiple positions can be determined.
- the type of solution of the positioning signal is a fixed solution, and when the discreteness of the multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal is less than or equal to the discrete threshold, the positioning signal can meet the preset quality requirement. In other words, when the differences between the multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal are small, the position determined based on the positioning signal can be considered to be credible.
- This application does not limit the type of solution and the way to obtain multiple positions determined by the positioning signal.
- the type of solution can be obtained through the BESTPOSA message.
- Multiple positions can be obtained through the CGA message.
- the present application does not limit the representation of the position.
- the position can be determined by longitude and/or latitude.
- the degree of dispersion can be expressed by standard deviation, variance, mean square error, etc.
- the degree of dispersion can be determined by the longitude standard deviation corresponding to multiple locations and the latitude standard deviation corresponding to multiple locations.
- the degree of dispersion can be obtained by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the longitude standard deviation and the latitude standard deviation.
- Fig. 16 is a schematic flow chart of a method for determining that a positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the method shown in Fig. 16 may include steps S910 to S970.
- Step S910 obtaining GGA and BESTPOSA messages.
- Step S920 extract the type, accuracy standard deviation and latitude standard deviation of the solution according to the message obtained in step S910.
- Step S930 determining whether the type of the solution is a fixed solution.
- step S940 may be performed. If the type of the solution is not a fixed solution, step S970 may be performed.
- Step S940 calculating the degree of dispersion.
- the degree of dispersion can be obtained by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the longitude and latitude standard deviations.
- Step S950 determining whether the discrete degree is less than or equal to a discrete threshold.
- step S960 may be performed. If the discrete degree is greater than the discrete threshold, step S970 may be performed.
- Step S960 determine that the positioning result is credible, that is, the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements.
- Step S970 determine that the positioning result is unreliable, that is, the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement.
- control module 120 may be a processor 1020
- the positioning system 110 may be a transceiver 1040
- the terminal device may further include an input/output interface 1030 and a memory 1010, as specifically shown in FIG. 10 .
- FIG17 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal 1000 shown in FIG17 may include: a memory 1010, a processor 1020, an input/output interface 1030, and a transceiver 1040.
- the memory 1010, the processor 1020, the input/output interface 1030, and the transceiver 1040 are connected via an internal connection path, the memory 1010 is used to store instructions, the processor 1020 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 1020, to control the input/output interface 1030 to receive input data and information, output data such as operation results, and control the transceiver 1040 to send signals.
- the processor 1020 can adopt a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits to execute relevant programs to implement the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- CPU central processing unit
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- the transceiver 1040 is also called a communication interface, and uses a transceiver device such as but not limited to a transceiver to implement communication between the terminal 1000 and other devices or a communication network.
- the memory 1010 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 1020.
- a portion of the processor 1020 may also include a nonvolatile random access memory.
- the processor 1020 may also store information on the device type.
- each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1020 or an instruction in the form of software.
- the method for requesting uplink transmission resources applied for in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor for execution.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc.
- the storage medium is located in the memory 1010, and the processor 1020 reads the information in the memory 1010 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
- CPU central processing unit
- DSP digital signal processors
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
- Figure 18 is a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the self-moving device moves within a working area defined by a boundary.
- the self-moving device includes a positioning system.
- the positioning system determines the position of the self-moving device through a received positioning signal. When the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area.
- the method includes: steps S1110 to S1130.
- Step S1110 storing a signal recovery point set, wherein the signal recovery point set records the location of the signal recovery point of the mobile device and the priority of the signal recovery point, wherein the priority represents the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as the target signal recovery point.
- Step S1120 When the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, the target signal recovery point is selected from the signal recovery point set based on the priority.
- Step S1130 controlling the mobile device to move to the target signal recovery point to perform signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
- the priority corresponding to the target recovery point is higher than the priority corresponding to the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the target signal recovery point is a location point with the highest priority within a first preset range of the current location of the mobile device.
- the target signal recovery point is the location point with the highest priority in the signal recovery point set.
- selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority and a distance between the current position of the mobile device and the signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point closest to the current position of the mobile device is selected as the target signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point, wherein the first type of signal recovery point The priority corresponding to the point is represented by the distance between the first-type signal recovery point and the boundary.
- the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary; or, the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary within a second preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the signal recovery point set includes a second type of signal recovery point
- the second type of signal recovery point is a position point where the signal quality recorded by the mobile device during movement is greater than a first threshold
- the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is expressed by an evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
- the second type of signal recovery points include a portion of position points where the signal quality recorded by the self-moving device during movement is greater than a first threshold.
- the distance between the second-type recovery points is greater than a second threshold.
- the distance information includes one or more of the following: the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary, the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the evaluation value is positively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary; the evaluation value is negatively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within a third preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
- the signal recovery point set includes a third type of signal recovery point, which is a location point recorded by the self-moving device during movement.
- the priority corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point is expressed by a signal recovery probability, and the signal recovery probability is updated based on the signal quality when the self-moving device passes through the third type of signal recovery point again.
- the signal recovery probability currently corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point is a first probability
- the method further includes: when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is greater than a third threshold, updating the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a second probability, and the second probability is greater than the first probability; or, when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, updating the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a third probability, and the third probability is less than the first probability.
- the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point and a second type of signal recovery point
- the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point is expressed by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary
- the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is expressed by an evaluation value of the distance information
- selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: based on the priority, preferentially selecting a target signal recovery point from the first type of signal recovery point.
- the method also includes: if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements when the self-mobile device is at the first target signal recovery point, then based on the priority, selecting a second target signal recovery point from the second type of signal recovery point; and controlling the self-mobile device to move to the second target signal recovery point.
- the positioning signal when the positioning result of the positioning signal is a fixed solution and the discreteness of multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal is less than or equal to a threshold, the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement.
- the degree of dispersion is determined by a standard deviation of longitude and a standard deviation of latitude between the plurality of locations.
- the signal quality of the positioning signal is affected by many factors such as obstructions and the environment. In some areas, the quality of the positioning signal cannot meet the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called shadow areas. For example, when the signal strength or signal quality of the positioning signal is less than the quality threshold, it can be determined that the mobile device is in a shadow area. In some areas, such as open areas without obstructions, the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called non-shadow areas.
- the actual moving route of the autonomous device may deviate from the planned working route due to the poor quality of the positioning signal, which may cause many problems.
- the autonomous device may move outside the boundary.
- the autonomous device may move to an unpredictable area and cause accidents such as freezing.
- the autonomous device may not complete the scheduled work.
- an automatic lawn mower may miss grass, that is, the grass in some areas within the boundary is not cut.
- the present application proposes a self-moving device to solve the problem of how to limit the moving time of the self-moving device in the shadow area when the self-moving device is continuously in the shadow area where the positioning signal quality is continuously poor, so as to avoid the self-moving device from failing to work and causing accidents.
- FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a self-moving device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the self-moving device 10 may include a satellite positioning module 102 and a control module 103 .
- control module 120 may be configured to: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, control the self-moving device to change the moving direction; and in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, control the self-moving device to stop working and/or alarm, wherein the first threshold is less than the second threshold.
- the first parameter may be a parameter characterizing the duration of time that the self-moving device has been in the shadow area.
- the first parameter may include a parameter directly characterizing the duration of time that the self-moving device has been in the shadow area, that is, the moving duration.
- the first parameter may include a parameter indirectly characterizing the duration of time that the self-moving device has been in the shadow area.
- the first parameter may include the distance that the self-moving device has moved in the shadow area.
- the accumulation of the moving duration may be the accumulation of the time when the self-moving device is in a non-stationary state in the shadow area.
- the moving duration may also be the accumulation when the self-moving device is in a moving or stationary state in the shadow area, that is, as long as it enters the shadow area, the moving duration begins to be accumulated.
- the first threshold or the second threshold may be determined according to the specific circumstances of the first parameter. For example, when the first parameter includes the duration of movement of the self-moving device in the shadow area, the first threshold may include a first duration threshold (hereinafter represented by T1), and the second threshold may include a second duration threshold (hereinafter represented by T2). When the first parameter includes the distance moved by the self-moving device in the shadow area, the first threshold may include a first distance threshold (hereinafter represented by L1), and the second threshold may include a second distance threshold (hereinafter represented by L2).
- the first threshold value may include a corresponding number of threshold values.
- the first parameter being greater than the first threshold value may mean that multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value.
- the first parameter being greater than the first threshold value may mean that some parameters among the multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value.
- the second threshold value may include a corresponding number of threshold values.
- the first parameter being greater than the second threshold value may mean that multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value.
- the first parameter being greater than the second threshold value may mean that some parameters among the multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value.
- the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed.
- the self-moving device can To shut down and/or alarm.
- the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed.
- the self-moving device can be shut down and/or alarm.
- the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed; and/or, if the self-moving device moves a distance greater than or equal to L1 in the shadow area, the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed.
- the self-moving device After changing the moving direction, if the self-moving device continues to be in the shadow area and the cumulative moving time in the shadow area is greater than or equal to T2, the self-moving device can be shut down and/or an alarm can be sounded; and/or, after changing the moving direction, if the self-moving device continues to be in the shadow area and the cumulative moving distance in the shadow area is greater than or equal to L2, the self-moving device can be shut down and/or an alarm can be sounded.
- the probability of the self-mobile device moving to the non-shadow area may increase, thereby restoring the quality of the positioning signal so that the self-mobile device can continue to move along the planned working route. If the quality of the positioning signal continues to be poor, the present application further limits the moving time and/or moving distance of the self-mobile device in the shadow area, thereby avoiding the self-mobile device from being unable to work, accidents, and other problems.
- the self-moving device may move along the planned working route. That is, in response to the first parameter of the movement of the self-moving device in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, the control module may also be configured to control the self-moving device to move along the preset working route.
- the first parameter includes duration and/or moving distance, and other scenarios are similar and can be referenced to each other.
- the self-moving device may move along the planned working route. That is, in response to the duration of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first duration threshold, the control module may also be configured to control the self-moving device to move along the planned working route.
- the self-moving device may move along the planned working route. That is, in response to the moving distance of the self-moving device in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first distance threshold, the control module may also be configured to control the self-moving device to move along the planned working route.
- the self-moving device can most likely continue to work normally, so the self-moving device can continue to move along the planned work route to complete the work of the self-moving device.
- the position information determined based on the positioning signal can be maintained for a period of time. It is understandable that as the time and/or distance of the self-moving device entering the shadow area increases, the position information of the self-moving device determined in the non-shadow area will be difficult to support the self-moving device to continue to move in the shadow area.
- the self-moving device can change the direction of movement, and the self-moving device can also shut down and/or alarm.
- the first parameter of movement in the shadow area can be represented by the situation that the self-moving device enters the shadow area once.
- the first parameter of movement in the shadow area can be reset.
- the movement time in the shadow area can be reset.
- the movement distance in the shadow area can be reset.
- the first parameter of moving in the shadow area can be determined by the self-moving device itself. For example, when the self-moving device finds or determines that it has entered the shadow area, it can start timing and/or recording the distance. Yes, before the mobile device discovers that it has entered the shadow area, the mobile device may have already entered the shadow area, that is, the moving time in the shadow area determined by the mobile device itself may be less than or equal to the actual time in the shadow area, and/or the moving distance determined by the mobile device itself may be less than or equal to the actual moving distance in the shadow area.
- the self-moving device may further include a device for measuring and/or recording the first parameter.
- the self-moving device may include a timer and/or a rangefinder.
- the control module may be configured to: in response to the self-moving device entering the shadow area, control the timer to start recording the moving duration and/or control the rangefinder to start recording the moving distance, and in response to the positioning signal at the location of the self-moving device meeting the preset quality requirement, control the timer and/or the rangefinder to perform a zeroing operation.
- the present application does not limit the type or mode of the work route planned by the mobile device.
- the type of the planned work route can be along the edge, bow-shaped, transition, return, etc.
- Figure 19 is an example diagram of a route along the edge. Specifically, the rectangular boundary shown in Figure 19 is used to illustrate the working route.
- FIG. 20 is an example diagram of a bow-shaped route.
- the rectangle shown in Figure 20 is the boundary, and the bow-shaped line in the rectangle is used to illustrate the working route.
- the self-moving device moves along the route shown in Figure 20
- the self-moving device moves in the direction extending from the upper boundary, and changes direction when it approaches the left and right boundaries.
- the parameters of the bow-shaped route may include an overlap ratio.
- the overlap ratio can be understood as the overlap ratio of the cutting width of the self-moving device on adjacent routes.
- the working route can be planned to extend along the boundary.
- the Chinese character " ⁇ " line within the rectangular boundary as shown in FIG. 19 can be used to illustrate the working route.
- the working route of the Chinese character " ⁇ ” extends along the four sides of the rectangular boundary.
- Figures 19 and 20 are only examples provided in this application.
- the boundary shape, route extension direction, angle, path interval, etc. in the actual scene can be flexibly set.
- the direction of movement of the self-moving device may change along the planned route.
- the change in the direction of movement of the self-moving device may refer to the situation where the direction of movement needs to be changed when the self-moving device moves along the planned route.
- the self-moving device moves along a bow-shaped route in the direction indicated by the arrow.
- the self-moving device can enter the shaded area of Figure 21 (represented by a gray rectangle) at position point A.
- the direction of movement of the self-moving device at position point B changes.
- the self-mobile device in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-mobile device changing, the self-mobile device may continue to move along the working route from the position where the movement direction changes.
- the third threshold is less than the first threshold.
- the third threshold may also include multiple thresholds corresponding to the first parameter.
- the third threshold may include a third duration threshold and/or a third distance threshold.
- the third threshold may include a third duration threshold.
- the third threshold may include a third distance threshold.
- the self-mobile device when the self-mobile device moves to position point B, if the first parameter is less than or equal to the third threshold, the self-mobile device can continue to move to position point C along the planned route.
- the moving direction of the self-moving device changes according to the planned route, it may be that the self-moving device leaves the shadow area.
- the self-moving device moves from position B according to the planned route. If the head moves toward position point C, it can leave the shadow area, so that the quality of the positioning signal can be restored. Therefore, based on this solution, not only can the self-moving device continue to move on the planned route to achieve normal work, but also the quality of the positioning signal can meet the preset conditions as soon as possible.
- the first duration threshold is 30 seconds and the third duration threshold is 12 seconds.
- the gray shaded portion is the shaded area.
- the self-mobile device moves along the bow-shaped route shown by the arrow. When the self-mobile device moves to point A, the self-mobile device enters the shaded area. The self-mobile device can start timing from point A and determine whether the direction of movement has changed. When the duration of movement in the shaded area is t and t ⁇ 12 seconds, the self-mobile device moves to point B and the running direction changes. At point B, the self-mobile device can force the duration T of movement in the shaded area to be 12 seconds.
- the self-mobile device can continue to accumulate t. Starting from point B, the self-mobile device continues to move along the planned work route to point C. Between point B and point C, if the moving duration of the self-mobile device is less than or equal to 18 seconds (the third duration threshold-the first duration threshold), the self-mobile device can continue to move along the planned route. As shown in FIG. 21 , at point C, the self-mobile device leaves the shadow area, that is, the positioning signal quality is restored and meets the preset quality requirements, then the self-mobile device can reset T to zero and continue to move normally along the planned working route.
- the change in the direction of motion may include a reversal of the direction of motion.
- the reversal of the direction of motion may refer to a rotation of 180° from the direction of motion of the mobile device.
- the reversal of the direction of motion may also be referred to as a U-turn or a route switch.
- the present application proposes that if the first parameter of the movement of the self-mobile device in the shadow area is less than or equal to the third threshold value, and the movement direction of the self-mobile device is reversed, the self-mobile device can continue to move along the working route from the position where the movement direction is reversed.
- the self-mobile device in response to a first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area reaching a third threshold, and the movement direction of the self-mobile device has not changed or the direction of the planned working route has not changed, the self-mobile device is controlled to change the movement direction and move along the working route.
- the working route that the self-moving device follows after changing the direction of movement may be a pre-planned path or a re-planned path.
- the self-moving device may skip some of the intermediate paths and continue to move along the pre-planned path.
- the self-moving device may re-plan the path to leave the shadow area when the first parameter reaches the third threshold.
- the self-mobile device starts to accumulate the first parameter, and when the self-mobile device moves to position point B, the first parameter reaches the third threshold.
- the movement direction of the self-mobile device does not change
- the self-mobile device can change the movement direction.
- the self-mobile device changes the movement direction.
- the self-mobile device can continue to move along the pre-planned path (indicated by the dotted line) from the position point where the movement direction is changed.
- the self-moving device in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area reaching the third threshold and the movement direction of the self-moving device not being reversed, the self-moving device may reverse the movement direction and move along the working route.
- the self-mobile device can still move on the planned route, but the direction is turned in advance. Due to the reversal of direction, the self-mobile device can move in advance to the position where the positioning signal quality was better before, which is more conducive to the recovery of the positioning signal quality. Since the self-mobile device is still moving on the planned route, the self-mobile device can continue to perform effective work.
- the gray shaded portion is the shaded area.
- the self-mobile device moves along the bow-shaped route shown by the arrow.
- the planned working route is represented by a dotted line
- the route actually moved by the self-mobile device is represented by a solid line.
- the self-mobile device moves to point A, the self-mobile device enters the shaded area.
- the self-mobile device can start timing from point A and determine whether the direction of movement has changed.
- the self-mobile device moves to point B, and during the movement from point A to point B, the direction of movement of the self-mobile device has not changed.
- the self-mobile device can change the direction of movement at point B. In other words, starting from point B, the self-mobile device can skip a planned moving route and continue to move along the subsequent bow-shaped route.
- the self-mobile device can continue to move for 18 seconds from point B (third duration threshold-first duration threshold). For example, after point B, if the movement duration of the self-mobile device in the shaded area has not reached 30 seconds, the self-mobile device can continue to move for 18 seconds.
- the control module 103 may also be configured to: in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being greater than the first threshold, control the self-mobile device to move toward the signal recovery point.
- the location of the signal recovery point may be a location where the positioning signal quality may be restored. In other words, at the signal recovery point, the positioning signal may meet the preset quality requirements. When the self-mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, the positioning signal may or may not be restored.
- the location of the signal recovery point may deviate from the planned working route, that is, the signal recovery point may be located outside the planned working route.
- the signal recovery point may belong to a signal recovery line or a signal recovery area. That is, the signal recovery point may be any point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area.
- the signal recovery point may be a point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area that is random or determined based on a rule.
- the signal recovery point may be the point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area that is closest to the current position.
- the mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, and the probability of the signal quality of the positioning signal of the mobile device being restored is higher. Therefore, based on this solution, the mobile device can restore the quality of the positioning signal faster, so that it can work normally more continuously.
- This application does not limit the method for setting the signal recovery point.
- the following is an example of setting the signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point may be specified by the user of the self-mobile device, that is, manually set.
- the manually set signal recovery point may include the position point originally set by the user.
- the user can observe the working area of the self-mobile device and determine which areas are blocked (i.e., they may be shadow areas) and which areas are not blocked (i.e., they may be non-shadow areas).
- the user can set the signal recovery point in the area where there is no blockage.
- the user can set the signal recovery point outside the blocked area.
- the white rectangular box is the working area of the self-mobile device.
- the gray rectangular box shown in FIG14 can be determined as a shadow area, and the user can establish a signal recovery line near the shadow area.
- any point on the signal recovery line can be a signal recovery point.
- the signal recovery point may be a point or points with a high probability of being in a non-shadow area.
- the area where the self-mobile device works includes multiple unconnected areas, it is necessary to manually set a channel connecting multiple areas. Usually, the user will be prompted to set the channel in a non-blocked area so that the self-mobile device can move accurately between different areas.
- the signal recovery point may be located on the channel.
- the end of the magnetic strip of the charging station of the self-mobile device is usually set in a non-shadow area. Therefore, the signal recovery point can be located at the end of the magnetic strip at the charging station.
- the self-mobile device in response to the first parameter being greater than the first threshold, can be controlled to move toward the first signal recovery point.
- the first signal recovery point can be any signal recovery point described above.
- the first signal recovery point can be determined based on a target position.
- the target position can be the position where the self-mobile device is located when the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area is equal to the first threshold.
- the self-mobile device can search for the corresponding first signal recovery point based on the target position.
- the first signal recovery point can be located on the first signal recovery line or the first signal recovery area, and the first signal recovery point It may be the point on the signal recovery line that is closest to the target position.
- Figure 23 is an example diagram of a moving route of a self-moving device provided by the present application.
- point P1 indicates the point where the self-moving device enters the shadow area.
- the self-moving device can continue to move along the planned working route for the first duration threshold T1 until it moves to point P2.
- point P2 i.e., the target location
- the self-moving device can search for the corresponding first signal recovery point D.
- T1 the self-moving device can move to the first signal recovery point D.
- the time it takes for the self-moving device to move from point P2 to point D may be t1.
- the self-moving device when the self-moving device moves to the signal recovery point, the signal quality of the positioning signal may still not meet the preset quality requirements.
- the self-moving device can be controlled to move to other signal recovery points.
- the self-moving device can move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
- one or both of the first signal recovery point and the second signal recovery point can be manually set signal recovery points.
- the self-mobile device when the self-mobile device moves to the first signal recovery point D, if the positioning signal still does not meet the preset quality requirements, and the duration of the self-mobile device in the shadow area (T1+t1) is less than the second duration threshold T2, then the self-mobile device can move to the second signal recovery point E.
- the time it takes for the self-mobile device to move from point D to point E can be t2.
- the self-mobile device moves to the second signal recovery point E, if the positioning signal still does not meet the preset quality requirements, and the duration of the self-mobile device in the shadow area (T1+t1+t2) is less than the second duration threshold T2, then the self-mobile device can move to the third signal recovery point F.
- the self-mobile device moves to the second signal recovery point E, if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-mobile device can move from the second signal recovery point E along the route shown by the dotted line to the planned working route shown by the solid line.
- the time it takes for the self-mobile device to move from point E to point F can be t3.
- the self-mobile device when the self-mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, the self-mobile device can detect the quality of the positioning signal. If the preset quality requirements are met, the self-mobile device can move from the signal recovery point to the planned working route. Taking Figure 23 as an example, when the self-mobile device moves to the first signal recovery point D, if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-mobile device can move from the first signal recovery point D along the route shown by the dotted line to the planned working route shown by the solid line.
- the self-mobile device may detect the quality of the positioning signal. For example, the detection may be performed periodically. If the preset quality requirement is met, the self-mobile device may move from the position that meets the preset quality requirement to the planned working route. In other words, during the process of the self-mobile device moving to the signal recovery point, if the signal quality is restored, the movement to the signal recovery point may be abandoned and the planned working route may be returned.
- the detection of signal quality may take a certain amount of time.
- the detection of positioning signals may include processes such as searching for satellites, receiving signals, and analyzing signals.
- the self-mobile device may wait for a preset time at the first signal recovery point to avoid incorrect judgment of the signal quality due to the failure to complete the detection of the positioning signal.
- the self-mobile device can determine whether the signal quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements within the preset time, the self-mobile device may move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements within the preset time, the self-mobile device may move from the first signal recovery point to the planned route.
- the present application does not limit the specific values of the first threshold, the second threshold, or the third threshold.
- the first threshold, the second threshold, or the third threshold may be related to whether it is an edge mode.
- the first duration threshold may be 12 seconds.
- the first duration threshold may be 30 seconds.
- the second duration threshold may be, for example, 70 seconds.
- the third duration threshold may be, for example, 12 seconds.
- the first threshold, the second threshold, or the third threshold may also be related to parameters of the route.
- the parameters of the route may include, for example, one or more of the parameters such as overlap ratio, extension direction, angle, path shape, etc.
- the self-moving device may also adjust movement parameters such as the overlap ratio to leave the shadow area.
- the satellite positioning module or the control module may be a processor 520, and the self-mobile device may further include an input/output interface 530 and a memory 510, as specifically shown in FIG. 24 .
- FIG24 is a schematic block diagram of a self-moving device according to another embodiment of the present application.
- the self-moving device 500 shown in FIG24 may include: a memory 510, a processor 520, an input/output interface 530, and a transceiver 540.
- the memory 510, the processor 520, the input/output interface 530, and the transceiver 540 are connected via an internal connection path, the memory 510 is used to store instructions, and the processor 520 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 520 to control the input/output interface 530 to receive input data and information, output data such as operation results, and control the transceiver 540 to send signals.
- the processor 520 can adopt a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits to execute relevant programs to implement the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- CPU central processing unit
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- the transceiver 540 is also called a communication interface, and uses a transceiver device such as but not limited to a transceiver to achieve communication between the mobile device 500 and other devices or communication networks.
- the memory 510 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 520.
- a portion of the processor 520 may also include a nonvolatile random access memory.
- the processor 520 may also store information on the device type.
- each step of the above method can be completed by the hardware integrated logic circuit in the processor 520 or the instruction in the form of software.
- the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or it can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc.
- the storage medium is located in the memory 510, and the processor 520 reads the information in the memory 510 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
- CPU central processing unit
- DSP digital signal processors
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
- FIG25 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the self-moving device includes a positioning system, and the position of the self-moving device is determined by receiving a positioning signal. When the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area.
- the method shown in FIG25 may include steps S610 and S620.
- Step S610 In response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to change the moving direction.
- Step S620 In response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, controlling the self-moving device to stop working and/or to give an alarm.
- the first parameter is a parameter that characterizes the duration of time that the self-moving device is in the shadow area, and the first threshold is smaller than the second threshold.
- the method shown in FIG. 25 further includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move along the planned working route.
- controlling the self-mobile device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-mobile device changing, controlling the self-mobile device to continue moving along the working route from the position after the movement direction changes.
- controlling the self-mobile device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area reaching a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-mobile device not changing, controlling the self-mobile device to change the movement direction and move along the working route.
- the working route is a pre-planned path, or the working route is a path re-planned based on the current position.
- controlling the self-mobile device to change the moving direction includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-mobile device to move toward a signal recovery point.
- controlling the self-mobile device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: controlling the self-mobile device to move toward a first signal recovery point; if the self-mobile device is in the shadow area at the first signal recovery point, controlling the self-mobile device to move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
- the method shown in Figure 25 before moving to the second signal recovery point, also includes: controlling the self-mobile device to wait for a preset time at the first signal recovery point; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements within the preset time, controlling the self-mobile device to move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
- the method further includes: detecting a positioning signal during movement toward the signal recovery point; and if the positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement, controlling the self-moving device to move toward a planned working route.
- controlling the self-moving device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: searching for an artificially set signal recovery point within a preset range of the current position; and controlling the self-moving device to move from the current position to the artificially set signal recovery point.
- the manually set signal recovery point includes a location point preset by a user.
- the first threshold is related to a movement mode of the self-moving device, wherein the corresponding first threshold is different in an edge mode and a non-edge mode.
- the self-moving device also includes a timer and/or a rangefinder; the method also includes: in response to the self-moving device entering a shadow area, controlling the timer to start recording the movement duration and/or controlling the rangefinder to start recording the movement distance, and in response to the positioning signal at the location of the self-moving device meeting a preset quality requirement, controlling the timer and/or the rangefinder to perform a zeroing operation.
- the type of the planned working route is along the edge.
- FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
- the method shown in FIG. 26 may include steps S711 to S756 .
- Step S711 start from the mobile device and load the signal recovery point.
- Step S712 the mobile device moves along the planned working route and works.
- the planned working route may be a preset route.
- Step S721 during the edge movement process, detect whether the positioning signal of the current position meets the preset quality requirement. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, the self-movement is in the shadow area, and go to step S722. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, then return to step S713.
- Step S713 searching for points along the edge.
- Step S722 start timing, accumulate the duration T in the shadow area (referred to as shadow duration), and determine whether the duration in the shadow area exceeds the first duration threshold T1.
- the first duration threshold T1 may be 12s. If T exceeds T1, then go to step S724. If T does not exceed T1, then go back to step S713.
- Step S724 record the position in the shadow area when the duration exceeds T1 as an edge point (ie, the target position), and find the first signal recovery point corresponding to the edge point.
- Step S725 planning the moving route to the first signal recovery point, that is, controlling the mobile device to move to the first signal recovery point.
- Step S731 determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements during the process of moving to the first signal recovery point. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is in the shadow area; if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is not in the shadow area. If the self-moving device is in the shadow area, it can go to step S733; if the self-moving device is not in the shadow area, it can go to step S732.
- Step S732 the duration T in the shadow area is reset to zero, and the process returns to step S713.
- Step S733 continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area, that is, the duration T in the shadow area continues to accumulate.
- Step S734 determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2.
- the second duration threshold T2 may be 70s. If T exceeds T2, the process may proceed to step S735. If T does not exceed T2, the process may proceed to step S736.
- Step S735 shut down the mobile device and/or sound an alarm.
- Step S736 finding the second signal recovery point corresponding to the edge point.
- Step S737 planning the mobile device to the second signal recovery point, that is, controlling the mobile device to move to the second signal recovery point.
- Step S741 determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the second signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, go to step S742. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, go to step S743.
- Step S742 the shadow duration T is reset to zero.
- Step S743 the shadow duration T is accumulated, that is, the duration T in the shadow area is continuously accumulated.
- Step S744 the mobile device determines whether the shadow duration T exceeds the second duration threshold T2. If T exceeds T2, the process proceeds to step S745; if T does not exceed T2, the process proceeds to step S746.
- Step S745 shut down the mobile device and/or sound an alarm.
- Step S746 searching the mobile device for a third signal recovery point corresponding to the edge point.
- Step S747 planning the mobile device to the third signal recovery point, that is, controlling the mobile device to move to the third signal recovery point.
- Step S751 the mobile device determines whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the third signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, go to step S752. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, go to step S753.
- Step S752 the shadow duration T is reset to zero.
- Step S753 the shadow duration T is accumulated, that is, the duration T in the shadow area is continuously accumulated.
- Step S754 the mobile device determines whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold. If T exceeds T2, the process proceeds to step S755. If T does not exceed T2, the process proceeds to step S756.
- Step S755 shut down the mobile device and/or sound an alarm.
- Step S756 waiting for convergence at the third signal recovery point.
- it can be determined whether to continue accumulating T, whether to continue searching for a signal recovery point, whether to shut down and/or alarm according to whether it is in the shadow area.
- first signal recovery point second signal recovery point
- third signal recovery point is only exemplary descriptions, and other signal recovery points may also be included.
- Embodiment 2 is an embodiment in which the planned working path is in the shape of a bow.
- Fig. 27 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
- the method shown in Fig. 27 may include steps S2711 to S2766.
- Step S2711 start from the mobile device and load the signal recovery point.
- Step S2712 the self-moving device moves in a bow shape according to the planned working route (preset route). For example, the self-moving device performs bow cutting.
- Step S2721 during the bow cutting process, detect whether the positioning signal of the current position meets the preset quality requirements. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is in the shadow area; if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is not in the shadow area. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, it can return to step S2712. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, it can go to step S2722.
- Step S2722 start timing and accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
- Step S2723 When T is less than the third time threshold, determine whether the direction of movement of the mobile device has changed (switched routes). In the second embodiment, the third time threshold is 12 seconds. If the direction of movement has changed, the process proceeds to step S2724; if the direction of movement has not changed, the process proceeds to step S2727.
- Step S2724 the duration T in the shadow area is forcibly set to 12 seconds.
- Step S2725 the mobile device continues to perform bow-shaped cutting along the route after the movement direction is turned, and executes step S2731.
- Step S2727 the mobile device switches the route at the third time threshold (ie, 12 seconds).
- the self-moving device can actively increase the overlap ratio, that is, shorten the bow cutting width of the self-moving device.
- Step S2731 determine whether the positioning signal after the route switching meets the preset quality requirement. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2732. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2733.
- Step S2732 clear the duration T in the shadow area and return to step S2712.
- Step S2733 continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
- Step S2734 determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the first duration threshold T1.
- the first duration threshold is 30s. If T exceeds T1, go to step S2735. If T does not exceed T1, go back to step S2712.
- Step S2735 record the position in the shadow area when the duration exceeds 30 seconds as the target position, and find the first signal recovery point corresponding to the target position.
- Step S2736 controlling the mobile device to move to the first signal recovery point, that is, planning to the first signal recovery point.
- Step S2741 determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the first signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2742; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2743.
- Step S2742 clear the duration T in the shadow area and perform the bow movement nearby.
- Step S2743 continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
- Step S2744 determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2.
- the second duration threshold T2 is 70s. If T2 exceeds T, then go to step S2745; if T2 does not exceed T, then go to step S2746.
- Step S2745 shut down and/or alarm the mobile device.
- Step S2746 searching the mobile device for a second signal recovery point corresponding to the target location.
- Step S2747 controlling the mobile device to move to the second signal recovery point, that is, planning to the second signal recovery point.
- Step S2751 determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements during the process of moving to the second signal recovery point; if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, go to step S2752; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, go to step S2753.
- Step S2752 clear the duration T in the shadow area and perform the bow movement nearby.
- Step S2753 continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
- Step S2754 determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2. If T exceeds T2, go to step S2755; if T does not exceed T2, go to step S2756.
- Step S2756 finding the third signal recovery point corresponding to the target position.
- Step S2767 the control machine moves from the mobile device to the third signal recovery point, that is, plans to the third signal recovery point.
- Step S2761 determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the third signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2762. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2763.
- Step S2763 continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area, that is, accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
- Step S2764 determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2. If T exceeds T2, go to step S2765; if T does not exceed T2, go to step S2766.
- Step S2765 shut down and/or alarm the mobile device.
- Step S2766 the mobile device waits for convergence at the third signal recovery point.
- the signal at the signal recovery point may or may not meet the preset quality requirement.
- the first signal recovery point, the second signal recovery point, and the third signal recovery point are only exemplary, and other signal recovery points may also be included.
- self-moving devices generally include driving modules, operation modules (such as the mowing unit in an automatic lawn mower, i.e., a bladed disc), satellite positioning modules, and control modules.
- the positioning module is mainly used to provide the control module with the positioning signal of the self-moving device.
- the control module controls the operation of the mobile module based on the satellite positioning signal, thereby realizing the control of the movement process of the automatic mobile device.
- the operation module is used to complete the corresponding operation tasks under the control of the control module.
- the self-moving device can also include other components to realize the device's own established functions.
- autonomous mobile devices can be divided into many types according to their specific functions, such as automatic cleaning equipment, automatic irrigation equipment, automatic snow sweepers, and automatic lawn mowers.
- FIG28 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario related to the self-moving device control method provided by the present application.
- the self-moving device 10 needs to complete the operation within the scope of the working area S0.
- the operation task may be mowing, irrigation or snow removal, etc.
- the working area S0 is irregular in shape.
- the working area of the self-moving device 100 may also be a regular shape, such as a rectangle, triangle or circle, etc., which will not be listed one by one here, and the present invention does not limit the shape of the working area.
- the self-mobile device 10 moves within the working area S0 along a preset working path (in subsequent embodiments of the present application, the preset working path has the same meaning as the preset path mentioned above) to complete the work.
- the preset working path may include three forms of K1, K2 and K3 as shown in Figure 28, wherein the boundary of the working area S0 is the preset working path K1.
- the self-mobile device 10 may adopt at least one of the spiral path shown in K2 and the parallel reciprocating path shown in K3 according to the working requirements.
- other forms of preset working paths may also be set according to the working requirements, which are not listed here one by one.
- the positioning module of the self-mobile device 10 (in the subsequent embodiments of this application, the positioning module has the same meaning as the satellite positioning module mentioned above) is usually configured as a real-time kinematic (RTK) module, that is, the positioning is realized by real-time kinematic measurement based on the RTK technology.
- RTK real-time kinematic
- the quality of the positioning signal is easily affected by environmental factors. For example, when the self-mobile device is in an open area without obstruction, the quality of the positioning signal of the positioning module is naturally high. On the contrary, if the self-mobile device is blocked by trees and buildings, the signal strength of the positioning signal is very weak, and even the positioning module is difficult to receive the positioning signal. In this case, the quality of the positioning signal provided is naturally not high, and it may be difficult to meet the use requirements.
- the shaded area S1 and the shaded area S2 in FIG. 28 are areas where the quality of the positioning signal passed by the self-moving device in the process of moving along the preset working path is difficult to meet the use requirements.
- these shaded areas are usually areas where trees, buildings, etc. will affect the transmission of the positioning signal.
- the self-moving device moves to the shaded area according to the preset working path, the quality of the positioning signal is difficult to meet the use requirements, and the self-moving device cannot determine its actual position in the map based on the positioning signal, and thus cannot continue the working activities.
- the shape of the shaded area shown in FIG. 28 is only an example. In actual applications, the shape of the shaded area will vary depending on the working environment of the self-moving device 10, which will not be described in detail here.
- the self-moving device when the self-moving device enters any position in the shadow area S1, the positioning signal quality decreases, and the self-moving device finds it difficult to determine its exact position in the map, resulting in the self-moving device being unable to continue moving along the preset operation path K1, and thus being unable to complete the established operation task.
- the present invention provides a self-moving device control method, which adjusts the position of the self-moving device when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, so that the self-moving device can obtain the positioning signal that meets the preset quality conditions again, thereby ensuring that the self-moving device can accurately know its position in the work map, which helps to improve work efficiency, while avoiding work accidents caused by moving path errors and improving work safety.
- the self-moving device control method provided by the present invention is applied to the self-moving device, and specifically, can be applied to the self-moving device
- the control module in the device can, of course, in some cases, also be applied to a server arranged on the network side and capable of controlling the operation process of the self-mobile device.
- the process of the self-mobile device control method provided in this embodiment may include:
- S100 Acquire a positioning signal received from a mobile device during movement.
- the autonomous mobile device relies on the positioning signal to determine its position in the work map, and moves along the preset work path based on the positioning signal. Based on this, when controlling the operation of the autonomous mobile device, it is first necessary to obtain the positioning signal received during the movement of the autonomous mobile device, and then perform subsequent control operations based on the obtained positioning signal.
- control module that executes the self-mobile device control method provided in this embodiment is connected to the positioning module in communication, and the control module can obtain the positioning signal provided by the positioning module according to the established communication rules, for example, the positioning signal can be obtained according to the preset sampling period.
- the positioning module can also actively feedback the positioning signal to the control module according to the preset feedback period, and the present invention does not limit the specific implementation method of obtaining the positioning signal.
- the preset working path is the moving path preset during the operation of the self-moving equipment.
- the self-moving equipment can determine its exact position in the working map based on the positioning signal, and then determine the relative position relationship between the current position and the preset working path. By adjusting its own moving direction, the deviation between the actual position and the preset working path can be controlled within the preset deviation range, thereby realizing the control of the self-moving equipment to move along the preset working path according to the positioning signal.
- the preset quality condition is used to measure whether the positioning signal meets the use requirements. It is understandable that the preset quality conditions for measuring the quality of the positioning signal will naturally be different when using a positioning module based on different positioning principles. Therefore, in practical applications, the preset quality conditions should be set in combination with the actual positioning principle of the satellite positioning module set in the self-mobile device and the specific control accuracy of the self-mobile device during movement. These are not listed here one by one. Under the premise of not exceeding the core idea of the present invention, they also belong to the scope of protection of the present invention.
- the positioning module in the mobile device is configured as an RTK module.
- the RTK module Based on the basic principle of the RTK module, it can be known that the positioning signal is generated based on the navigation information of the satellite connected to the RTK module, and the more satellites the RTK module is connected to, the better the quality of the positioning signal. Based on this, the number of satellites connected to the RTK module can be used as a specific implementation of the preset quality condition, that is, a threshold value for the number of connected satellites is set.
- the positioning signal is determined to meet the preset quality condition; on the contrary, if the number of satellites connected to the RTK module corresponding to the current positioning signal is less than the threshold value, it can be determined that the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition.
- the preset quality condition can also be determined based on other information related to the navigation process. For example, the preset quality condition can be set based on a variety of information such as positioning status indication, precision factor, and preset importance weight, which will not be described in detail here.
- the self-moving device is controlled to leave the preset operating path and further move to the recovery position.
- the position corresponding to when the self-moving device leaves the preset operating path is defined as the original position (in the subsequent embodiments of this application, the original position has the same meaning as the current position mentioned above).
- the position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions is defined as the recovery position (in the subsequent embodiments of this application, the recovery position has the same meaning as the signal recovery point mentioned above). That is to say, when the self-mobile device is in the recovery position, the quality of the positioning signal received by the self-mobile device meets the preset quality condition.
- the self-moving device determines that the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition according to S102, the self-moving device is immediately controlled to leave the preset operation path. It can be understood that this control method is applicable to any form of positioning module, and can prevent the self-moving device from any movement process that may affect the operation safety.
- the self-mobile device 10 moves according to the preset working path K1.
- position Y the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions.
- the self-mobile device 10 is controlled to move away from the preset working path K1 from position Y (i.e., the original position) and move to the recovery position A.
- the positioning module of the self-moving device is configured as an RTK module.
- the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the positioning signal is still reliable within a certain period of time. Of course, its positioning accuracy will decrease with time. That is to say, when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device can still move according to the preset operating path based on the positioning signal within a certain period of time.
- the duration of the movement of the mobile device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions is counted. If the obtained duration reaches the second duration threshold, it can be determined that the mobile device cannot continue to move along the preset operating path, and it is necessary to control the mobile device to leave the preset operating path and move to the recovery position. On the contrary, if the obtained duration is less than the second duration threshold, that is, the second duration threshold has not been reached, it can be determined that the mobile device can continue to move along the preset operating path.
- a time variable I may be set to count the duration during which the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition. During the movement of the mobile device, the time variable I is used to count the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition. Once the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, for example, when the mobile device moves to the recovery position, the time variable I is cleared to prepare for the next statistical duration.
- control module monitors the quality of the positioning signal of the self-moving device during the movement, and counts the moving distance of the self-moving device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions during the movement of the self-moving device. If the obtained moving distance reaches a preset displacement threshold, it can be determined that the self-moving device cannot continue to move along the preset working path and needs to leave the preset working path and move to the recovery position. On the contrary, if the obtained moving distance is less than the preset displacement threshold, it can be determined that the self-moving device can continue to move along the preset working path.
- the duration and moving distance that the self-moving device can continue to move are directly related to the actual performance parameters of the positioning module and the operating environment. Therefore, in actual applications, the aforementioned second duration threshold and the preset distance threshold can be determined in combination with the actual parameters of the positioning module, the actual operating environment of the equipment and specific control requirements.
- the present invention does not limit the specific values of the second duration threshold and the preset distance threshold.
- S104 Determine whether the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition. If not, return to execute S103; if so, execute S105.
- the quality of the positioning signal is monitored. If the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition, S105 is executed. If the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, S103 is returned to control the self-mobile device to continue to move to the recovery position.
- the recovery position is a position where the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition. Therefore, if the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement to the recovery position, the self-mobile device will eventually move to the recovery position, and then obtain a positioning signal that meets the preset quality condition.
- determining whether the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition it can be implemented with reference to the aforementioned content and will not be described in detail here.
- the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition until the self-moving device 100 reaches the recovery position AA and receives the positioning signal that meets the preset quality condition.
- the self-moving device 100 needs to be controlled to move from the recovery position AA to the preset operation path.
- the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions. In this case, there is no need to continue to control the self-moving device 10 to move to the recovery position AA.
- the self-moving device 10 can be controlled to move from the position M to the preset operation path.
- the self-moving device is controlled to move according to the preset operation path.
- this method controls the self-moving device to move along the preset working path. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the recovery position. If the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions during the movement to the recovery position, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the preset working path.
- the self-moving device can obtain the positioning signal that meets the preset quality conditions again, thereby ensuring that the self-moving device can accurately know its position in the working map, which helps to improve working efficiency, while avoiding working accidents caused by moving path errors and improving working safety.
- this embodiment provides an optional implementation method to solve the problem of being unable to continue to move due to the blocking of the positioning signal again when the self-moving device's self-positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, such as the recovery position AA or position M shown in FIG30, during the movement toward the preset working path.
- the process of the control method for controlling the movement of the mobile device to the preset operation path may include:
- S1052 Determine whether the mobile device returns to the preset operation path before the duration reaches the first duration threshold. If so, execute S1053; if not, execute S1054.
- the selection of the first duration threshold needs to be determined in combination with the performance parameters of the positioning module in the self-mobile device, especially the attenuation of the positioning signal quality over time after the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, as well as the control accuracy requirements for the self-mobile device, the operating environment of the self-mobile device and other factors.
- the present invention does not limit the specific value of the first duration threshold.
- the two can take the same threshold or different thresholds. It can be understood that in order to ensure that the self-mobile device can move along the preset operating path within a certain period of time after returning to the preset operating path, the first duration threshold may be less than the second duration threshold.
- the self-mobile device reaches the first landing position before the duration reaches the first duration threshold.
- the quality of the positioning signal can still meet the use requirements, and the self-mobile device can continue to move along the preset operation path based on the positioning signal.
- the first duration threshold is T
- the self-mobile device moves from the position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition to the preset operation path, and the duration of the positioning signal quality not meeting the preset quality condition is t1.
- the positioning signal quality still does not meet the preset quality condition, the statistics of the duration are still continuing, and the duration that the self-mobile device can continue to move along the preset operation path is T-t1.
- the duration reaches T, the self-mobile device will leave the preset operation path again and move to the recovery position. It can be understood that if the positioning signal quality becomes to meet the preset quality condition within the T-t1 duration range, the aforementioned duration will be reset to zero, and the self-mobile device can continue to move along the preset operation path, and is no longer restricted by the first duration threshold.
- S1054 Control the mobile device to move to another recovery position.
- one or more recovery positions may be set.
- this embodiment controls the self-moving device to move to another recovery position.
- the recovery positions corresponding to each movement may be different.
- the self-mobile device 10 moves from the recovery position A to the preset operating path. After the aforementioned steps, the duration of the positioning signal quality of the self-mobile device not meeting the preset quality condition reaches the first duration threshold and does not reach the preset operating path, specifically at position NN. In this case, the self-mobile device is controlled to move from position NN to another recovery position BB other than the recovery position AA.
- the recovery position among the multiple recovery positions that is closest to the current position of the mobile device can first be used as the target recovery position, and the mobile device can be further controlled to move from the current corrected position to the target recovery position.
- an identifier such as a position code
- the target recovery position is selected in order of the position code from small to large.
- the target recovery position may be selected from multiple recovery positions according to other methods. These methods will not be listed here one by one. Under the premise of not exceeding the core idea of the present invention, they also fall within the scope of protection of the present invention.
- the control method provided in this embodiment is that the recovery position corresponding to each movement of the self-moving device to the recovery position is different from each other, and the positional relationship between the self-moving device and the preset working path, as well as the specific path passed by the self-moving device during the movement to the preset working path can be continuously changed, so that the self-moving device can receive positioning signals from more positions during the movement, which helps to improve the success rate of the self-moving device successfully returning to the preset working path.
- the self-moving device is controlled to move to a preset working path, and the specific direction of movement is not specified.
- the self-moving device is only controlled to move to the preset working path.
- the control process is relatively broad, and it is easy for situations that endanger the safe operation of the equipment to occur during the movement of the self-moving device. This problem is not solved.
- the present embodiment provides another self-moving device control method. This method controls the self-moving device to move to a target position on a preset working path, which can effectively solve the problems existing in the above methods.
- FIG. 33 is a flow chart of another method for controlling a self-moving device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the flow of the control method provided by this embodiment may include:
- S200-S204 where, as an optional implementation, the specific implementation process of S200-S204 in this embodiment can refer to the relevant content of S100-S104 in the embodiment shown in Figure 29, and will not be repeated here.
- S205 Control the mobile device to move to a first target position on a preset operation path.
- the first target position may be any position on the preset operation path.
- the self-moving device In the process of controlling the self-moving device to move from the original position to the recovery position, once the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device meets the preset quality condition, the self-moving device can be controlled to move from the current position (such as the position M1 or the recovery position AA shown in FIG. 34 ) to the first target position on the preset operation path.
- the positioning signal of the mobile device is obtained, and the subsequent operation steps are determined according to the quality of the positioning signal.
- S207 is immediately executed. On the contrary, when the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, the self-mobile device continues to be controlled to move toward the first target position.
- the positioning module of the self-moving device is configured as an RTK module. Since the navigation method of the RTK module is a dead reckoning navigation method, when the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, the positioning signal is still reliable within a certain period of time. Of course, its positioning accuracy will decrease with time. That is to say, when the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device can still move according to the preset operating path based on the positioning signal within a certain period of time.
- the duration of the movement of the mobile device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions is counted. If the obtained duration reaches the second duration threshold, S207 is executed. On the contrary, if the obtained duration is less than the second duration threshold, that is, the second duration threshold has not been reached, the mobile device continues to be controlled to move toward the first target position.
- control module monitors the quality of the positioning signal of the self-moving device during the movement, and counts the moving distance of the self-moving device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device. If the obtained moving distance reaches the preset displacement threshold, S207 is executed. On the contrary, if the obtained moving distance is less than the preset displacement threshold, the control can continue to move to the first target position.
- the second method mentioned above that is, when the duration reaches the second duration threshold or the moving distance reaches the preset displacement distance, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the recovery position, the impact of the above short-term signal blockage can be effectively avoided, and the fault tolerance of the equipment can be improved to a certain extent, which helps to improve the work efficiency. Therefore, in actual applications, the above different judgment methods can be selected according to actual work needs.
- the mobile device When it is determined that the mobile device needs to move to the recovery position, the mobile device is controlled to move to the recovery position.
- the specific control process can be referred to the above content, which will not be described in detail here.
- this step can be implemented by referring to the related content of controlling the movement of the mobile device to the recovery position in the aforementioned content, which will not be repeated here.
- S209 can refer to the relevant content of S106 in the embodiment shown in Figure 29, which will not be repeated here.
- control method provided in this embodiment controls the self-moving equipment to move to a determined first target position during the process of controlling the self-moving equipment to move to a preset working path, which can effectively avoid situations that endanger the safe operation of the equipment during the movement of the self-moving equipment, and help improve the safety of the equipment operation.
- the self-moving device 10 In the process of controlling the self-moving device 10 to move from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, if the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device 10 at the position M1 meets the preset quality condition, the self-moving device 10 moves from the position M1 to the first target position P1. During the movement, if the positioning signal quality at the position NN does not meet the preset quality condition, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move to the recovery position AA, and after reaching the recovery position AA, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move to the first target position P1.
- the self-moving device 10 may reciprocate between the recovery position AA and the first target position P1 multiple times.
- the mobile device 10 will directly reach the recovery position AA from the original position Y and further move toward the first target position P1.
- the self-moving device 10 moves from the original position Y to the recovery position AA. After reaching the recovery position AA, the self-moving device 10 is first controlled to move to the first target position P1. If there is a position NN where the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement to the first target position P1, the self-moving device 10 is further controlled to move from position NN to another recovery position BB. After reaching the recovery position BB, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to continue to move to the first target position P1. By analogy, it may be necessary to control the self-moving device 10 to move back and forth between different recovery positions and the first target position P1 multiple times.
- the device movement may not be controlled, and the self-moving device may move to the first target position multiple times.
- the self-moving device may move back and forth in the same area, causing the device to become stuck easily.
- this embodiment provides another method for controlling a self-moving device, as shown in FIG36 , first, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, and then the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move from the recovery position AA to the first target position P1.
- the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move to another recovery position BB (of course, it can also refer to the previous embodiment and move to the same recovery position, i.e., the recovery position AA).
- this embodiment controls the self-moving device to move to the second target position P2.
- the second target position P2 is different from the first target position P1.
- the self-mobile device 10 moves again to a position where the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the above process will be repeated, moving to the recovery position, and then moving to a position different from the aforementioned target position at the position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions, and so on.
- the self-mobile device 10 may eventually return to the preset operating path after multiple reciprocating movements.
- the second target position is a position in front of the first target position, and the front mentioned in this embodiment is determined based on taking the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset operation path as the positive direction.
- this embodiment provides a method for determining the second target position. First, the number of times the self-mobile device moves from the recovery position to the preset operation path is counted, and based on this, the next landing point position is determined according to the original position of the self-mobile device, the number of movements and the preset adjustment step length.
- next landing point position can be determined according to the following formula:
- the corresponding target position when returning to the preset operation path next time original position + number of moves ⁇ preset adjustment step length.
- determining the target position of the self-moving device in the above manner can ensure that the target position gradually moves forward and does not move to the same target position multiple times.
- the first target position that guides the self-moving device to move to the preset working path is located in front of the original position.
- the front is determined based on the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
- the self-moving device 10 leaves the preset working path from the original position Y. Even if it returns to the preset working path at the first target position P1, the path between the original position Y and the first target position P1 is not passed by the self-moving device 10.
- the target position continues to move forward, the distance between the original position Y and the corresponding target position when the self-moving device finally returns to the preset working path will be farther, which results in the appearance of a corresponding unworked path on the preset working path.
- the automatic lawn mower leaves the preset working path from the original position Y and returns to the preset working path at the first target position P1.
- the path between the original position Y and the first target position P1 is not mowed, that is, there is a grass leakage problem.
- the first target position can be determined as the position on the preset working path that the self-moving device has passed. It can be understood that the position in front of the self-moving device and the position that the self-moving device has passed, including the original position and the position after the original position, is determined based on the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
- the first target position P1 is selected behind the original position Y.
- the self-moving device 10 is first controlled to move to the first target position P1. If the self-moving device 10 reaches the first target position P1 under the condition that the restriction conditions provided in the above embodiment are met, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to continue to move along the preset operation path from the first target position P1. It can be understood that since the first target position P1 is located behind the original position Y, the occurrence of the unoperated path can be avoided.
- selecting the first target position as a position on the preset operation path that the self-moving device has passed can avoid the occurrence of an unoperated path to a certain extent. Compared with the control method provided in the previous embodiment, it helps to improve the operation effect of the self-moving device and improve the user experience.
- the self-moving device may not be able to smoothly return to the preset working path after multiple moves. If the above process is executed endlessly, it will inevitably be detrimental to the completion of the working task and will also shorten the service life of the self-moving device.
- the present invention provides a preset number threshold value for limiting the number of executions of the above process.
- the number of times the self-moving device moves to the preset working path is counted, and if the number of movements reaches the preset number threshold value, the self-moving device is directly controlled to stop.
- the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions is continuously counted, and will be cleared when the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions. Based on this, during the movement of the self-mobile device, the duration may be in a state of continuous growth. Taking Figure 36 as an example, the self-mobile device moves from the recovery position AA to the position NN, and the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions has reached the first duration threshold. Since the positioning signal quality still does not meet the preset quality conditions, the duration will continue to grow during the movement of the self-mobile device from position NN to the recovery position BB.
- the present invention provides a third duration threshold.
- the self-moving device if the duration for which the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition reaches the third duration threshold, the self-moving device is also controlled to shut down to avoid the above-mentioned unexpected situation.
- the third duration threshold is greater than the first duration threshold and the second duration threshold.
- the present invention does not limit it.
- the self-moving device control device provided by the present invention belongs to the same application concept as the self-moving device control method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and can execute the self-moving device control method provided in any embodiment of the present application, and has the corresponding functional modules and beneficial effects of executing the self-moving device control method.
- the self-moving device control method provided in the embodiment of the present application and will not be repeated here.
- FIG. 38 is a structural block diagram of a self-moving device control device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the control device provided by this embodiment includes:
- An acquisition unit 50 is used to acquire a positioning signal received from the mobile device during movement
- a first control unit 20 configured to control the self-moving device to move along a preset operation path according to the positioning signal
- a second control unit 30 is configured to control the self-moving device to move to a recovery position if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, and the recovery position is a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition;
- the third control unit 40 is used to control the autonomous mobile device to The equipment moves toward the preset operation path.
- the present invention also provides a self-moving device, comprising: a control module, wherein:
- the control module is respectively connected to the positioning module and the moving module of the self-moving device;
- the positioning module is used to receive the positioning signal and send information representing the quality of the positioning signal to the control module;
- the mobile module is used to drive the mobile device to move
- the control module is used to execute the self-moving device control method provided by any of the aforementioned embodiments.
- the present invention further provides an automatic working system, comprising: the self-moving device 100 provided in the above-mentioned embodiment;
- the mobile device 100 is communicatively connected with the charging station 200 of the automatic working system during movement, or is electrically connected with the charging station 200 during charging.
- this embodiment further provides a computer-readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk, an optical disk, a hard disk, a flash memory, a USB flash disk, an SD (Secure Digital Memory Card) card, an MMC (Multimedia Card) card, etc., in which one or more instructions for implementing the above steps are stored.
- a computer-readable storage medium such as a floppy disk, an optical disk, a hard disk, a flash memory, a USB flash disk, an SD (Secure Digital Memory Card) card, an MMC (Multimedia Card) card, etc.
- an embodiment of the present application may also be a computer program product, which includes computer program instructions, which, when executed by a processor, enable the processor to execute the steps of the self-mobile device control method according to various embodiments of the present application described in the above content of this specification.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
- Remote Sensing (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
- Control Of Position, Course, Altitude, Or Attitude Of Moving Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure provides a self-moving device, a control method, and an autonomous working system. The self-moving device moves and works in a working area, and comprises: a driving module, configured to drive, according to a driving instruction, the self-moving device to move; a satellite positioning module, configured to generate satellite positioning information, wherein the satellite positioning information comprises signal quality information of the self-moving device at each location; and a control module, connected to the driving module and the satellite positioning module and configured to control, according to the satellite positioning information, the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path; and in the process of controlling, according to the satellite positioning information, the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if a preset condition is detected, control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path, wherein when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement.
Description
本发明涉及一种自移动设备的控制技术领域,具体涉及一种自移动设备及控制方法、自主工作系统。The present invention relates to the technical field of control of a self-moving device, and in particular to a self-moving device, a control method and an autonomous working system.
随着科学技术的发展,具备自动行驶功能的自移动设备被广泛使用,例如,自动割草机、自动扫雪机等。自移动设备能够按照预先设置的程序自动完成相关任务,从而能够节省用户的时间和节省劳力,为用户的生活带来便利。With the development of science and technology, self-driving devices with automatic driving functions are widely used, such as automatic lawn mowers, automatic snow blowers, etc. Self-driving devices can automatically complete related tasks according to pre-set programs, thereby saving users' time and labor, and bringing convenience to users' lives.
相关技术中,自移动设备可以利用定位技术(比如,全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)导航、北斗信号导航等定位技术)实现导航,以使自移动设备可以按照预设路径自动行驶。但是,自移动设备利用定位技术导航过程中,可能会进入阴影区域,导致定位信号被遮挡造成定位不准确。如果自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域可能导致自移动设备无法正常工作。以自移动设备为自动割草机为例,如果自动割草机长时间处于阴影区域,可能会导致自动割草机行驶至危险区域或导致自动割草机在割草过程中漏草等。In the related technology, the self-moving device can use positioning technology (for example, global positioning system (GPS) navigation, Beidou signal navigation and other positioning technologies) to achieve navigation, so that the self-moving device can automatically drive along the preset path. However, during the navigation process using positioning technology, the self-moving device may enter the shadow area, resulting in the blocking of the positioning signal and inaccurate positioning. If the self-moving device is in the shadow area for a long time, the self-moving device may not work properly. Taking the self-moving device as an automatic lawn mower as an example, if the automatic lawn mower is in the shadow area for a long time, it may cause the automatic lawn mower to drive to a dangerous area or cause the automatic lawn mower to miss grass during mowing.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本公开实施例致力于提供一种自移动设备及控制方法、自主工作系统,以解决自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域时无法正常工作的问题。In view of this, the embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to providing a self-moving device and a control method, as well as an autonomous working system, to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in a shadow area for a long time.
第一方面,提供了一种自移动设备,在工作区域内移动和工作,包括:驱动模块,被配置为根据驱动指令驱动所述自移动设备移动;卫星定位模块,被配置为输出卫星定位信息,所述卫星定位信息包括所述自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息;控制模块,与所述驱动模块和所述卫星定位模块连接,被配置为根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿预设路径移动;所述控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使所述自移动设备快速通过所述预设路径上的阴影区域;其中,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域时,所述卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。In a first aspect, a self-moving device is provided, which moves and works in a working area, and includes: a driving module, configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction; a satellite positioning module, configured to output satellite positioning information, the satellite positioning information including signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; a control module, connected to the driving module and the satellite positioning module, and configured to control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; during the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
第二方面,提供了一种自主工作系统,所述自主工作系统包括如第一方面所述的自移动设备。In a second aspect, an autonomous working system is provided, wherein the autonomous working system comprises the autonomous moving device as described in the first aspect.
第三方面,提供了一种自移动设备的控制方法,所述自移动设备在工作区域内移动和工作,所述自移动设备包括驱动模块和卫星定位模块,所述驱动模块被配置为根据驱动指令驱动所述自移动设备移动,所述卫星定位模块被配置为输出卫星定位信息,所述卫星定位信息包括所述自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息;所述控制方法包括:根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿预设路径移动;在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使所述自移动设备快速通过所述预设路径上的阴影区域;其中,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域时,所述卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。
In a third aspect, a control method for a self-moving device is provided, wherein the self-moving device moves and works in a working area, the self-moving device includes a driving module and a satellite positioning module, the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to output satellite positioning information, and the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; the control method includes: controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, controlling the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
第四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有可执行代码,当所述可执行代码被执行时,能够实现如第三方面所述的方法。In a fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which executable code is stored. When the executable code is executed, the method described in the third aspect can be implemented.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括可执行代码,当所述可执行代码被执行时,能够实现如第三方面所述的方法。According to a fifth aspect, a computer program product is provided, comprising an executable code, which, when executed, can implement the method described in the third aspect.
本公开实施例中,自移动设备移动到阴影区域时,控制模块能够在预设条件下,控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以通过提高自移动设备的移动速度保证自移动设备快速通过阴影区域,从而有利于解决自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域时无法正常工作的问题。In the disclosed embodiment, when the self-moving device moves to the shadow area, the control module can, under preset conditions, control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, so as to ensure that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area by increasing the moving speed of the self-moving device, thereby helping to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in the shadow area for a long time.
本发明实施例还提供了一种自移动设备,第一方面,在工作区域内移动和工作,包括:驱动模块,被配置为根据驱动指令驱动所述自移动设备移动;卫星定位模块,被配置为生成卫星定位信息,所述卫星定位信息包括所述自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息;控制模块,与所述驱动模块和所述卫星定位模块连接,被配置为根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿预设路径移动;所述控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到所述卫星定位信息满足预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使所述自移动设备快速通过所述预设路径上的阴影区域;其中,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域时,所述卫星定位模块生成的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a self-moving device, which, in a first aspect, moves and works in a working area, and includes: a driving module, configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction; a satellite positioning module, configured to generate satellite positioning information, the satellite positioning information including signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; a control module, connected to the driving module and the satellite positioning module, and configured to control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if the control module detects that the satellite positioning information meets a preset condition, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
第二方面,提供了一种自主工作系统,所述自主工作系统包括如第一方面所述的自移动设备。In a second aspect, an autonomous working system is provided, wherein the autonomous working system comprises the autonomous moving device as described in the first aspect.
第三方面,提供了一种自移动设备的控制方法,所述自移动设备在工作区域内移动和工作,所述自移动设备包括驱动模块和卫星定位模块,所述驱动模块被配置为根据驱动指令驱动所述自移动设备移动,所述卫星定位模块被配置为生成卫星定位信息,所述卫星定位信息包括所述自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息;所述控制方法包括:根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿预设路径移动;在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息满足预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使所述自移动设备快速通过所述预设路径上的阴影区域;其中,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域时,所述卫星定位模块生成的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。In a third aspect, a control method for a self-moving device is provided, wherein the self-moving device moves and works in a working area, the self-moving device includes a driving module and a satellite positioning module, the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to generate satellite positioning information, and the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; the control method includes: controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information; in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets a preset condition, controlling the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through a shadow area on the preset path; wherein, when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
第四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有可执行代码,当所述可执行代码被执行时,能够实现如第三方面所述的方法。In a fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which executable code is stored. When the executable code is executed, the method described in the third aspect can be implemented.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括可执行代码,当所述可执行代码被执行时,能够实现如第三方面所述的方法。According to a fifth aspect, a computer program product is provided, comprising an executable code, which, when executed, can implement the method described in the third aspect.
本公开实施例中,自移动设备移动到阴影区域时,控制模块能够在自移动设备的卫星定位信息满足预设条件的情况下,控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以通过提高自移动设备的移动速度保证自移动设备快速通过阴影区域,从而有利于解决自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域时无法正常工作的问题。In the disclosed embodiment, when the self-moving device moves to a shadow area, the control module can control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times if the satellite positioning information of the self-moving device meets preset conditions, so as to ensure that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area by increasing the moving speed of the self-moving device, thereby helping to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in a shadow area for a long time.
本发明实施例还提供了一种自移动设备,所述自移动设备在由边界限定的工作区域内移动,所述自移动设备包括:卫星定位模块,通过接收的定位信号确定所述自移动设备的位置,在所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求时,所述自移动设备处于阴影区域;控制模块,所述控制模块被配置为:存储信号恢复点集,所述信号恢复点集记录有所述自移动设备的信号恢复点的位置,以及所述信号恢复点的优先级,所述优先级表征所述信
号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率,所述信号恢复点为定位信号满足预设质量要求的位置;在所述自移动设备处于所述阴影区域的情况下,基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择所述目标信号恢复点;控制所述自移动设备移动至所述目标信号恢复点,以在所述目标信号恢复点进行定位信号恢复。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a self-moving device, which moves within a working area defined by a boundary, and the self-moving device comprises: a satellite positioning module, which determines the position of the self-moving device by receiving a positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area; a control module, which is configured to: store a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set records the position of the signal recovery point of the self-moving device, and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority representing the signal recovery point. The probability that a signal recovery point is selected as a target signal recovery point, wherein the signal recovery point is a position where the positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement; when the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, based on the priority, the target signal recovery point is selected from the signal recovery point set; the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the target signal recovery point to perform positioning signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点对应的优先级高于所述自移动设备当前位置对应的优先级。In one embodiment, the priority corresponding to the target signal recovery point is higher than the priority corresponding to the current position of the mobile device.
在一个实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为在所述自移动设备当前位置的第一预设范围内,优先级最高的位置点。In one embodiment, the target signal recovery point is a location point with the highest priority within a first preset range of the current location of the mobile device.
在一个实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为所述信号恢复点集中所述优先级最高的位置点。In one embodiment, the target signal recovery point is the position point with the highest priority in the signal recovery point set.
在一个实施例中,所述基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点包括:基于所述优先级以及所述自移动设备当前位置与所述信号恢复点之间的距离,从所述信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点。In one embodiment, selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority and a distance between the current position of the mobile device and the signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,在所述信号恢复点集中包括所述优先级相同的信号恢复点时,选择距离所述自移动设备当前位置最近的信号恢复点作为目标信号恢复点。In one embodiment, when the signal recovery point set includes the signal recovery points with the same priority, the signal recovery point closest to the current position of the mobile device is selected as the target signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述信号恢复点集包括第一类信号恢复点,所述第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用所述第一类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离表示。In one embodiment, the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point, and the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point is represented by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary.
在一个实施例中,所述第一类信号恢复点与所述边界的距离越大,所述第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级越高。In one embodiment, the greater the distance between the first-type signal recovery point and the boundary, the higher the priority corresponding to the first-type signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为与所述边界距离最大的位置点;或者,所述目标信号恢复点为在所述自移动设备当前位置的第二预设范围内,与所述边界距离最大的位置点。In one embodiment, the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary; or, the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary within a second preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一个实施例中,所述信号恢复点集包括第二类信号恢复点,所述第二类信号恢复点为所述自移动设备在运动过程中记录的信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点,所述第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用对距离信息评估的评估值表示。In one embodiment, the signal recovery point set includes a second type of signal recovery point, and the second type of signal recovery point is a position point where the signal quality recorded by the mobile device during movement is greater than a first threshold, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is represented by an evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
在一个实施例中,所述信号恢复点集中,所述第二类信号恢复点包括所述自移动设备在运动过程中记录的信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点中的部分。In one embodiment, in the signal recovery point set, the second type of signal recovery points include a portion of position points where the signal quality recorded by the mobile device during movement is greater than a first threshold.
在一个实施例中,所述第二类恢复点之间的间距大于第二阈值。In one embodiment, the distance between the second type of recovery points is greater than a second threshold.
在一个实施例中,所述距离信息包括以下中的一项或多项:所述第二类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离、所述第二类信号恢复点与所述自移动设备当前位置之间的距离。In one embodiment, the distance information includes one or more of the following: the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary, and the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一个实施例中,所述评估值和所述第二类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离成正相关;所述评估值和所述第二类信号恢复点与所述自移动设备当前位置之间的距离成负相关。In one embodiment, the evaluation value is positively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary; the evaluation value is negatively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一个实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为所述边界内评估值最大的位置点,或者,所述目标信号恢复点为在所述自移动设备当前位置的第三预设范围内,评估值最大的位置点。In one embodiment, the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within a third preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一个实施例中,所述信号恢复点集包括第三类信号恢复点,所述第三类信号恢复点为所述自移动设备在运动过程中记录的位置点,所述第三类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用信号恢复概率表示,所述信号恢复概率基于所述自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点时的信号质量更新。In one embodiment, the signal recovery point set includes a third type of signal recovery point, which is a location point recorded by the self-moving device during movement. The priority corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point is expressed by a signal recovery probability, and the signal recovery probability is updated based on the signal quality when the self-moving device passes through the third type of signal recovery point again.
在一个实施例中,所述第三类信号恢复点当前对应的信号恢复概率为第一概率,所
述控制模块还被配置为:在所述自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点的情况下,如果所述第三类信号恢复点的信号质量大于第三阈值,更新所述第三类信号恢复点对应的信号恢复概率为第二概率,所述第二概率大于所述第一概率;或者,在所述自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点的情况下,如果所述第三类信号恢复点的信号质量小于或等于第三阈值,更新所述第三类信号恢复点对应的信号恢复概率为第三概率,所述第三概率小于所述第一概率。In one embodiment, the signal recovery probability currently corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point is the first probability. The control module is also configured to: when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is greater than a third threshold, update the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a second probability, and the second probability is greater than the first probability; or, when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, update the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a third probability, and the third probability is less than the first probability.
在一个实施例中,所述信号恢复点集中包括第一类信号恢复点和第二类信号恢复点,所述第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用所述第一类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离表示,所述第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用对距离信息评估的评估值表示;所述基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点包括:基于所述优先级,优先从所述第一类信号恢复点选择目标信号恢复点。In one embodiment, the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point and a second type of signal recovery point, the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point is expressed by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is expressed by an evaluation value of the distance information; selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: based on the priority, preferentially selecting a target signal recovery point from the first type of signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述控制模块还被配置为:若所述自移动设备在第一目标信号恢复点时,所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则基于所述优先级,从所述第二类信号恢复点选择第二目标信号恢复点;控制所述自移动设备移动至所述第二目标信号恢复点。In one embodiment, the control module is further configured to: if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements when the self-mobile device is at the first target signal recovery point, then based on the priority, select a second target signal recovery point from the second type of signal recovery point; and control the self-mobile device to move to the second target signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,在所述定位信号的定位结果为固定解,且基于所述定位信号确定的多个位置的离散程度小于或等于阈值的情况下,所述定位信号满足所述预设质量要求。In one embodiment, when the positioning result of the positioning signal is a fixed solution and the discreteness of multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal is less than or equal to a threshold, the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement.
在一个实施例中,所述离散程度通过所述多个位置之间的经度标准差和纬度标准差确定。In one embodiment, the dispersion degree is determined by the longitude standard deviation and the latitude standard deviation between the plurality of locations.
本发明实施例还提供了一种控制自移动设备的方法,所述自移动设备在由边界限定的工作区域内移动,所述自移动设备包括定位系统,所述定位系统通过接收的定位信号确定所述自移动设备的位置,在所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求时,所述自移动设备处于阴影区域,所述方法包括:存储信号恢复点集,所述信号恢复点集记录有所述自移动设备的信号恢复点的位置,以及所述信号恢复点的优先级,所述优先级表征所述信号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率,所述信号恢复点为定位信号满足预设质量要求的位置;在所述自移动设备处于所述阴影区域的情况下,基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择所述目标信号恢复点;控制所述自移动设备移动至所述目标信号恢复点,以在所述目标信号恢复点进行定位信号恢复。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a method for controlling a self-moving device, wherein the self-moving device moves within a working area defined by a boundary, the self-moving device includes a positioning system, the positioning system determines the position of the self-moving device by receiving a positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area, the method comprising: storing a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set recording the position of the signal recovery point of the self-moving device and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority representing the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as a target signal recovery point, the signal recovery point being a position where the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement; when the self-moving device is in the shadow area, selecting the target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority; and controlling the self-moving device to move to the target signal recovery point to perform positioning signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
由此可知,本申请可以基于优先级,确定目标信号恢复点。相比于自移动设备任意改变移动方向,自移动设备向目标信号恢复点移动,自移动设备的定位信号的信号质量恢复的概率更高、安全性更好。因此,基于该方案,自移动设备可以更快恢复定位信号的质量,从而更安全、持续地正常进行工作。It can be seen that the present application can determine the target signal recovery point based on the priority. Compared with the mobile device arbitrarily changing the moving direction, the mobile device moves to the target signal recovery point, and the probability of signal quality recovery of the positioning signal of the mobile device is higher and the security is better. Therefore, based on this solution, the mobile device can restore the quality of the positioning signal faster, so that it can work normally more safely and continuously.
本发明实施例还提供了一种自移动设备,包括:卫星定位模块,通过接收的定位信号确定所述自移动设备的位置,在所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求时,所述自移动设备处于阴影区域;控制模块,所述控制模块被配置为:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向;以及响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第二阈值,控制所述自移动设备停止工作和/或报警;其中,第一参数为表征所述自移动设备在阴影区域内持续时长的参数,所述第一阈值小于所述第二阈值。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a self-moving device, including: a satellite positioning module, determining the position of the self-moving device through a received positioning signal, and when the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area; a control module, the control module being configured to: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, control the self-moving device to change the moving direction; and in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, control the self-moving device to stop working and/or alarm; wherein the first parameter is a parameter characterizing the duration of time the self-moving device remains in the shadow area, and the first threshold is less than the second threshold.
在一个实施例中,所述控制模块还被配置为:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于所述第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移
动。In one embodiment, the control module is further configured to: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, control the self-moving device to move along the planned working route. move.
在一个实施例中,所述响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于所述第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动,包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于第三阈值,且所述自移动设备的运动方向发生改变,控制所述自移动设备从运动方向发生改变后的位置开始继续沿所述工作路线移动。In one embodiment, in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-moving device changing, controlling the self-moving device to continue moving along the working route from the position after the movement direction changes.
在一个实施例中,所述响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于所述第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动,包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数达到第三阈值,且所述自移动设备的运动方向未发生改变,控制所述自移动设备改变运动方向并沿所述工作路线移动。In one embodiment, in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area reaching a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-moving device not changing, controlling the self-moving device to change the movement direction and move along the working route.
在一个实施例中,所述工作路线为预先规划好的路径,或所述工作路线为基于当前位置重新规划的路径。In one embodiment, the working route is a pre-planned path, or the working route is a re-planned path based on the current position.
在一个实施例中,所述响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向,包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备向信号恢复点移动。In one embodiment, in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to change the moving direction includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move toward a signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述控制所述自移动设备向信号恢复点移动,包括:控制所述自移动设备向第一信号恢复点移动;若所述自移动该设备在所述第一信号恢复点处于所述阴影区域,控制所述自移动设备从第一信号恢复点向第二信号恢复点移动。In one embodiment, controlling the self-moving device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: controlling the self-moving device to move toward a first signal recovery point; if the self-moving device is in the shadow area at the first signal recovery point, controlling the self-moving device to move from the first signal recovery point to a second signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,向第二信号恢复点移动前,控制模块还被配置为:控制所述自移动设备在所述第一信号恢复点等待预设时间;若在预设时间内,所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求,控制所述自移动设备从所述第一信号恢复点向所述第二信号恢复点移动。In one embodiment, before moving to the second signal recovery point, the control module is further configured to: control the self-mobile device to wait for a preset time at the first signal recovery point; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements within the preset time, control the self-mobile device to move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述控制模块还被配置为:检测向所述信号恢复点移动过程中的定位信号;如果定位信号满足预设质量要求,控制自移动设备向规划的工作路线移动。In one embodiment, the control module is further configured to: detect the positioning signal during the movement toward the signal recovery point; if the positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement, control the mobile device to move toward the planned working route.
在一个实施例中,所述控制所述自移动设备向信号恢复点移动,包括:在当前位置的预设范围内,寻找人工设定的信号恢复点;控制所述自移动设备从所述当前位置向所述人工设定的信号恢复点移动。In one embodiment, controlling the self-moving device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: searching for an artificially set signal recovery point within a preset range of the current position; and controlling the self-moving device to move from the current position to the artificially set signal recovery point.
在一个实施例中,所述人工设定的信号恢复点包括用户预先设定的位置点。In one embodiment, the manually set signal recovery point includes a position point preset by a user.
在一个实施例中,所述第一阈值与所述自移动设备的移动模式相关,其中,在沿边模式和非沿边模式下,对应的第一阈值不同。In one embodiment, the first threshold is related to the movement mode of the self-moving device, wherein the corresponding first threshold is different in the edge mode and the non-edge mode.
在一个实施例中,还包括:计时器和/或测距仪;所述控制模块被配置为:响应于所述自移动设备进入阴影区域时,控制所述计时器开始记录所述移动时长和/或控制所述测距仪开始记录所述移动距离,以及响应于所述自移动设备所在位置的定位信号满足预设质量要求时,控制所述计时器和/或所述测距仪执行清零操作。In one embodiment, it also includes: a timer and/or a rangefinder; the control module is configured to: in response to the self-moving device entering the shadow area, control the timer to start recording the movement duration and/or control the rangefinder to start recording the movement distance, and in response to the positioning signal at the location of the self-moving device meeting the preset quality requirements, control the timer and/or the rangefinder to perform a zeroing operation.
本发明实施例还提供了一种控制自移动设备的方法,所述自移动设备包括卫星定位模块,所述卫星定位模块通过接收的定位信号确定所述自移动设备的位置,在所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求时,所述自移动设备处于阴影区域;所述方法包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向;以及响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第二阈值,控制所述自移动设备停止工作和/或报警;其中,第一参数为表征所述自移动设备在阴影区域内持续时长的参数,所述第一阈值小于所述第二阈值。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a method for controlling a self-moving device, wherein the self-moving device includes a satellite positioning module, and the satellite positioning module determines the position of the self-moving device through a received positioning signal. When the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area; the method includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to change a moving direction; and in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, controlling the self-moving device to stop working and/or alarm; wherein the first parameter is a parameter characterizing the duration of time the self-moving device stays in the shadow area, and the first threshold is less than the second threshold.
本说明书实施例,通过改变移动方向,自移动设备移动到非阴影区域的概率可能增
加,从而可以恢复定位信号的质量,以便自移动设备可以继续按照规划的工作路线移动。如果定位信号的质量持续不佳,本申请还进一步限制了自移动设备在阴影区域中的移动时间,从而避免自移动设备出现无法工作、发生意外等问题。In the embodiment of this specification, by changing the moving direction, the probability of the mobile device moving to the non-shadow area may be increased. The positioning signal quality can be restored so that the self-moving device can continue to move along the planned working route. If the positioning signal quality continues to be poor, the present application further limits the moving time of the self-moving device in the shadow area, thereby avoiding the self-moving device from being unable to work or having accidents.
本发明实施例提供了一种自移动设备控制方法,包括:获取自移动设备移动过程中接收到的定位信号;根据所述定位信号控制所述自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动;若所述定位信号不满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动,所述恢复位置为定位信号质量满足所述预设质量条件的位置;若控制所述自移动设备向所述恢复位置移动的过程中检测到所述定位信号质量满足所述预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动。An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for controlling a self-moving device, comprising: acquiring a positioning signal received during the movement of the self-moving device; controlling the self-moving device to move along a preset working path according to the positioning signal; if the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality condition, controlling the self-moving device to move to a recovery position, the recovery position being a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition; if during the process of controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position, it is detected that the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, controlling the self-moving device to move to the preset working path.
在一个实施例中,控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动,包括:统计所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动过程中,定位信号质量不满足所述预设质量条件的持续时长;若所述自移动设备在所述持续时长达到第一时长阈值前返回所述预设作业路径,控制所述自移动设备按照所述预设作业路径移动。In one embodiment, controlling the self-moving device to move toward the preset working path includes: counting the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition during the process of the self-moving device moving toward the preset working path; if the self-moving device returns to the preset working path before the duration reaches a first duration threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move along the preset working path.
在一个实施例中,若所述自移动设备在所述持续时长达到所述第一时长阈值时未到达所述预设作业路径,控制所述自移动设备向另一个恢复位置移动。In one embodiment, if the self-moving device has not reached the preset operation path when the duration reaches the first duration threshold, the self-moving device is controlled to move to another recovery position.
在一个实施例中,控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动,包括:控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径上的目标位置移动。In one embodiment, controlling the self-moving device to move toward the preset working path includes: controlling the self-moving device to move toward a target position on the preset working path.
在一个实施例中,控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径上的目标位置移动,包括:控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径上的第一目标位置移动;若所述自移动设备向所述第一目标位置移动过程中,所述定位信号不满足预设条件,控制所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动;在所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动过程中,若所述定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向所述第一目标位置移动。In one embodiment, controlling the self-moving device to move to the target position on the preset working path includes: controlling the self-moving device to move to a first target position on the preset working path; if the positioning signal does not meet a preset condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the first target position, controlling the self-moving device to move to a recovery position; and controlling the self-moving device to move to the first target position if the positioning signal quality meets a preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the recovery position.
在一个实施例中,控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径上的目标位置移动,包括:控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径上的第一目标位置移动;若所述自移动设备向所述第一目标位置移动过程中,所述定位信号不满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动;在所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动过程中,若所述定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向第二目标位置移动;其中,所述第二目标位置为所述第一目标位置前方的位置,所述前方基于将所述自移动设备在所述预设作业路径上的移动方向作为正方向确定。In one embodiment, controlling the self-moving device to move to the target position on the preset working path includes: controlling the self-moving device to move to a first target position on the preset working path; if the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the first target position, controlling the self-moving device to move to a recovery position; if the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device to the recovery position, controlling the self-moving device to move to a second target position; wherein the second target position is a position in front of the first target position, and the front is determined based on taking the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
在一个实施例中,所述第一目标位置包括所述预设作业路径上所述自移动设备已经经过的位置。In one embodiment, the first target position includes a position on the preset operation path that the self-moving device has passed.
在一个实施例中,所述第一目标位置包括位于原始位置前方的位置,所述原始位置为所述自移动设备离开所述预设作业路径时对应的位置,所述前方基于将所述自移动设备在所述预设作业路径上的移动方向作为正方向确定。In one embodiment, the first target position includes a position located in front of an original position, the original position being the position corresponding to when the self-moving device leaves the preset working path, and the front is determined based on taking the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
在一个实施例中,确定所述第二目标位置的过程,包括:统计所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动的移动次数;基于原始位置、所述移动次数以及预设调整步长,确定第二目标位置;其中,所述原始位置为所述自移动设备离开所述预设作业路径时对应的位置。In one embodiment, the process of determining the second target position includes: counting the number of times the self-moving device moves toward the preset working path; determining the second target position based on the original position, the number of movements and a preset adjustment step; wherein the original position is the position corresponding to when the self-moving device leaves the preset working path.
在一个实施例中,还包括:统计所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动的移动次数或所述定位信号不满足预设质量条件的持续时长;若所述移动次数达到预设次数阈值
或所述持续时长达到第二时长阈值,控制所述自移动设备停机。In one embodiment, the method further includes: counting the number of times the mobile device moves toward the preset operation path or the duration for which the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition; if the number of times reaches a preset number threshold Or the duration reaches a second duration threshold, and the self-moving device is controlled to shut down.
在一个实施例中,在包括多个恢复位置的情况下,控制所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动前,包括:确定多个恢复位置中,距离所述自移动设备当前所处位置最近的恢复位置为目标恢复位置;控制所述自移动设备向所述目标恢复位置移动。In one embodiment, in the case where multiple recovery positions are included, before controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position, it includes: determining that the recovery position closest to the current position of the self-moving device among the multiple recovery positions is the target recovery position; and controlling the self-moving device to move to the target recovery position.
本发明实施例还提供了一种自移动设备控制装置,包括:获取单元,用于获取自移动设备移动过程中接收到的定位信号;第一控制单元,用于根据所述定位信号控制所述自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动;第二控制单元,用于若所述定位信号不满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动,所述恢复位置为定位信号质量满足所述预设质量条件的位置;第三控制单元,用于若控制所述自移动设备向所述恢复位置移动的过程中检测到所述定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向所述预设作业路径移动。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a self-moving device control device, including: an acquisition unit, used to acquire a positioning signal received during the movement of the self-moving device; a first control unit, used to control the self-moving device to move along a preset working path according to the positioning signal; a second control unit, used to control the self-moving device to move to a recovery position if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, and the recovery position is a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition; a third control unit, used to control the self-moving device to move to the preset working path if it is detected that the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition during the process of controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position.
基于上述内容,通过本申请提供的自移动设备控制方法,在获取自移动设备移动过程中接收到的定位信号并根据定位信号控制自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动过程中,如果定位信号不满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动,如果在向恢复位置移动过程中定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动。本方法在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件时调整自移动设备的位置,使得自移动设备可以再次获得满足预设质量条件的定位信号,从而确保自移动设备可以准确获知其在作业地图中的位置,有助于提高作业效率,同时避免因为移动路径错误引发作业事故,提高作业安全性。Based on the above content, through the self-moving device control method provided by the present application, in the process of obtaining the positioning signal received during the movement of the self-moving device and controlling the self-moving device to move along the preset working path according to the positioning signal, if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the recovery position, and if the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition during the movement to the recovery position, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the preset working path. This method adjusts the position of the self-moving device when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition, so that the self-moving device can obtain the positioning signal that meets the preset quality condition again, thereby ensuring that the self-moving device can accurately know its position in the working map, which helps to improve working efficiency, while avoiding working accidents caused by moving path errors and improving working safety.
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例的技术方案,下面将对本公开实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本公开记载的一些实施例,对于本领域技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the following briefly introduces the drawings required for use in describing the embodiments of the present disclosure. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present disclosure, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings without creative work.
图1为本公开实施例提供的自移动设备的结构示意图。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图2为本公开实施例提供的执行阴影策略的流程示意图。FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of executing a shadow strategy according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图3为本公开实施例提供的改变自移动设备的移动方式的示例图。FIG. 3 is an example diagram of changing the movement mode of a mobile device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图4为本公开实施例在不同场景下的应用流程的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the application process of the embodiment of the present disclosure in different scenarios.
图5为本公开实施例提供的自移动设备通过阴影区域的流程的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process of a mobile device passing through a shadow area provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图6为本公开一实施例提供的自移动设备通过阴影区域的示例图。FIG. 6 is an example diagram of a mobile device passing through a shadow area provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图7为本公开另一实施例提供的自移动设备通过阴影区域的示例图。FIG. 7 is an example diagram of a mobile device passing through a shadow area provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
图8为本公开实施例提供的自移动设备的控制方法的流程示意图。FIG8 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种工作区域划分方式的示例图。FIG. 9 is an example diagram of a working area division method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图10为一个栅格与边界之间的距离示例图。FIG. 10 is an example diagram of the distance between a grid and a boundary.
图11为本申请实施例提供的第一类信号恢复点的示例图。FIG. 11 is an example diagram of a first type of signal recovery point provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图12为本申请实施例提供的第二类信号恢复点的示例图。FIG12 is an example diagram of the second type of signal recovery points provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种阴影地图的示例图。FIG. 13 is an example diagram of a shadow map provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图14为本申请实施例提供的第四类信号恢复点的示例图。FIG. 14 is an example diagram of the fourth type of signal recovery point provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种判断定位信号是否满足预设质量要求的方法的示
意性流程图。FIG. 16 is an example of a method for determining whether a positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement provided by an embodiment of the present application. Intentional flow chart.
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种自移动设备的示意性结构图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图19为沿边型的路线的示例图。FIG. 19 is an example diagram of an edge-type route.
图20为弓字型的路线的示例图。FIG. 20 is an example diagram of a bow-shaped route.
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种自移动设备移动的路线示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a route for movement of a mobile device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图22为本申请实施例提供的另一种自移动设备移动的路线示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of another route for movement of a mobile device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种自移动设备基于信号点移动的路线示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a route for a self-mobile device to move based on signal points provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图24为本申请实施例提供的另一种自移动设备的示意性结构图。FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图25为本申请实施例提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 25 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图26为本申请实施例一提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
图27为本申请实施例二提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
图28是本发明实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
图29是本发明实施例提供的一种自移动设备控制方法的流程图。FIG. 29 is a flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图30是本发明实施例提供的一种自移动设备移动轨迹示意图。FIG30 is a schematic diagram of a moving trajectory of a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图31是本发明实施例提供的另一种自移动设备控制方法的流程图。FIG. 31 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图32是本发明实施例提供的另一种自移动设备移动轨迹示意图。FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图33是本发明实施例提供的再一种自移动设备控制方法的流程图。FIG. 33 is a flowchart of yet another method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图34是本发明实施例提供的再一种自移动设备移动轨迹示意图。FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图35是本发明实施例提供的又一种自移动设备移动轨迹示意图。FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of a moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图36是本发明实施例提供的另一种自移动设备移动轨迹示意图。FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of the moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图37是本发明实施例提供的另一种自移动设备移动轨迹示意图。FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of the moving trajectory of another self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图38是本发明实施例提供的一种自移动设备控制装置的结构框图。FIG38 is a structural block diagram of a self-moving equipment control device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.
图39是本发明实施例提供的一种自移动系统的示意图。Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of a self-moving system provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
下面将结合本公开实施例中的附图,对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅是本公开一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present disclosure will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure. Obviously, the described embodiments are only part of the embodiments of the present disclosure, rather than all of the embodiments.
随着科学技术的快速发展,智能控制技术在人们生活中的应用愈加广泛。自移动设备作为一种智能控制技术衍生的智能产品,能够给人们生活带来方便和快捷,因此,自移动设备在人们生活中使用频繁。With the rapid development of science and technology, intelligent control technology is increasingly used in people's lives. As a smart product derived from intelligent control technology, self-mobile devices can bring convenience and speed to people's lives. Therefore, self-mobile devices are frequently used in people's lives.
自移动设备的类型(或种类)可以包括多种,本公开实施例对此并不限定。示例性地,自移动设备可以是自动割草机、自动扫雪机、自动浇水机、自动扫地机、拖地机器人、扫拖一体机器人等。The types (or categories) of the self-moving device may include many, and the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto. For example, the self-moving device may be an automatic lawn mower, an automatic snow sweeper, an automatic watering machine, an automatic sweeper, a mopping robot, a sweeping and mopping robot, etc.
自移动设备能够在工作区域内执行工作任务,比如,执行一种或多种工作任务。例如,自移动设备为自动割草机时,其可以在工作区域内执行割草任务,或者还可以在工作区域内执行充电任务等其他任务。再例如,自移动设备为自动扫雪机时,其可以在工作区域内执行扫雪任务或其他任务。又例如,自移动设备为自动浇水机时,其可以在工作区域内执行浇水任务或其他任务等。The self-moving device can perform work tasks in the working area, for example, perform one or more work tasks. For example, when the self-moving device is an automatic lawn mower, it can perform mowing tasks in the working area, or it can also perform other tasks such as charging tasks in the working area. For another example, when the self-moving device is an automatic snow sweeper, it can perform snow sweeping tasks or other tasks in the working area. For another example, when the self-moving device is an automatic watering machine, it can perform watering tasks or other tasks in the working area.
自移动设备一般具备自动行驶功能,其能够在自动行驶的过程中执行工作任务,或者说,自移动设备能够在工作区域内移动和工作。作为一种实现方式,自移动设备可以
利用卫星定位技术(比如,GPS导航、北斗信号导航等定位技术)实现导航,以使自移动设备可以按照预设路径自动行驶,从而具备自动行驶功能。Self-driving equipment generally has an automatic driving function, which can perform work tasks during the automatic driving process, or in other words, the self-driving equipment can move and work in the work area. As an implementation method, the self-driving equipment can Navigation is achieved by using satellite positioning technology (for example, GPS navigation, Beidou signal navigation and other positioning technologies) so that the self-moving device can automatically drive along a preset path, thereby having an automatic driving function.
但是,自移动设备利用卫星定位技术导航过程中,可能会进入阴影区域。一旦自移动设备进入阴影区域,自移动设备的定位信号会受到遮挡,从而可能会导致自移动设备的定位不准确。应该理解,本公开实施例中,阴影区域是指会对自移动设备的定位信号产生影响(或遮挡)的区域。或者说,本公开实施例中,自移动设备处于阴影区域时,自移动设备的定位信号会被遮挡。例如,当自移动设备在障碍物(比如,房屋、树木、花丛等)附近移动时,比如沿着障碍物移动时,障碍物可能会遮挡自移动设备的定位信号,从而导致自移动设备的定位不准确,这种情况下,障碍物遮挡自移动设备的定位信号的区域便可以称为阴影区域。However, during navigation using satellite positioning technology, the self-mobile device may enter a shadow area. Once the self-mobile device enters the shadow area, the positioning signal of the self-mobile device will be blocked, which may cause inaccurate positioning of the self-mobile device. It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the shadow area refers to an area that will affect (or block) the positioning signal of the self-mobile device. In other words, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the self-mobile device is in a shadow area, the positioning signal of the self-mobile device will be blocked. For example, when the self-mobile device moves near an obstacle (such as a house, a tree, a bush, etc.), such as moving along an obstacle, the obstacle may block the positioning signal of the self-mobile device, resulting in inaccurate positioning of the self-mobile device. In this case, the area where the obstacle blocks the positioning signal of the self-mobile device can be called a shadow area.
如此一来,如果自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域,则可能会导致自移动设备无法正常工作。以自移动设备为自动割草机为例,如果自动割草机长时间处于阴影区域,可能会导致自动割草机行驶至危险区域(比如,行驶出边界)或导致自动割草机在割草过程中漏草等。As a result, if the self-moving device is in the shadow area for a long time, it may cause the self-moving device to not work properly. For example, if the self-moving device is an automatic lawn mower, if the automatic lawn mower is in the shadow area for a long time, it may cause the automatic lawn mower to drive into a dangerous area (for example, drive out of the boundary) or cause the automatic lawn mower to miss grass during mowing.
为了解决上述问题,本公开实施例提供了一种自移动设备及其控制方法、自主工作系统。下面结合附图对本公开实施例进行详细描述。In order to solve the above problems, the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a self-moving device and a control method thereof, and an autonomous working system. The embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
第一方面,本公开实施例提供了一种自移动设备。图1为本公开实施例提供的自移动设备10的结构示意图。如图1所示,自移动设备10可以包括驱动模块101、卫星定位模块102、以及控制模块103。下面对自移动设备10包含的这些模块(或称,组件、部件、传感器、芯片等)分别进行介绍。In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a self-moving device. FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the self-moving device 10 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG1, the self-moving device 10 may include a driving module 101, a satellite positioning module 102, and a control module 103. The following introduces these modules (or components, parts, sensors, chips, etc.) included in the self-moving device 10.
驱动模块101可以被配置为根据驱动指令驱动自移动设备10移动。例如,驱动模块101可以驱动自移动设备10在工作区域内移动。在一些实施例中,驱动模块101也可以驱动自移动设备10在工作区域外移动,这可以根据实际情况具体设置。The driving module 101 may be configured to drive the self-moving device 10 to move according to the driving instruction. For example, the driving module 101 may drive the self-moving device 10 to move within the working area. In some embodiments, the driving module 101 may also drive the self-moving device 10 to move outside the working area, which may be specifically set according to actual conditions.
在一些实施例中,驱动模块101可以包括电机、马达等,用于提供驱动动力。In some embodiments, the driving module 101 may include an electric motor, etc., for providing driving power.
在一些实施例中,驱动模块101还可以包括移动组件。作为一种实现方式,驱动模块101根据驱动指令驱动自移动设备10移动可以包括,驱动模块101可以根据驱动指令驱动移动组件移动,以带动自移动设备10移动。In some embodiments, the driving module 101 may further include a moving component. As an implementation, the driving module 101 driving the self-moving device 10 to move according to the driving instruction may include: the driving module 101 may drive the moving component to move according to the driving instruction to drive the self-moving device 10 to move.
移动组件可以安装于自移动设备10的底部。移动组件也可以称为行进组件、移动机构、移动部件等,本公开实施例对此并不限定。The moving assembly can be installed at the bottom of the self-moving device 10. The moving assembly can also be called a traveling assembly, a moving mechanism, a moving component, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
移动组件例如可以为轮体,比如可以包括万向轮、驱动轮等。当移动组件包括万向轮时,其可以用于改变自移动设备10的行进方向,该万向轮例如可以安装于自移动设备10的底部前端(自移动设备10的前进方向的前端)。当移动组件包括驱动轮时,其可以用于带动自移动设备10移动,该驱动轮例如可以安装于自移动设备10的底部边侧位置。The moving component may be, for example, a wheel body, such as a universal wheel, a driving wheel, etc. When the moving component includes a universal wheel, it can be used to change the direction of travel of the self-moving device 10. The universal wheel may be installed at the bottom front end of the self-moving device 10 (the front end of the forward direction of the self-moving device 10). When the moving component includes a driving wheel, it can be used to drive the self-moving device 10 to move. The driving wheel may be installed at the bottom side of the self-moving device 10.
卫星定位模块102可以被配置为生成卫星定位信息,或者说,卫星定位模块102可以被配置为生成自移动设备10的位置信息(或当前位置信息等)。The satellite positioning module 102 may be configured to generate satellite positioning information, or in other words, the satellite positioning module 102 may be configured to generate location information (or current location information, etc.) from the mobile device 10 .
作为一种实现方式,卫星定位模块102例如可以包括卫星导航装置或卫星定位芯片,该卫星导航装置可以被配置为接收卫星信号,并输出自移动设备10的卫星定位信息。As an implementation manner, the satellite positioning module 102 may include, for example, a satellite navigation device or a satellite positioning chip. The satellite navigation device may be configured to receive satellite signals and output satellite positioning information from the mobile device 10 .
卫星定位模块102生成的卫星定位信息可以包括自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息,或者可以理解为,卫星定位信息可以包括自移动设备在每个位置的定位信号对应的信号质量信息。自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息可以用于指示自移动设备在该位置的定位的准确性。例如,自移动设备在某个位置的信号质量信息较好,则可以说明
自移动设备在该位置的定位较为准确;自移动设备在某个位置的信号质量信息较差,则可以说明自移动设备在该位置的定位较为不准确。The satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 may include the signal quality information of the mobile device at each location, or it can be understood that the satellite positioning information may include the signal quality information corresponding to the positioning signal of the mobile device at each location. The signal quality information of the mobile device at each location can be used to indicate the accuracy of the positioning of the mobile device at that location. For example, the signal quality information of the mobile device at a certain location is good, which can indicate that the mobile device is The positioning of the mobile device at the location is relatively accurate; if the signal quality information of the mobile device at a certain location is poor, it can be explained that the positioning of the mobile device at the location is relatively inaccurate.
需要说明的是,卫星定位模块102在不同位置生成的信号质量信息可能不同。例如,信号质量信息可能随着自移动设备10的工作环境的变化而不同。示例性地,当自移动设备10处于较为开阔的工作区域时,卫星定位模块102能够接收到多颗卫星的导航信号,且卫星定位模块102与卫星之间的通信信号不会被遮挡,因此,卫星定位模块102生成的信号质量信息也就相对较好,定位结果也较为准确;当自移动设备10处于阴影区域时,卫星定位模块102受到障碍物(比如,房屋、树木等)的遮挡,只能接收到少数卫星的导航信号或接收不到卫星的导航信号,导致卫星定位模块102与卫星之间的通信信号被遮挡,因此,卫星定位模块102生成的信号质量信息也就相对较差,定位结果也就较为不准确。It should be noted that the signal quality information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 at different locations may be different. For example, the signal quality information may vary as the working environment of the self-mobile device 10 changes. Exemplarily, when the self-mobile device 10 is in a relatively open working area, the satellite positioning module 102 can receive navigation signals from multiple satellites, and the communication signal between the satellite positioning module 102 and the satellite will not be blocked. Therefore, the signal quality information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 is relatively good, and the positioning result is relatively accurate; when the self-mobile device 10 is in a shadow area, the satellite positioning module 102 is blocked by obstacles (such as houses, trees, etc.), and can only receive navigation signals from a few satellites or no navigation signals from satellites, resulting in the communication signal between the satellite positioning module 102 and the satellite being blocked. Therefore, the signal quality information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 is relatively poor, and the positioning result is relatively inaccurate.
控制模块(或称,控制器,控制组件等)103与驱动模块101和卫星定位模块102连接,例如,通信连接。应该理解,本公开实施例中提及的通信连接应作广义理解,即控制模块103与驱动模块101之间、或者控制模块103与卫星定位模块102之间可以进行通信即可,其具体的连接方式可以包括多种。例如,控制模块103与驱动模块101和卫星定位模块102可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接;可以是直接相连,也可以是通过中间媒介间接相连,或者也可以是元件内部的连通等。The control module (or controller, control component, etc.) 103 is connected to the drive module 101 and the satellite positioning module 102, for example, by communication connection. It should be understood that the communication connection mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure should be understood in a broad sense, that is, the control module 103 and the drive module 101, or the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 can communicate, and the specific connection methods may include multiple. For example, the control module 103 and the drive module 101 and the satellite positioning module 102 may be fixedly connected or detachably connected; may be mechanically connected or electrically connected; may be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, or may be internally connected to the components, etc.
在一些实施例中,控制模块103与驱动模块101之间的连接方式和控制模块103与卫星定位模块102之间的连接方式可以相同,例如,均为电连接。在一些实施例中,控制模块103与驱动模块101之间的连接方式和控制模块103与卫星定位模块102之间的连接方式可以不同,例如,控制模块103与驱动模块101之间为机械连接,控制模块103与卫星定位模块102之间为电连接等。In some embodiments, the connection mode between the control module 103 and the driving module 101 and the connection mode between the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 may be the same, for example, both are electrically connected. In some embodiments, the connection mode between the control module 103 and the driving module 101 and the connection mode between the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 may be different, for example, the control module 103 and the driving module 101 are mechanically connected, and the control module 103 and the satellite positioning module 102 are electrically connected, etc.
本公开实施例中,该控制模块103例如可以采用处理器实现,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。In the disclosed embodiment, the control module 103 can be implemented by a processor, for example, and the processor can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can also be any conventional processor, etc.
本公开实施例中,控制模块103可以被配置为根据卫星定位模块102生成的卫星定位信息控制驱动模块101带动自移动设备10沿预设路径移动。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the control module 103 may be configured to control the driving module 101 to drive the mobile device 10 to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 .
本公开实施例对预设路径不做具体限定,例如,预设路径可以是为自移动设备预设的执行工作任务的行走路径;或者,预设路径可以是为自移动设备预设的进场路径或离场路径;又或者,预设路径可以是为自移动设备预设的转场路径或绕场路径等。The embodiments of the present disclosure do not specifically limit the preset path. For example, the preset path may be a walking path preset for the self-moving device to perform a work task; or, the preset path may be an approach path or an exit path preset for the self-moving device; or, the preset path may be a transition path or a detour path preset for the self-moving device.
本公开实施例对预设路径的生成方式不做具体限定。示例性地,可以通过人工的方式生成预设路径,或者可以通过路径规划算法生成预设路径等。The embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the method for generating the preset path. For example, the preset path can be generated manually, or can be generated by a path planning algorithm.
本公开实施例中,自移动设备10沿预设路径移动的过程中,可能会经过阴影区域,或者说,预设路径上可能存在阴影区域。其中,自移动设备10在阴影区域时,卫星定位模块102生成的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。对应地,自移动设备10在非阴影区域时,卫星定位模块102生成的卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the mobile device 10 may pass through a shadow area while moving along a preset path, or in other words, a shadow area may exist on the preset path. When the mobile device 10 is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 does not meet the preset signal quality requirement. Correspondingly, when the mobile device 10 is in a non-shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module 102 meets the preset signal quality requirement.
本公开实施例对预设信号质量要求的表现形式不做具体限定,可以根据实际情况具
体设置。作为一种实现方式,预设信号质量要求可以按照信号质量等级来体现,比如,信号质量等级可以包括信号质量好、信号质量一般、信号质量差等多种等级,如果卫星定位信息的信号质量等级为信号质量差时可以认为卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,或者卫星定位信息的信号质量等级为信号质量差或信号质量一般时可以认为卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求等。作为另一种实现方式,预设信号质量要求可以按照卫星定位模块102能够接收的定位信号的卫星个数来体现,比如,如果卫星定位模块102能够接收的定位信号的卫星个数小于或等于2个时就可以认为卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,或者卫星定位模块102能够接收的定位信号的卫星个数小于或等于4个时就可以认为卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求等。The embodiment of the present disclosure does not specifically limit the expression form of the preset signal quality requirement, and may be expressed in a specific manner according to actual conditions. As an implementation, the preset signal quality requirement may be reflected in accordance with the signal quality level. For example, the signal quality level may include multiple levels such as good signal quality, general signal quality, and poor signal quality. If the signal quality level of the satellite positioning information is poor signal quality, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, or if the signal quality level of the satellite positioning information is poor signal quality or general signal quality, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement. As another implementation, the preset signal quality requirement may be reflected in accordance with the number of satellites of the positioning signal that the satellite positioning module 102 can receive. For example, if the number of satellites of the positioning signal that the satellite positioning module 102 can receive is less than or equal to 2, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, or if the number of satellites of the positioning signal that the satellite positioning module 102 can receive is less than or equal to 4, it can be considered that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
本公开实施例中,控制模块103在根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块101带动自移动设备10沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制模块103可以控制自移动设备10进行一次或多次(两次或两次以上)加速(或称,提速),以使自移动设备10快速通过预设路径上的阴影区域。In the disclosed embodiment, when the control module 103 controls the driving module 101 to drive the self-moving device 10 to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the control module 103 can control the self-moving device 10 to accelerate (or speed up) one or more times (twice or more than twice) so that the self-moving device 10 can quickly pass through the shadow area on the preset path.
在一些实施例中,自移动设备10还可以包括计时器(图中未示出),该计时器可以用于记录自移动设备10的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求(在阴影区域中)的时长,以便于在规定时间内自移动设备10无法冲出阴影区域时,控制模块103能够控制自移动设备10停止移动,以避免自移动设备10长时间处于阴影区域导致的自移动设备10无法正常工作的问题;或者,以便于在规定时间内自移动设备10未冲出阴影区域时,控制模块103能够控制自移动设备进行加速,使得自移动设备能够尽快冲出阴影区域等。进一步的,在自移动设备持续处于定位信号质量持续不佳的阴影区域的情况下,如何限制自移动设备在阴影区域中的移动时间,以避免其出现无法工作、发生意外等问题可以参考本申请后续解决该问题的相关实施例,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the self-mobile device 10 may also include a timer (not shown in the figure), which can be used to record the duration of the satellite positioning information of the self-mobile device 10 not meeting the preset signal quality requirement (in the shadow area), so that when the self-mobile device 10 cannot rush out of the shadow area within the specified time, the control module 103 can control the self-mobile device 10 to stop moving, so as to avoid the problem that the self-mobile device 10 cannot work normally due to the self-mobile device 10 being in the shadow area for a long time; or, when the self-mobile device 10 does not rush out of the shadow area within the specified time, the control module 103 can control the self-mobile device to accelerate, so that the self-mobile device can rush out of the shadow area as soon as possible. Further, in the case where the self-mobile device is continuously in the shadow area where the positioning signal quality is continuously poor, how to limit the moving time of the self-mobile device in the shadow area to avoid the problem that it cannot work or has an accident can refer to the relevant embodiments of the subsequent solution of this application, which will not be repeated here.
本公开实施例对计时器的计时时长(上述规定时间的具体取值)不做具体限定,可以根据实际情况灵活设置,例如,计时器用于控制自移动设备10在规定时间内无法冲出阴影区域时停止移动时,计时器的取值可以设置稍长一些,比如可以设置为60s、90s等。或者,计时器用于控制自移动设备10在规定时间内未冲出阴影区域时进行加速时,计时器的取值可以设置稍短一些,比如可以设置为10s、15s等。The disclosed embodiment does not specifically limit the timing duration of the timer (the specific value of the above-mentioned specified time), and can be flexibly set according to actual conditions. For example, when the timer is used to control the self-moving device 10 to stop moving when it cannot rush out of the shadow area within the specified time, the value of the timer can be set to be slightly longer, such as 60s, 90s, etc. Alternatively, when the timer is used to control the self-moving device 10 to accelerate when it does not rush out of the shadow area within the specified time, the value of the timer can be set to be slightly shorter, such as 10s, 15s, etc.
本公开实施例中,自移动设备移动到预设路径上的阴影区域时,控制模块能够在预设条件下,控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以通过提高自移动设备的移动速度保证自移动设备快速通过阴影区域,从而有利于解决自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域时无法正常工作的问题。之所以可以通过加速让自移动设备快速通过阴影区域而不会影响自移动设备正常工作,是因为卫星定位模块使用的阴影融合算法在短时间内误差累计较小,卫星定位信息的偏差(或,位置偏移)在可接受的范围内,但累计误差会随着时间的增加而快速发散,使得卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,本公开实施例通过提高自移动设备的移动速度,使得自移动设备在卫星定位信息的偏差还在可接受的范围内,快速冲出阴影区域,到达信号好的地方等待信号恢复。In the disclosed embodiment, when the self-moving device moves to the shadow area on the preset path, the control module can control the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times under the preset conditions, so as to ensure that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area by increasing the moving speed of the self-moving device, thereby helping to solve the problem that the self-moving device cannot work normally when it is in the shadow area for a long time. The reason why the self-moving device can pass through the shadow area quickly by acceleration without affecting the normal operation of the self-moving device is that the shadow fusion algorithm used by the satellite positioning module has a small error accumulation in a short time, and the deviation (or position offset) of the satellite positioning information is within an acceptable range, but the accumulated error will diverge rapidly with the increase of time, so that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements. The disclosed embodiment increases the moving speed of the self-moving device so that the self-moving device can quickly rush out of the shadow area while the deviation of the satellite positioning information is still within an acceptable range, and arrive at a place with good signal to wait for signal recovery.
在一些实施例中,本公开实施例提及的预设条件可以与卫星定位信息(比如,与卫星定位信息的信号质量信息)关联。例如,预设条件可以包括:卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,和/或,卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离。其中,卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离在本申请中指的是,自移动设备在卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的阴影区域持续
移动预设时长,或者持续移动预设距离。In some embodiments, the preset conditions mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be associated with satellite positioning information (e.g., signal quality information of satellite positioning information). For example, the preset conditions may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements, and/or the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance. Among them, the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance in this application refers to the period since the mobile device has been in the shadow area where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements for a long time. Move for a preset time, or continuously move a preset distance.
在一些实施例中,预设条件除了与卫星定位信息关联外,还可以与其他信息关联。例如,预设条件还可以与自移动设备的速度信息关联。下面对预设条件进行详细介绍。In some embodiments, the preset condition may be associated with other information in addition to the satellite positioning information. For example, the preset condition may be associated with the speed information of the self-moving device. The preset condition is described in detail below.
在一些实施例中,本公开实施例提及的预设条件可以包括第一条件和第二条件。其中,第一条件可以与自移动设备的速度信息关联,第二条件可以与自移动设备的卫星定位信息关联。In some embodiments, the preset conditions mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include a first condition and a second condition, wherein the first condition may be associated with the speed information of the self-moving device, and the second condition may be associated with the satellite positioning information of the self-moving device.
在一些实施例中,第一条件可以包括自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值。安全速度阈值是为了避免自移动设备的移动速度过高导致安全事故而设置的,本公开实施例对安全速度阈值的具体大小不做限定,可以根据情况具体设置。示例性地,安全速度阈值可以根据相关行业的安全规定进行设置。In some embodiments, the first condition may include that the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than a preset safety speed threshold. The safety speed threshold is set to avoid safety accidents caused by excessive moving speed of the self-moving device. The embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the specific size of the safety speed threshold, and it can be set according to specific circumstances. For example, the safety speed threshold can be set according to the safety regulations of the relevant industry.
在一些实施例中,第二条件可以包括以下中的一种或多种:检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求(即,自移动设备进入阴影区域时);检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离(即,自移动设备进入阴影区域一段时间时);自移动设备从卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的位置向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动(即,自移动设备寻找信号恢复点时);以及自移动设备从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径(即,自移动设备从信号恢复点返回阴影区域时)等。In some embodiments, the second condition may include one or more of the following: detecting that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when the self-mobile device enters the shadow area); detecting that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time period and/or a preset distance (i.e., when the self-mobile device enters the shadow area for a period of time); the self-mobile device moves from a position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when the self-mobile device searches for a signal recovery point); and the self-mobile device returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when the self-mobile device returns to the shadow area from the signal recovery point), etc.
作为一个具体示例,上述预设条件(比如,第二条件)可以包括:卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。也就是说,当控制模块检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求时,控制模块可以控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速。As a specific example, the above-mentioned preset condition (e.g., the second condition) may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement. That is, when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, the control module may control the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times.
作为另一个具体示例,上述预设条件(比如,第二条件)可以包括:卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离。也就是说,当控制模块检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离时,控制模块可以控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速。As another specific example, the above-mentioned preset condition (e.g., the second condition) may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance. That is, when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module may control the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times.
在一些实施例中,当预设条件包括卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离时,控制模块控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速可以包括以下中的一种或多种加速情况:当控制模块检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离时,控制模块控制自移动设备进行加速;当控制模块检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离时,控制模块控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动并在移动的过程中加速;以及,当控制模块控制自移动设备从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径时加速。In some embodiments, when the preset conditions include that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times, which may include one or more of the following acceleration situations: when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate; when the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements and accelerates during the movement; and, when the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate when returning to a preset path from a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements.
本公开实施例对控制模块控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动的实现方式不做具体限定。作为一个示例,控制模块可以控制自移动设备改变移动方向,向信号恢复点移动,以此来控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动。The disclosed embodiments do not specifically limit the implementation method of the control module controlling the self-mobile device to move to a location where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement. As an example, the control module can control the self-mobile device to change the moving direction and move to the signal recovery point, thereby controlling the self-mobile device to move to a location where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement.
在一些实施例中,控制模块在根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,包括:控制模块在根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,则控制自移动设备进行一次加速;以及,如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预
设距离,则控制自移动设备再次进行加速。In some embodiments, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once; and if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset period of time and/or a preset period of time, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once; If the distance is set, the mobile device is controlled to accelerate again.
在一些实施例中,控制模块如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备在阴影区域持续移动预设时长和/或预设距离,则控制自移动设备改变移动方向以向信号恢复点移动,在向信号恢复点移动的过程中再次进行加速,信号恢复点为卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置;以及,如果检测到卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备以第一速度向预设路径移动(从信号恢复点返回预设路径),其中,第一速度为自移动设备在未进入阴影区域之前沿预设路径移动的速度。关于控制模块根据卫星定位信息控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速的详细介绍可以参见后文,此处暂不赘述。In some embodiments, if the control module detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the self-mobile device continues to move in the shadow area for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the control module controls the self-mobile device to change the moving direction to move toward the signal recovery point, and accelerates again in the process of moving toward the signal recovery point, where the signal recovery point is the position where the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module meets the preset signal quality requirements; and, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the preset path at a first speed (returning from the signal recovery point to the preset path), wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-mobile device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area. A detailed description of how the control module controls the self-mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times according to the satellite positioning information can be found later, and will not be repeated here.
应该理解,上述列举的第一条件和/或第二条件(即预设条件)仅为优选方案,本公开实施例的第一条件和/或第二条件并不限定于列举出的条件,只要第一条件与自移动设备的速度信息关联,第二条件与自移动设备的卫星定位信息关联即可。示例性地,第二条件还可以包括:自移动设备识别到距阴影区域预设时长和/或预设距离等。It should be understood that the first condition and/or the second condition (i.e., the preset condition) listed above are only preferred solutions, and the first condition and/or the second condition of the embodiment of the present disclosure are not limited to the listed conditions, as long as the first condition is associated with the speed information of the self-moving device and the second condition is associated with the satellite positioning information of the self-moving device. Exemplarily, the second condition may also include: the self-moving device recognizes a preset time and/or preset distance from the shadow area, etc.
需要说明的是,本公开实施例对预设时长和/或预设距离的具体取值不做限定,可以根据实际情况灵活设置。还需要说明的是,在不同应用场景下,本公开实施例提及的预设时长和/或预设距离的取值可以不同,也可以相同,例如工作模式下和转场模式下对应的预设时长和/或预设距离的取值可能不同,也可能相同。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit the specific values of the preset duration and/or preset distance, and can be flexibly set according to actual conditions. It should also be noted that in different application scenarios, the values of the preset duration and/or preset distance mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be different or the same. For example, the values of the preset duration and/or preset distance corresponding to the working mode and the transition mode may be different or the same.
在一些实施例中,控制模块控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速后,自移动设备的移动速度(加速之后的移动速度)小于或等于安全速度阈值。也就是说,为了避免自移动设备的移动速度过高导致安全事故,本公开实施例中,无论自移动设备进行多少次加速,其在移动过程中任一时刻的移动速度均不会超过安全速度阈值。In some embodiments, the control module controls the moving speed of the mobile device (moving speed after acceleration) to be less than or equal to the safety speed threshold after the mobile device is accelerated once or multiple times. That is, in order to avoid safety accidents caused by excessively high moving speed of the mobile device, in the embodiments of the present disclosure, no matter how many times the mobile device is accelerated, its moving speed at any time during the moving process will not exceed the safety speed threshold.
在一些实施例中,控制模块在根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,还可以根据自移动设备的行驶状况控制自移动设备减速,以延长自移动设备的使用寿命或避免发生意外事故。例如,控制模块在根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到自移动设备处于颠簸路段,则可以控制自移动设备进行减速。作为一个具体示例,控制模块如果在根据卫星定位信息控制自移动设备高速移动时(比如,控制自移动设备进行了一次或多次加速,正在以加速后的速度进行移动),如果检测到自移动设备处于颠簸路段,则控制模块可以控制自移动设备进行减速,以延长自移动设备的使用寿命或避免发生意外事故。In some embodiments, the control module can control the self-moving device to decelerate according to the driving condition of the self-moving device in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, so as to extend the service life of the self-moving device or avoid accidents. For example, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the self-moving device is in a bumpy section, the self-moving device can be controlled to decelerate. As a specific example, when the control module controls the self-moving device to move at a high speed according to the satellite positioning information (for example, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or more and is moving at the accelerated speed), if it is detected that the self-moving device is in a bumpy section, the control module can control the self-moving device to decelerate in order to extend the service life of the self-moving device or avoid accidents.
本公开实施例对检测自移动设备是否处于颠簸路段的方式不做具体限定。作为一种实现方式,自移动设备上可以设置有检测的传感器,自移动设备移动时,该传感器能够根据自移动设备的抖动程度确定自移动设备是否处于颠簸路段。进一步地,该传感器能够将检测结果发送给控制模块,以便控制模块根据检测结果控制自移动设备的移动速度。The disclosed embodiment does not specifically limit the method for detecting whether the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section. As an implementation method, a detection sensor can be provided on the self-moving device, and when the self-moving device moves, the sensor can determine whether the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section according to the degree of shaking of the self-moving device. Furthermore, the sensor can send the detection result to the control module, so that the control module controls the moving speed of the self-moving device according to the detection result.
本公开实施例中,控制模块控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速是在卫星定位信息满足预设条件(比如,卫星定位信息不满足信号质量要求,卫星定位信息不满足信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离等)的情况下进行的。在一些实施例中,在控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果卫星定位信息不满足上述预设条件(比如,卫星定位信息满足信号质量要求)的情况下,控制模块可以控制自移动设备以第一速度移动,其中,第一速度为自移动设备在未进入阴影区域之前沿预设路径移动的速度。也就是说,在卫星定位信息满足信号质量要求的情况下,控制模块可以控制自移动设备以正常速度移动,并不会控制自移动设备进行加速。进一步的,如果检测到自移动设备
从阴影区域行驶至非阴影区域时,控制自移动设备将速度降低为第一速度。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times when the satellite positioning information meets the preset conditions (for example, the satellite positioning information does not meet the signal quality requirements, the satellite positioning information does not meet the signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance, etc.). In some embodiments, during the process of the control module controlling the self-moving device to move along a preset path, if the satellite positioning information does not meet the above preset conditions (for example, the satellite positioning information meets the signal quality requirements), the control module can control the self-moving device to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area. That is, when the satellite positioning information meets the signal quality requirements, the control module can control the self-moving device to move at a normal speed and will not control the self-moving device to accelerate. Furthermore, if it is detected that the self-moving device When driving from the shadow area to the non-shadow area, the self-moving device is controlled to reduce the speed to the first speed.
如前文所述,在控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,控制模块可以根据卫星定位信息控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动。不过本公开实施例并不限定于此,在一些实施例中,控制模块在控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,还可以根据非卫星定位信息控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动。As described above, when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path, the control module can control the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information. However, the disclosed embodiments are not limited thereto. In some embodiments, when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path, the control module can also control the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the non-satellite positioning information.
本公开实施例对非卫星定位信息的具体类型不做限定。示例性地,非卫星定位信息例如可以是基于磁信号生成的定位信息、基于雷达信号生成的定位信息、基于惯性导航单元生成的定位信息、基于摄像头生成的定位信息等。该非卫星定位信息通过如前所述的不同于卫星定位模块的位置传感器输出,如输出磁场信号的地磁传感器或输出电磁信号的磁感应传感器,输出雷达信号的雷达,惯性导航传感器,摄像头等。The embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit the specific types of non-satellite positioning information. Exemplarily, the non-satellite positioning information may be, for example, positioning information generated based on magnetic signals, positioning information generated based on radar signals, positioning information generated based on inertial navigation units, positioning information generated based on cameras, etc. The non-satellite positioning information is output by a position sensor different from the satellite positioning module as described above, such as a geomagnetic sensor that outputs a magnetic field signal or a magnetic induction sensor that outputs an electromagnetic signal, a radar that outputs a radar signal, an inertial navigation sensor, a camera, etc.
在一些实施例中,控制模块根据非卫星定位信息控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,可以控制自移动设备以第一速度沿预设路径移动,其中,第一速度为自移动设备在未进入阴影区域之前沿预设路径移动的速度。或者说,控制模块根据非卫星定位信息控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,可以控制自移动设备不加速,以自移动设备的正常速度(如第一速度)沿预设路径移动。In some embodiments, when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the non-satellite positioning information, the control module can control the self-moving device to move along the preset path at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area. In other words, when the control module controls the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the non-satellite positioning information, the control module can control the self-moving device not to accelerate and move along the preset path at the normal speed of the self-moving device (such as the first speed).
本公开实施例中,根据是否考虑阴影策略,控制模块控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速的情况可能存在差异,下面对此进行详细介绍。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, depending on whether the shadow strategy is considered, there may be differences in the situation where the control module controls the mobile device to perform one or more accelerations, which is described in detail below.
为了便于理解,先对阴影策略进行介绍。To facilitate understanding, the shadow strategy is introduced first.
阴影策略是为了保证自移动设备处于阴影区域时,自移动设备在阴影区域的信号质量信息能够满足要求而设定的策略。具体地,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,控制模块还可以被配置为执行阴影策略。The shadow strategy is a strategy set to ensure that the signal quality information of the self-moving device in the shadow area can meet the requirements when the self-moving device is in the shadow area. Specifically, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, the control module can also be configured to execute the shadow strategy.
控制模块执行阴影策略的过程可以参见图2。如图2所示,控制模块可以通过执行步骤S210和步骤S220来执行阴影策略。The process of the control module executing the shadow strategy can be seen in Figure 2. As shown in Figure 2, the control module can execute the shadow strategy by executing steps S210 and S220.
在步骤S210,判断卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息是否满足预设要求。In step S210, it is determined whether the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module meets a preset requirement.
该预设要求可以包括:卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离。关于卫星定位信息是否满足预设信号质量要求的相关描述可以参见前文,此处不再赘述。The preset requirement may include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance. The description of whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement can be found in the above text and will not be repeated here.
在步骤S220,如果卫星定位信息满足预设要求,控制自移动设备改变移动方式,以使卫星定位模块在移动后的位置生成的卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求。In step S220, if the satellite positioning information meets the preset requirement, the mobile device is controlled to change the moving mode so that the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module at the moved position meets the preset signal quality requirement.
在一些实施例中,控制模块可以通过控制自移动设备改变移动方向来控制自移动设备改变移动方式。In some embodiments, the control module may control the self-moving device to change the moving mode by controlling the self-moving device to change the moving direction.
在一些实施例中,卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置点可以称为信号恢复点(或称,恢复位置)。这种情况下,阴影策略可以理解为,在卫星定位信息满足预设要求(比如,卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离)的情况下,控制模块可以控制自移动设备寻找信号恢复点。信号恢复点可以有一个或一个以上,并存储在信号恢复点集中,信号恢复点集中还存储有信号恢复点的优先级,优先级表征该信号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率;在自移动设备处于阴影区域的情况下,基于优先级,从信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点;控制自移动设备移动至目标信号恢复点,以将卫星定位信息恢复至满足预设信号质量要求。目标信号恢复点的寻找方式可以参考本申请后续解决如何使得自移动设备的定位信号质量尽快恢复相关的实施例。
In some embodiments, the location point where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements can be called a signal recovery point (or recovery position). In this case, the shadow strategy can be understood as that when the satellite positioning information meets the preset requirements (for example, the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance), the control module can control the mobile device to find a signal recovery point. There can be one or more signal recovery points, and they are stored in a signal recovery point set. The signal recovery point set also stores the priority of the signal recovery point, and the priority represents the probability that the signal recovery point is selected as the target signal recovery point; when the mobile device is in a shadow area, the target signal recovery point is selected from the signal recovery point set based on the priority; the mobile device is controlled to move to the target signal recovery point to restore the satellite positioning information to meet the preset signal quality requirements. The method of finding the target signal recovery point can refer to the subsequent embodiments of this application to solve how to restore the positioning signal quality of the mobile device as soon as possible.
一种自移动设备寻找信号恢复点的实现方式,自移动设备中可以存储若干信号恢复点的位置,控制模块通过判断存储的信号恢复点的位置与自移动设备的当前位置之间的距离,从若干信号恢复点中选择其中之一作为信号恢复点,并控制自移动设备向选择的该信号恢复点的位置移动。具体地,作为一个示例,控制模块可以控制自移动设备向距离自移动设备的当前位置最近的一个信号恢复点移动。不过本公开实施例并不限定于此,例如,也可以设定信号恢复点与自移动设备的当前位置的距离范围,控制模块可以控制自移动设备向该距离范围内的任一信号恢复点移动。A method for implementing a self-moving device to search for a signal recovery point, wherein the positions of several signal recovery points can be stored in the self-moving device, and a control module selects one of the several signal recovery points as the signal recovery point by judging the distance between the position of the stored signal recovery point and the current position of the self-moving device, and controls the self-moving device to move to the position of the selected signal recovery point. Specifically, as an example, the control module can control the self-moving device to move to a signal recovery point that is closest to the current position of the self-moving device. However, the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to this. For example, the distance range between the signal recovery point and the current position of the self-moving device can also be set, and the control module can control the self-moving device to move to any signal recovery point within the distance range.
需要说明的是,本公开实施例中,信号恢复点的信号质量并不一定好,但是通过该信号恢复点可以确定信号质量好的一个方向。或者说,可以在信号恢复点所在方向上寻找信号质量好的位置点。It should be noted that in the disclosed embodiment, the signal quality of the signal recovery point is not necessarily good, but a direction with good signal quality can be determined through the signal recovery point. In other words, a location point with good signal quality can be found in the direction of the signal recovery point.
下面结合图3给出自移动设备执行阴影策略的一个示例。如图3所示,控制模块在识别到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求时,可以沿预设路径移动预设时长(比如,时长T),如果沿预设路径移动预设时长后,卫星定位信息仍然不满足预设信号质量要求,则控制模块可以控制自移动设备向信号恢复点移动,以使自移动设备移动到信号恢复点时,自移动设备生成的卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求。An example of executing the shadow strategy from the mobile device is given below in conjunction with Figure 3. As shown in Figure 3, when the control module identifies that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, it can move along the preset path for a preset time (for example, time T). If the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirement after moving along the preset path for the preset time, the control module can control the mobile device to move to the signal recovery point, so that when the mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information generated by the mobile device meets the preset signal quality requirement.
在一些实施例中,自移动设备执行阴影策略的过程还包括:控制模块控制自移动设备从信号恢复点返回预设路径。具体的,返回预设路径时所到达的目标位置的控制方式可以参考后续实施例中解决避免因为移动路径错误引发作业事故,提高作业安全性的问题相关实施例,本申请在此不再赘述。在一个实施例中,自移动设备返回预设位置的方式参见图3,自移动设备移动到信号恢复点后,可以从信号恢复点再返回预设路径。In some embodiments, the process of executing the shadow strategy by the self-moving device also includes: the control module controls the self-moving device to return to the preset path from the signal recovery point. Specifically, the control method of the target position reached when returning to the preset path can refer to the relevant embodiments in the subsequent embodiments to solve the problem of avoiding operation accidents caused by moving path errors and improving operation safety, and the present application will not repeat them here. In one embodiment, the method of returning the self-moving device to the preset position is shown in Figure 3. After the self-moving device moves to the signal recovery point, it can return to the preset path from the signal recovery point.
需要说明的是,图3仅为本公开实施例提供的改变自移动设备的移动方式的示例图,自移动设备改变移动方式的具体路径可以灵活选择,例如,自移动设备移动到信号恢复点后,可以不立即返回预设路径,而是重新规划路径等。It should be noted that Figure 3 is only an example diagram of changing the moving mode of a mobile device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure. The specific path for changing the moving mode of a mobile device can be flexibly selected. For example, after the mobile device moves to a signal recovery point, it may not immediately return to the preset path, but re-plan the path, etc.
还需要说明的是,自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,可以执行一次或多次阴影策略,本公开实施例对此并不限定。也就是说,自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,可以多次寻找信号恢复点以保证卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求。It should also be noted that the shadow strategy may be executed once or multiple times while the self-mobile device moves along the preset path, and the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to this. In other words, the signal recovery point may be searched multiple times while the self-mobile device moves along the preset path to ensure that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements.
在前文介绍阴影策略的基础上,下面分别对不考虑阴影策略时和考虑阴影策略时控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速的过程进行介绍。Based on the shadow strategy introduced in the previous article, the process of controlling a mobile device to perform one or more accelerations when the shadow strategy is not considered and when the shadow strategy is considered is introduced below.
实施例一:不考虑阴影策略Embodiment 1: Not considering shadow strategy
不考虑阴影策略的情况下,控制模块控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息和速度信息满足预设条件,则控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,包括:控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速;和/或,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离,且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速。Without considering the shadow strategy, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information and the speed information meet the preset conditions, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once; and/or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and lasts for a preset time and/or preset distance, and the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once.
作为一个示例,控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息是否满足预设信号质量要求,可以在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求(进入阴影区域时)且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,其中,加速后的速度可保证安全。
As an example, the control module controls the movement of the mobile device along a preset path to detect whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements. It can accelerate when it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements (when entering a shadow area) and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than a safety speed threshold, wherein the accelerated speed can ensure safety.
作为另一个示例,控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息是否满足预设信号质量要求,在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求一段时间且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,其中,加速后的速度可保证安全。As another example, the control module controls the movement of the mobile device along a preset path, detects whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and accelerates when it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements for a period of time and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than a safety speed threshold, wherein the accelerated speed can ensure safety.
作为又一个示例,控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息是否满足预设信号质量要求,在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,一段时间后,检测到卫星定位信息仍然不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则再次加速,其中,每次加速后的速度可保证安全。As another example, the control module controls the movement of the mobile device along a preset path, detects whether the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, and after a period of time, accelerates again when it detects that the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, wherein the speed after each acceleration can ensure safety.
实施例二:考虑阴影策略Example 2: Considering the shadow strategy
在一些实施例中,考虑阴影策略的情况下,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息和速度信息满足预设条件,则控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,包括:控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速;和/或,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离,且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速;和/或,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到自移动设备从卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的位置向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动,且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速。In some embodiments, considering the shadow strategy, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times if it detects that the satellite positioning information and speed information meet the preset conditions during the process of controlling the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once; and/or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once; and/or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the mobile device moves from a position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once.
在一些实施例中,考虑阴影策略的情况下,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到卫星定位信息和速度信息满足预设条件,则控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,包括:控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到自移动设备从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径,且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速。In some embodiments, taking into account the shadow strategy, when the control module is controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path, if it detects that the satellite positioning information and speed information meet the preset conditions, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module is controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path, if it detects that the self-moving device returns to the preset path from a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the self-moving device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once.
在一些实施例中,考虑阴影策略的情况下,控制模块控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速后(比如,在进入阴影区域时加速后,和/或,在进入阴影区域一段时间加速后),控制模块还被配置为以下中的一种:控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到自移动设备从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径,且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备进行一次加速;或者,控制模块在控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到自移动设备从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径,且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于预设的安全速度阈值时,控制自移动设备以第一速度移动,其中,第一速度为自移动设备在未进入阴影区域之前沿预设路径移动的速度。In some embodiments, taking into account the shadow strategy, after the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times (for example, after accelerating when entering the shadow area, and/or after accelerating for a period of time after entering the shadow area), the control module is also configured as one of the following: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the mobile device returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate once; or, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device to move along the preset path, if it is detected that the mobile device returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the preset safety speed threshold, the control module controls the mobile device to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the mobile device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
下面结合表1,对考虑阴影策略的情况下,控制模块如何控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速的过程进行示例介绍。In conjunction with Table 1, an example is given below to introduce how the control module controls the mobile device to perform one or more accelerations when the shadow strategy is considered.
表1列举了在考虑阴影策略的情况下,控制模块如何控制自移动设备进行一次或多
次加速的可能性。为了表示的简洁性,表1中A表示卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求时(即,进入阴影区域时);B表示卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离(即,进入阴影区域一段时间时);C表示从卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的位置向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动(即,找信号恢复点时);D表示从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径(即,从信号恢复点返回阴影区域时)。Table 1 lists how the control module controls the mobile device to perform one or more The possibility of acceleration. For simplicity of expression, in Table 1, A indicates when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when entering the shaded area); B indicates that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or preset distance (i.e., when entering the shaded area for a period of time); C indicates moving from a position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (i.e., when looking for a signal recovery point); D indicates returning from a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements to a preset path (i.e., when returning from the signal recovery point to the shaded area).
表1
Table 1
Table 1
在表1中,“√”表示加速。如表1所示,在不同情况(如,列举的A、B、C、D四种情况)下,控制模块可以根据情况控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速。In Table 1, "√" indicates acceleration. As shown in Table 1, in different situations (such as the four situations A, B, C, and D listed), the control module can control the mobile device to accelerate once or multiple times according to the situation.
以编号为1的这一行为例,这一行表示A加速,B、C、D不加速,即控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息,在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,然后沿预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求,则控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动(找信号恢复点),进一步,从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径(从信号恢复点返回阴影区域)。其中,自移动设备在整个过程中的速度可保证安全。Taking the line numbered 1 as an example, this line indicates that A accelerates, while B, C, and D do not accelerate, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold. Then, when the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirements after moving along the preset path for a preset time and/or preset distance (for example, time T), the self-mobile device is controlled to move to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point), and further, returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (returns to the shaded area from the signal recovery point). Among them, the speed of the self-mobile device during the entire process can ensure safety.
以编号为5的这一行为例,这一行表示A、B加速,C、D不加速,即控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息,在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,然后沿预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T1)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则再次加速,然后沿预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T2)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动(找信号恢复点),进一步,从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径(从信号恢复点返回阴影区域)。其中,自移动设备在整个过程中的速度可保证安全。Taking the line numbered 5 as an example, this line indicates that A and B accelerate, while C and D do not accelerate, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold. Then, when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold after moving along the preset path for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T1), it accelerates again, and then when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold after moving along the preset path for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T2), it controls the self-mobile device to move to the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point), and further, returns to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (returns to the shaded area from the signal recovery point). Among them, the speed of the self-mobile device during the entire process can ensure safety.
以编号为12的这一行为例,这一行表示A、B、D加速,C不加速,即控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息,在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,然后沿
预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T1)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则再次加速,然后沿预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T2)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动(找信号恢复点),进一步,从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径(从信号恢复点返回阴影区域)时且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时再次加速,返回预设路径。其中,自移动设备在整个过程中的速度可保证安全。Taking the line numbered 12 as an example, this line indicates that A, B, and D accelerate, and C does not accelerate, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it detects that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, and then moves along the preset path. When the preset path moves for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T1), if the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, then accelerate again, and then move along the preset path for a preset time and/or a preset distance (for example, time T2), if the satellite positioning information still does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, then control the mobile device to move to a position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point), and further, return to the preset path from the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (return to the shaded area from the signal recovery point) and the current moving speed of the mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, and accelerate again to return to the preset path. Among them, the speed of the mobile device during the whole process can ensure safety.
再以编号为15的这一行为例,这一行表示A、B、C、D均加速,即控制模块控制自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息,在检测到卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时加速,然后沿预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T1)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则再次加速,接着,沿预设路径移动预设时长和/或预设距离(比如,时长T2)时卫星定位信息还不满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值,则再次加速,然后控制自移动设备向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置移动(找信号恢复点),进一步,从卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置返回预设路径(从信号恢复点返回阴影区域)时且自移动设备的当前移动速度小于安全速度阈值时再次加速,返回预设路径。其中,自移动设备在整个过程中的速度可保证安全。Take the line numbered 15 as an example. This line indicates that A, B, C, and D are all accelerated, that is, the control module controls the self-mobile device to move along the preset path, detects the satellite positioning information, and accelerates when it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold. Then, when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold for a preset time and/or preset distance (for example, time T1) along the preset path, it accelerates again. Then, when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold for a preset time and/or preset distance (for example, time T2) along the preset path, it accelerates again, and then controls the self-mobile device to move to the position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements (find a signal recovery point). Further, when the satellite positioning information returns to the preset path from the position where the preset signal quality requirements are met (returning to the shaded area from the signal recovery point) and the current moving speed of the self-mobile device is less than the safety speed threshold, it accelerates again and returns to the preset path. Among them, the speed of the self-mobile device in the whole process can be guaranteed to be safe.
为了简洁,对于表1中列举的其他情况不再一一进行说明,其他情况可以参照前面列举的示例进行对应理解。For the sake of brevity, other situations listed in Table 1 will not be described one by one. Other situations can be understood by referring to the examples listed above.
在一些实施例中,如果控制模块控制自移动设备进行多次加速,自移动设备从卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的第一位置向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的第二位置移动时的加速幅度最大。或者说,如果控制模块控制自移动设备进行多次加速,该多次加速包括在自移动设备寻找信号恢复点的过程中进行加速,则自移动设备寻找信号恢复点的过程中的加速幅度最大。In some embodiments, if the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate multiple times, the acceleration amplitude is the largest when the mobile device moves from a first position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement to a second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement. In other words, if the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate multiple times, and the multiple accelerations include acceleration during the process of the mobile device searching for a signal recovery point, the acceleration amplitude is the largest during the process of the mobile device searching for a signal recovery point.
作为一种实现方式,自移动设备在卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的第一位置(阴影区域中)的移动速度为第二速度,自移动设备在卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求(非阴影区域中)的第二位置的移动速度为第三速度,上述加速幅度可以利用该第二速度和第三速度来体现,例如,加速幅度可以为第三速度与第二速度的差值或比值。As an implementation method, the moving speed of the self-mobile device at the first position (in the shadow area) where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement is the second speed, and the moving speed of the self-mobile device at the second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement (in the non-shadow area) is the third speed. The above-mentioned acceleration amplitude can be reflected by the second speed and the third speed. For example, the acceleration amplitude can be the difference or ratio between the third speed and the second speed.
本公开实施例中,自移动设备内部可以预先设定多种场景或设定多种模式,比如,沿边场景(也可以理解为沿边模式,后续提及的各种场景也可以替换为模式)、规划切割场景、转场场景(转场可以是两个相互独立的工作区域之间的路径规划)、回归场景等,每种场景可以对应设置有预设路径,其中,规划切割场景对应的预设路径例如可以是指前文提及的执行工作任务的行走路径,回归场景对应的预设路径例如可以是指前文提及的离场路径等。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, a variety of scenes or modes can be pre-set inside the mobile device, such as edge scenes (which can also be understood as edge modes, and the various scenes mentioned later can also be replaced by modes), planned cutting scenes, transition scenes (transitions can be path planning between two independent work areas), regression scenes, etc. Each scene can be provided with a corresponding preset path, wherein the preset path corresponding to the planned cutting scene can, for example, refer to the walking path for performing work tasks mentioned above, and the preset path corresponding to the regression scene can, for example, refer to the departure path mentioned above, etc.
图4给出了本公开实施例在不同场景下的应用流程的示意图。如图4所示,自移动设备启动后,可以先从预先设定的多种场景中选择具体的场景,并在该场景下沿预设路径移动,以及在沿预设路径移动的过程中根据自移动设备是否满足预设条件进行一次或多次加速。当检测到卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求时,可以控制自移动设备减速以恢复至正常行驶的第一速度。也就是说,在不同的场景或不同的模式下,均能够利用
本公开实施例提供的技术方案来解决自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域导致的无法正常工作的问题。FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the application process of the embodiment of the present disclosure in different scenarios. As shown in FIG4, after the self-mobile device is started, a specific scene can be selected from a plurality of pre-set scenes, and the self-mobile device can move along a preset path in the scene, and accelerate once or multiple times according to whether the self-mobile device meets the preset conditions during the movement along the preset path. When it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, the self-mobile device can be controlled to decelerate to restore to the first speed of normal driving. In other words, in different scenes or different modes, the self-mobile device can be used. The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure solves the problem that a mobile device cannot work normally due to being in a shadow area for a long time.
本公开实施例中,在不同的工作场景下,自移动设备在阴影区域的移动速度可以相同,也可以不同,本公开实施例对此并不限定。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, in different working scenarios, the moving speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area may be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to this.
本公开实施例中,在不同的工作场景下,自移动设备在非阴影区域的移动速度可以相同,也可以不同。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, in different working scenarios, the moving speed of the self-moving device in the non-shadow area may be the same or different.
在一些实施例中,自移动设备在卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置的转向速度可以大于自移动设备在卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的位置的转向速度。换句话说,自移动设备在阴影区域的转向速度可以大于自移动设备在非阴影区域的转向速度。如此一来,自移动设备在阴影区域能够快速移动以及快速转向,有利于自移动设备快速冲出阴影区域,从而有利于保证自移动设备正常工作。In some embodiments, the turning speed of the self-moving device at a location where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements can be greater than the turning speed of the self-moving device at a location where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements. In other words, the turning speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area can be greater than the turning speed of the self-moving device in the non-shadow area. In this way, the self-moving device can move and turn quickly in the shadow area, which is conducive to the self-moving device quickly rushing out of the shadow area, thereby ensuring the normal operation of the self-moving device.
为了便于理解,下面以自移动设备为自动割草机为例,结合图5至图7给出本公开实施例快速通过阴影区域的一个具体示例。For ease of understanding, a specific example of the embodiment of the present disclosure quickly passing through a shadow area is given below by taking the self-moving device as an automatic lawn mower as an example in conjunction with FIGS. 5 to 7 .
在步骤510,自动割草机开机后,搜索路径以移动到目标点,然后以正常行走速度(比如,速度v0)沿预设路径移动,在移动过程中可以根据卫星定位模块采集的数据确定自移动设备在当前位置的信号质量信息。In step 510, after the automatic lawn mower is turned on, it searches for a path to move to the target point, and then moves along the preset path at a normal walking speed (for example, speed v0). During the movement, the signal quality information of the mobile device at the current position can be determined based on the data collected by the satellite positioning module.
作为一种实现方式,自动割草机可以按照就近原则移动到目标点。以沿边模式为例,自动割草机可以寻找距离当前位置最近的边界点作为目标点,并移动该目标点。As an implementation method, the automatic lawn mower can move to the target point according to the principle of proximity. Taking the edge mode as an example, the automatic lawn mower can find the boundary point closest to the current position as the target point and move to the target point.
本公开实施例提及的目标点可以是指预设路径上的一个点,比如预设路径的起点。示例性地,该目标点例如可以是沿边路径上的一个点,规划切割的路径上的一个点,转场路径上的一个点,回归路径上的一个点等。The target point mentioned in the embodiments of the present disclosure may refer to a point on a preset path, such as the starting point of the preset path. For example, the target point may be a point on an edge path, a point on a planned cutting path, a point on a transition path, a point on a regression path, etc.
在步骤520,在卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求时,开始计时,并提升移动速度。例如,提升后的移动速度为v1,且v1>v0。In step 520, when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, the timing is started and the moving speed is increased. For example, the increased moving speed is v1, and v1>v0.
在步骤S530,控制自动割草机以提升后的移动速度(v1)从当前位置点继续沿预设路径移动,并检测移动过程中的卫星定位信息。In step S530, the automatic lawn mower is controlled to continue to move along the preset path from the current position at the increased moving speed (v1), and the satellite positioning information during the movement is detected.
在步骤S540,在卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长(比如,12s)时,记录自移动设备此时的位置,并寻找距离该位置最近的第一信号恢复点。In step S540, when the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and lasts for a preset period of time (eg, 12 seconds), the current position of the mobile device is recorded, and the first signal recovery point closest to the position is found.
在步骤S550,控制自动割草机以在阴影区域的转向速度转向,然后提升移动速度,并以提升后的移动速度从当前位置向第一信号恢复点(比如,信号恢复点1)所在方向移动。In step S550, the automatic lawn mower is controlled to turn at the turning speed in the shadow area, and then the moving speed is increased, and the automatic lawn mower moves from the current position to the direction of the first signal recovery point (eg, signal recovery point 1) at the increased moving speed.
例如,在该步骤中,提升后的移动速度为v2,且v2>v1。For example, in this step, the increased moving speed is v2, and v2>v1.
作为一种实现方式,第一信号恢复点(比如,信号恢复点1)的信号质量不一定好,但是利用第一信号恢复点可以确定寻找信号质量好的一个方向。As an implementation manner, the signal quality of the first signal recovery point (eg, signal recovery point 1) may not be good, but the first signal recovery point can be used to determine a direction for finding a good signal quality.
在步骤S560,控制自移动设备向第一信号恢复点所在方向移动的过程中,持续计时,并检测卫星定位信息。In step S560, the timing is continued and the satellite positioning information is detected during the process of controlling the mobile device to move in the direction of the first signal recovery point.
作为一种实现方式,参见图6,如果到达第一信号恢复点(比如,信号恢复点1)之前,卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备在阴影区域的持续时间未超过规定时间(比如,60s),则计时器清零,记该满足预设信号质量要求的位置为位置A,控制自动割草机在位置A以在非阴影区域的转向速度转向,然后以正常移动速度(v0)或提速后的速度(v2)移动到预设路径上。应该理解,本公开实施例在找到卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置(比如,位置A)之前一直计时,找到该位置后计时清零。
As an implementation method, referring to FIG6 , if the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements before reaching the first signal recovery point (e.g., signal recovery point 1) and the duration of the self-mobile device in the shadow area does not exceed the specified time (e.g., 60s), the timer is reset, and the position that meets the preset signal quality requirements is recorded as position A, and the automatic lawn mower is controlled to turn at position A at the turning speed in the non-shadow area, and then moves to the preset path at the normal moving speed (v0) or the accelerated speed (v2). It should be understood that the embodiment of the present disclosure keeps timing until the position (e.g., position A) where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements is found, and the timing is reset after the position is found.
作为另一种实现方式,参见图7,如果到达第一信号恢复点(比如,信号恢复点1)之前,卫星定位信息一直不满足预设信号质量要求且持续时长未超过规定时间(比如,60s),则控制自移动设备以提升后的移动速度(v2)从第一信号恢复点向第二信号恢复点(比如,恢复点2)所在方向移动。需要说明的是,第一信号恢复点和第二信号恢复点可以都基于离开预设路径时的位置确定的,也可以基于当前所在位置确定。进一步的,在自移动设备持续处于定位信号质量持续不佳的阴影区域的情况下,如何限制自移动设备在阴影区域中移动的持续时间,以避免其出现无法工作、发生意外等问题可以参考本申请后续解决该问题的相关实施例。As another implementation method, referring to FIG. 7, if before reaching the first signal recovery point (for example, signal recovery point 1), the satellite positioning information has not met the preset signal quality requirements and the duration has not exceeded the specified time (for example, 60s), then the self-mobile device is controlled to move from the first signal recovery point to the direction of the second signal recovery point (for example, recovery point 2) at the increased moving speed (v2). It should be noted that the first signal recovery point and the second signal recovery point can both be determined based on the position when leaving the preset path, or can be determined based on the current position. Furthermore, in the case where the self-mobile device is continuously in a shadow area where the positioning signal quality is continuously poor, how to limit the duration of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area to avoid problems such as its inability to work and accidents can refer to the relevant embodiments of this application that solve this problem later.
在一些实施例中,在控制自移动设备向第二信号恢复点所在方向移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息,如果到达第二信号恢复点之前,卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求且自移动设备在阴影区域的持续时间未超过规定时间(比如,60s),则计时器清零,记该满足预设信号质量要求的位置为位置B,控制自动割草机在位置B以在非阴影区域的转向速度转向,然后以正常移动速度(v0)或提速后的速度(v2)移动到预设路径上。In some embodiments, during the process of controlling the self-moving device to move in the direction of the second signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information is detected. If before reaching the second signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements and the duration of the self-moving device in the shadow area does not exceed the specified time (for example, 60s), the timer is reset, and the position that meets the preset signal quality requirements is recorded as position B. The automatic lawn mower is controlled to turn at position B at the turning speed in the non-shadow area, and then moves to the preset path at a normal moving speed (v0) or an accelerated speed (v2).
在一些实施例中,在控制自移动设备向第二信号恢复点所在方向移动的过程中,检测卫星定位信息,如果到达第二信号恢复点时,卫星定位信息一直不满足预设信号质量要求且持续时长未超过规定时间(比如,60s),则控制自移动设备以提升后的移动速度(v2)从第二信号恢复点向第三信号恢复点(比如,信号恢复点3)所在方向移动。In some embodiments, during the process of controlling the movement of the self-mobile device toward the direction of the second signal recovery point, satellite positioning information is detected. If, when reaching the second signal recovery point, the satellite positioning information has not met the preset signal quality requirements and the duration has not exceeded the specified time (for example, 60s), the self-mobile device is controlled to move from the second signal recovery point to the direction of the third signal recovery point (for example, signal recovery point 3) at an increased moving speed (v2).
在一些实施例中,可以重复上述步骤,直至自移动设备在阴影区域的持续时间超过规定时间(比如,60s),停止移动。In some embodiments, the above steps may be repeated until the mobile device stays in the shadow area for more than a specified time (eg, 60 seconds) and stops moving.
第二方面,本公开实施例提供了一种自主工作系统。该自主工作系统可以包括前文所述的任一自移动设备。In a second aspect, the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an autonomous working system, which may include any autonomous moving device described above.
在一些实施例中,该自主工作系统还可以包括自移动设备之前的其他设备或装置,比如,可以包括充电站,用于供自移动设备停靠以及为自移动设备补充电能等。In some embodiments, the autonomous working system may also include other equipment or devices before the self-moving device, for example, it may include a charging station for the self-moving device to dock and to replenish power for the self-moving device.
上文结合图1至图7,详细描述了本公开的装置实施例,下面结合图8,详细描述本公开的方法实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The above describes the device embodiment of the present disclosure in detail in conjunction with Figures 1 to 7, and the following describes the method embodiment of the present disclosure in detail in conjunction with Figure 8. It should be understood that the description of the method embodiment corresponds to the description of the device embodiment, so the part not described in detail can refer to the previous method embodiment.
图8为本公开实施例提供的自移动设备的控制方法的流程示意图。该自移动设备在工作区域内移动和工作,自移动设备包括驱动模块和卫星定位模块,驱动模块被配置为根据驱动指令驱动自移动设备移动,卫星定位模块被配置为生成卫星定位信息,卫星定位信息包括自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息。Fig. 8 is a flow chart of a control method of a self-moving device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. The self-moving device moves and works in a working area, and the self-moving device includes a driving module and a satellite positioning module, wherein the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to generate satellite positioning information, and the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position.
图8所示的控制方法可以由前文所述的自移动设备执行,例如,由控制模块执行。图8所示的控制方法可以包括步骤S810和步骤S820。The control method shown in Fig. 8 may be executed by the aforementioned self-moving device, for example, by a control module. The control method shown in Fig. 8 may include step S810 and step S820.
在步骤S810,根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动。In step S810, a driving module is controlled according to satellite positioning information to drive the mobile device to move along a preset path.
在步骤S820,在根据卫星定位信息控制驱动模块带动自移动设备沿预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使自移动设备快速通过预设路径上的阴影区域。In step S820, when the driving module is controlled to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area on the preset path.
其中,自移动设备在阴影区域时,卫星定位模块生成的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。When the mobile device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information generated by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
可选地,预设条件包括:所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。Optionally, the preset condition includes: the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement.
可选地,预设条件包括:所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离。
Optionally, the preset condition includes: the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time period and/or a preset distance.
可选地,控制模块控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速之后,所述自移动设备的移动速度小于或等于安全速度阈值。Optionally, after the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, the moving speed of the self-moving device is less than or equal to a safety speed threshold.
可选地,在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,所述控制模块还被配置为:如果检测到所述自移动设备处于颠簸路段,则控制所述自移动设备进行减速。Optionally, in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, the control module is further configured to: if it is detected that the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section, control the self-moving device to decelerate.
可选地,在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,所述控制模块还被配置为:如果检测到所述卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备以第一速度移动,其中,所述第一速度为所述自移动设备在未进入所述阴影区域之前沿所述预设路径移动的速度。Optionally, in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, the control module is also configured to: if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, control the self-moving device to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
可选地,控制模块还被配置为:根据非卫星定位信息,控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备以第一速度沿预设路径移动,其中,所述第一速度为所述自移动设备在未进入所述阴影区域之前沿所述预设路径移动的速度。Optionally, the control module is also configured to: control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path at a first speed based on non-satellite positioning information, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
可选地,控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,包括:所述控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次加速;以及如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离,则控制所述自移动设备再次进行加速。Optionally, when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, including: when the control module controls the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet a preset signal quality requirement, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once; and if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate again.
可选地,如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离,则控制所述自移动设备再次进行加速,包括:如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且持续预设时长和/或预设距离,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向,并再次进行加速后向信号恢复点移动;如果检测到所述卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备以第一速度向所述预设路径移动,其中,所述第一速度为所述自移动设备在未进入所述阴影区域之前沿所述预设路径移动的速度。Optionally, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate again, including: if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and continues for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to change the moving direction, and accelerate again to move towards the signal recovery point; if it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirements, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the preset path at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
可选地,自移动设备在阴影区域的转向速度大于在非阴影区域的转向速度。Optionally, the turning speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area is greater than the turning speed in the non-shadow area.
可选地,如果控制模块控制自移动设备进行多次加速,自移动设备从卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的第一位置向卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的第二位置移动时的加速幅度最大,其中,自移动设备在第一位置的移动速度为第二速度,自移动设备在第二位置的移动速度为第三速度,加速幅度为第三速度与第二速度的差值或比值。Optionally, if the control module controls the mobile device to accelerate multiple times, the acceleration amplitude is the largest when the mobile device moves from a first position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement to a second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, wherein the moving speed of the mobile device at the first position is the second speed, the moving speed of the mobile device at the second position is the third speed, and the acceleration amplitude is the difference or ratio between the third speed and the second speed.
可选地,在不同的工作场景下,自移动设备在阴影区域的移动速度相同或不同。Optionally, in different working scenarios, the moving speeds of the mobile device in the shadow area are the same or different.
可选地,在不同的工作场景下,自移动设备在非阴影区域的移动速度相同或不同。Optionally, in different working scenarios, the moving speeds of the self-moving device in the non-shadow area are the same or different.
可选地,自移动设备包括以下中的至少一种:自动割草机、自动扫雪机、自动浇水机。Optionally, the self-moving device includes at least one of the following: an automatic lawn mower, an automatic snow sweeper, and an automatic watering machine.
应理解,在本公开实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present disclosure, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B can also be determined according to A and/or other information.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only a description of the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本公开的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序
的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本公开实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present disclosure, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the execution order. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
在本公开所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present disclosure, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本公开实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够读取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字通用光盘(digital video disc,DVD))或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber Line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be read by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
以上所述,仅为本公开的具体实施方式,但本公开的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本公开揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本公开的保护范围之内。因此,本公开的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, but the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present disclosure, which should be included in the protection scope of the present disclosure. Therefore, the protection scope of the present disclosure should be based on the protection scope of the claims.
自移动设备可以自主沿着规划的工作路线(后文简称路线,也可以是上文中所述预设路径)移动并在移动过程中进行诸如割草、清洁等工作。自移动设备例如可以为自动割草机或自动清扫机等。路线可以是自移动设备自主规划的路线,也可以是用户为自移动设备规划的路线。例如,用户可以为自移动设备设置其运动的区域的边界或范围,自移动设备可以在边界限定的工作区域内的范围内自主规划路线。The self-moving device can autonomously move along the planned working route (hereinafter referred to as the route, or the preset path as described above) and perform tasks such as mowing and cleaning during the movement. The self-moving device can be, for example, an automatic lawn mower or an automatic sweeper. The route can be a route autonomously planned by the self-moving device, or a route planned by the user for the self-moving device. For example, the user can set the boundary or range of the area where the self-moving device moves, and the self-moving device can autonomously plan the route within the working area defined by the boundary.
在一些实施例中,自移动设备可以包括卫星定位模块。卫星定位模块可以获取到自移动设备所在的位置的信息。自移动设备可以将卫星定位模块获取的位置信息和规划的路线进行对照。如果自移动设备所在的位置偏离路线,则自移动设备可以调整运动的方向,从而使得自移动设备可以按照规划的路线前进。
In some embodiments, the self-mobile device may include a satellite positioning module. The satellite positioning module may obtain information about the location of the self-mobile device. The self-mobile device may compare the location information obtained by the satellite positioning module with the planned route. If the location of the self-mobile device deviates from the route, the self-mobile device may adjust the direction of movement so that the self-mobile device can move along the planned route.
卫星定位模块可以通过接收的定位信号以确定自移动设备的位置。定位信号例如可以为全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)的信号。GNSS例如可以包括全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、北斗卫星导航系统等。定位系统例如可以通过实时动态(real-time kinematic,RTK)载波相位差分技术实现。The satellite positioning module can determine the position of the mobile device by receiving the positioning signal. The positioning signal can be, for example, a signal of the global navigation satellite system (GNSS). GNSS can include, for example, the global positioning system (GPS), the Beidou satellite navigation system, etc. The positioning system can be implemented, for example, by the real-time kinematic (RTK) carrier phase difference technology.
定位信号的信号质量受到遮挡物、所处环境等诸多因素的影响。在一些区域内,定位信号的质量无法满足预设质量要求,这些区域可以称为阴影区域。在一些区域内,例如无遮挡的开阔区域,定位信号的质量满足预设质量要求,这些区域可以称为非阴影区域或开阔区域。The signal quality of the positioning signal is affected by many factors such as obstructions and the environment. In some areas, the quality of the positioning signal cannot meet the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called shadow areas. In some areas, such as open areas without obstructions, the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called non-shadow areas or open areas.
当自移动设备在阴影区域移动时,可能由于定位信号的质量不佳而导致自移动设备的实际移动路线偏离规划的工作路线,从而导致诸多问题。因此,如何使得自移动设备的定位信号质量尽快恢复,是亟待解决的技术问题。When a self-mobile device moves in a shadow area, the actual moving route of the self-mobile device may deviate from the planned working route due to poor positioning signal quality, thus causing many problems. Therefore, how to restore the positioning signal quality of the self-mobile device as soon as possible is a technical problem that needs to be solved urgently.
本申请提出了一种自移动设备,解决上述如何使得自移动设备的定位信号质量尽快恢复问题。The present application proposes a self-moving device to solve the above-mentioned problem of how to restore the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device as soon as possible.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种自移动设备10的示意性结构图。自移动设备10可以包括卫星定位模块102和控制模块103。FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a self-moving device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The self-moving device 10 may include a satellite positioning module 102 and a control module 103 .
卫星定位模块102可以通过接收的定位信号确定自移动设备的位置。例如,卫星定位模块102可以对应于自移动设备中的收发器、定位芯片、定位天线、用于定位的传感器中的一项或多项。The satellite positioning module 102 can determine the position of the mobile device through the received positioning signal. For example, the satellite positioning module 102 can correspond to one or more of a transceiver, a positioning chip, a positioning antenna, and a sensor for positioning in the mobile device.
控制模块103可以被配置为控制自移动设备。例如,控制模块103可以对应于自移动设备中的处理器、控制器中的一项或多项。The control module 103 may be configured to control the self-moving device. For example, the control module 103 may correspond to one or more of a processor and a controller in the self-moving device.
在一些实施例中,控制模块103可以被配置为:存储信号恢复点集,信号恢复点集记录有自移动设备的信号恢复点的位置,以及信号恢复点的优先级,优先级表征该信号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率;在自移动设备处于阴影区域的情况下,基于优先级,从信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点;控制自移动设备移动至目标信号恢复点,以在目标信号恢复点进行信号恢复。In some embodiments, the control module 103 can be configured to: store a signal recovery point set, the signal recovery point set records the location of the signal recovery point of the mobile device, and the priority of the signal recovery point, the priority characterizing the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as the target signal recovery point; when the mobile device is in a shadow area, based on the priority, select the target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set; control the mobile device to move to the target signal recovery point to perform signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
目标信号恢复点的位置可以为定位信号质量可能恢复的位置。换句话说,在目标信号恢复点,定位信号具有满足预设质量要求的可能。当自移动设备移动到目标信号恢复点,定位信号可能恢复也可能无法恢复。目标信号恢复点所在的位置可以偏离规划的工作路线,即目标信号恢复点可以在规划的工作路线外的位置。The location of the target signal recovery point may be a location where the positioning signal quality may be restored. In other words, at the target signal recovery point, the positioning signal may meet the preset quality requirements. When the mobile device moves to the target signal recovery point, the positioning signal may or may not be restored. The location of the target signal recovery point may deviate from the planned working route, that is, the target signal recovery point may be located outside the planned working route.
自移动设备可以记录有信号恢复点集。信号恢复点集可以包括一个或多个信号恢复点。信号恢复点集还可以包括一个或多个信号恢复点对应的优先级。优先级可以表征所述信号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率。The self-mobile device may record a signal recovery point set. The signal recovery point set may include one or more signal recovery points. The signal recovery point set may also include priorities corresponding to one or more signal recovery points. The priority may represent the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as the target signal recovery point.
在自移动设备处于阴影区域的情况下,自移动设备可以向目标信号恢复点移动。目标信号点可以为信号恢复点集中的一个点。When the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, the self-mobile device may move toward a target signal recovery point, which may be a point in the signal recovery point set.
自移动设备可以移动到目标信号恢复点,以进行信号恢复。如果自移动设备在第一目标信号恢复点时,如果定位信号满足预设质量要求的情况下,则可以认为信号恢复。如果信号恢复了,则自移动设备可以返回工作路线继续工作。如果信号未恢复,自移动设备可以在目标信号恢复点等待信号恢复,或者,自移动设备可以确定另一个目标信号恢复点(例如第二目标信号恢复点),并向另一个信号恢复点移动,直达信号恢复或者超过预设时长阈值停机。其中,控制自移动设备向信号恢复点移动的过程可以提高其移动速度,具体可以参考本申请中解决自移动设备长时间处于阴影区域时无法正常工作的问
题的实施例,在此不再赘述。其中,返回预设路径时所到达的目标位置的控制方式可以参考后续实施例中解决避免因为移动路径错误引发作业事故,提高作业安全性的问题相关实施例,本申请在此不再赘述。The self-mobile device can move to the target signal recovery point to restore the signal. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements when the self-mobile device is at the first target signal recovery point, it can be considered that the signal has been restored. If the signal is restored, the self-mobile device can return to the working route and continue working. If the signal is not restored, the self-mobile device can wait for the signal to be restored at the target signal recovery point, or the self-mobile device can determine another target signal recovery point (such as a second target signal recovery point) and move to another signal recovery point until the signal is restored or the preset time threshold is exceeded and the device is shut down. Among them, the process of controlling the movement of the self-mobile device to the signal recovery point can increase its movement speed. For details, please refer to the solution to the problem that the self-mobile device cannot work normally when it is in a shadow area for a long time in this application. The control method of the target position reached when returning to the preset path can refer to the related embodiments of the subsequent embodiments to solve the problem of avoiding operation accidents caused by moving path errors and improving operation safety, which will not be repeated in this application.
可以理解的是,优先级越高,对应的信号恢复点越可能被选择为目标信号恢复点。在一些情况下,优先级越高,对应的信号恢复点的信号质量越可能恢复,即对应的信号恢复点处于非阴影区域的概率可以越大。It is understandable that the higher the priority, the more likely the corresponding signal recovery point is to be selected as the target signal recovery point. In some cases, the higher the priority, the more likely the signal quality of the corresponding signal recovery point is to be restored, that is, the probability that the corresponding signal recovery point is in the non-shadow area may be greater.
在一些实施例中,目标信号点可以基于优先级确定。例如,目标信号恢复点可以为信号恢复点集中优先级最高的位置点。或者,目标信号恢复点可以是优先级高于当前位置对应的优先级的位置点。或者,目标信号恢复点可以为当前位置的第一预设范围内,优先级最高的位置点。或者,目标信号恢复点可以为优先级高于当前位置对应的优先级的位置点。In some embodiments, the target signal point may be determined based on a priority. For example, the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the highest priority in the signal recovery point set. Alternatively, the target signal recovery point may be a position point with a priority higher than the priority corresponding to the current position. Alternatively, the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the highest priority within a first preset range of the current position. Alternatively, the target signal recovery point may be a position point with a priority higher than the priority corresponding to the current position.
在一些实施例中,目标信号恢复点还可以基于信号恢复点与当前位置之间的距离确定。例如,在信号恢复点集中包括优先级相同的信号恢复点时,自移动设备可以选择距离自移动设备所在的当前位置最近的信号恢复点作为目标信号恢复点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point may also be determined based on the distance between the signal recovery point and the current location. For example, when the signal recovery point set includes signal recovery points of the same priority, the self-mobile device may select the signal recovery point closest to the current location of the self-mobile device as the target signal recovery point.
相比于自移动设备任意改变移动方向,自移动设备向目标信号恢复点移动,定位信号的信号质量恢复的概率更高、安全性更好。因此,基于该方案,自移动设备可以更快恢复定位信号的质量,从而更安全、持续地正常进行工作。Compared with the mobile device changing the moving direction arbitrarily, the mobile device moving toward the target signal recovery point has a higher probability of restoring the signal quality of the positioning signal and better security. Therefore, based on this solution, the mobile device can restore the quality of the positioning signal faster, so that it can work normally more safely and continuously.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,信号恢复点集可以包括信号恢复线和/或信号恢复区域。信号恢复点可以为信号恢复线或信号恢复区域上的任意一点。信号恢复点具体为信号恢复线或信号恢复区域上的哪个点可以是随机的,也可以是基于规则确定的。规则例如可以包括:信号恢复点可以为信号恢复线上间隔为第一距离的若干个位置点、信号恢复点可以为信号恢复区域边界的顶点或中心点。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the signal recovery point set may include a signal recovery line and/or a signal recovery area. The signal recovery point may be any point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area. The signal recovery point may be a point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area, which may be random or determined based on a rule. The rule may include, for example: the signal recovery point may be a plurality of position points on the signal recovery line spaced by a first distance, and the signal recovery point may be a vertex or a center point of a boundary of the signal recovery area.
信号恢复区域例如可以通过栅格的形式实现。例如,可以将自移动设备的工作区域划分为若干栅格。工作区域中的部分或全部栅格可以作为信号恢复区域存储于信号恢复点集中。如图9所示,粗实线标记出的区域为工作区域。可以将工作区域划分为8×8个栅格。图9中划分栅格的形状以及方式仅为示例,实际的划分方式可以灵活选择。例如,栅格的大小、形状、排列方式、组合方式、延伸方向的均可根据实际情况灵活设置。The signal recovery area can be implemented in the form of a grid, for example. For example, the working area of the self-mobile device can be divided into several grids. Some or all of the grids in the working area can be stored in the signal recovery point set as signal recovery areas. As shown in Figure 9, the area marked with a thick solid line is the working area. The working area can be divided into 8×8 grids. The shape and method of dividing the grid in Figure 9 are only examples, and the actual division method can be flexibly selected. For example, the size, shape, arrangement, combination, and extension direction of the grid can be flexibly set according to actual conditions.
在自移动设备移动到目标信号恢复点的过程中,可以检测信号质量。如果信号质量恢复,则自移动设备可以回到规划的工作路线上。如果达到目标信号恢复点后,信号质量未恢复,则可以等待第一时长,以便信号质量恢复。在第一时长后,如果信号质量未恢复,可以基于当前位置再次确定另一个目标信号恢复点。In the process of moving the self-mobile device to the target signal recovery point, the signal quality can be detected. If the signal quality is restored, the self-mobile device can return to the planned working route. If the signal quality is not restored after reaching the target signal recovery point, a first time period can be waited for the signal quality to be restored. After the first time period, if the signal quality is not restored, another target signal recovery point can be determined again based on the current position.
本申请中,优先级用于表征信号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率,具体不限制优先级的表示形式。例如,优先级可以通过信号恢复点与边界之间的距离表示。或者,优先级可以通过信号质量表示。In the present application, the priority is used to characterize the probability of a signal recovery point being selected as a target signal recovery point, and the representation form of the priority is not specifically limited. For example, the priority can be represented by the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary. Alternatively, the priority can be represented by the signal quality.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,信号恢复点集中还可以记录有其他信息。其他信息例如可以包括:信号恢复点的位置信息和/或定位信号的信号质量信息。信号质量信息可以包括信号质量的具体评估值。或者,信号质量信息可以包括信号质量好或坏这两种状态的标识值。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, other information may also be recorded in the signal recovery point set. The other information may include, for example, location information of the signal recovery point and/or signal quality information of the positioning signal. The signal quality information may include a specific evaluation value of the signal quality. Alternatively, the signal quality information may include identification values of the two states of good or bad signal quality.
下面基于第一类信号恢复点、第二类信号恢复点、第三类信号恢复点等对信号恢复点进行分别进行说明。需要说明的是,基于第一类信号恢复点、第二类信号恢复点、第三类信号恢复点的优先级表示方式可以单独实施,也可以结合起来实施。例如,对于第
一信号恢复点,信号恢复点集中可以存有第一信号恢复点对应的位置,还可以存储有第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级、第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级、第三类信号恢复点对应的优先级中的一项或多项。The following describes the signal recovery points based on the first type of signal recovery point, the second type of signal recovery point, the third type of signal recovery point, etc. It should be noted that the priority representation methods based on the first type of signal recovery point, the second type of signal recovery point, and the third type of signal recovery point can be implemented separately or in combination. A signal recovery point, the signal recovery point set may store the position corresponding to the first signal recovery point, and may also store one or more of the priorities corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point, the second type of signal recovery point, and the third type of signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,信号恢复点集可以包括第一类信号恢复点。第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级可以采用第一类信号恢复点与自移动设备的边界之间的距离表示。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set may include a first type of signal recovery point. The priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point may be represented by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary of the mobile device.
边界可以为自移动设备工作区域的边界。也就是说,在自移动设备正常移动或工作的过程中,不应该超过边界。以割草机为例,割草机可以沿着边界内的路线移动,并在移动过程中进行割草操作,从而实现边界内的区域的割草工作。The boundary may be the boundary of the working area of the self-moving device. That is, during the normal movement or operation of the self-moving device, the boundary should not be exceeded. Taking a lawn mower as an example, the lawn mower can move along a route within the boundary and perform a mowing operation during the movement, thereby achieving mowing work in the area within the boundary.
边界可以是在自移动设备工作之前预先设置的、也可以是自移动设备运动过程中识别的。例如,边界可以是基于边界上的一些位置点的位置坐标确定的。自移动设备可以在移动过程中,不移动到这些位置点确定的边界范围外。或者,边界可以基于真实世界中的物理边界确定。自移动设备在移动到物理边界附近时,可以识别到物理边界并且不会超过物理边界移动。物理边界例如可以为墙体、栅栏等中的一项或多项。The boundary can be pre-set before the self-moving device works, or it can be identified during the movement of the self-moving device. For example, the boundary can be determined based on the position coordinates of some position points on the boundary. The self-moving device may not move outside the boundary range determined by these position points during the movement. Alternatively, the boundary can be determined based on a physical boundary in the real world. When the self-moving device moves near the physical boundary, it can identify the physical boundary and will not move beyond the physical boundary. The physical boundary can be, for example, one or more of a wall, a fence, etc.
在一些实施例中,边界也可以通过自移动设备的地图的边界表示。地图可以用于指示自移动设备的工作区域。在自移动设备进行工作之前,可以根据边界的设置、之前在该区域的工作的情况等得到地图。在这种情况下,信号恢复点与边界之间的距离可以通过对地图进行距离变换得到。In some embodiments, the boundary may also be represented by a boundary of a map of the self-moving device. The map may be used to indicate the working area of the self-moving device. Before the self-moving device works, the map may be obtained based on the setting of the boundary, the previous working conditions in the area, etc. In this case, the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary may be obtained by performing a distance transformation on the map.
信号恢复点与边界上的不同位置点之间的距离可以不同。如图10所示,图10通过正方形方格表示一个第一类信号恢复点(下文简称为第一恢复点)对应的栅格,通过加粗的曲线表示边界。L1~L4为第一恢复点(或对应的栅格)与边界的4个距离示例。由图10可以看出,L1~L4均不相同。信号恢复点与边界之间的距离可以为信号恢复点与边界上的任一位置点之间的距离。例如,信号恢复点与边界之间的距离可以为信号恢复点与边界上的位置点之间的距离的最小值。继续以图10为例进行说明,第一恢复点与边界上的位置点之间的距离的最小值为L1表示的距离,则第一恢复点与边界之间的距离可以为L1。The distance between the signal recovery point and different position points on the boundary may be different. As shown in Figure 10, Figure 10 represents a grid corresponding to a first type of signal recovery point (hereinafter referred to as the first recovery point) through square grids, and the boundary is represented by a bold curve. L1~L4 are 4 examples of distances between the first recovery point (or the corresponding grid) and the boundary. As can be seen from Figure 10, L1~L4 are all different. The distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary can be the distance between the signal recovery point and any position point on the boundary. For example, the distance between the signal recovery point and the boundary can be the minimum value of the distance between the signal recovery point and the position point on the boundary. Continuing to use Figure 10 as an example, the minimum value of the distance between the first recovery point and the position point on the boundary is the distance represented by L1, then the distance between the first recovery point and the boundary can be L1.
需要说明的是,本申请不限制距离的值的具体表示形式。例如,信号恢复点与边界之间的距离可以通过现实世界中的距离值表示。或者,距离可以通过栅格的数量表示。或者,距离可以通过距离所在的距离区间表示。以图9所示的地图为例,如果每个栅格与边界之间的距离通过该栅格与边界之间的栅格数表示,每个栅格对应的信号恢复点与边界之间的距离可以如图11中的数字所示。其中,与边界相连的栅格的距离可以设置为0。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the specific representation form of the distance value. For example, the distance between the signal recovery point and the border can be represented by a distance value in the real world. Alternatively, the distance can be represented by the number of grids. Alternatively, the distance can be represented by the distance interval in which the distance is located. Taking the map shown in Figure 9 as an example, if the distance between each grid and the border is represented by the number of grids between the grid and the border, the distance between the signal recovery point corresponding to each grid and the border can be shown as the number in Figure 11. Among them, the distance of the grid connected to the border can be set to 0.
如图11所示,自移动设备可以确定每个栅格距离边界的距离。进一步地,自移动设备可以记录每个栅格距离边界的距离,即将边界内的每个栅格均可以在信号恢复点集中记录。自移动设备也可以记录部分栅格距离边界的距离。例如,自移动设备可以间隔一个或多个栅格,记录对应栅格距离边界的距离。As shown in FIG. 11 , the self-moving device can determine the distance of each grid from the boundary. Further, the self-moving device can record the distance of each grid from the boundary, that is, each grid within the boundary can be recorded in a centralized manner at the signal recovery point. The self-moving device can also record the distance of some grids from the boundary. For example, the self-moving device can be separated by one or more grids and record the distance of the corresponding grid from the boundary.
在一些实现方式中,根据第一类信号恢复点与边界之间的距离,自移动设备可以确定目标信号恢复点。在一些情况下,第一类信号恢复点与边界的距离越大,第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级越高。In some implementations, the mobile device may determine the target signal recovery point based on the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary. In some cases, the greater the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary, the higher the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point.
一方面,在工作区域内,距离边界越远的位置点,越处于工作区域的中间区域。由于树木、建筑等可能对自移动设备进行遮挡的物体通常位于边界外围,因此,中间区域通常为开阔区域。也就是说,距离边界越远的位置处于阴影区域的概率越低,即信号恢
复的概率越高。另一方面,在向距离边界远的位置点移动的情况下,自移动设备处于边界内的概率更大,从而可以避免自移动设备移动到边界以外而导致的意外发生,保证自移动设备的安全。On the one hand, within the working area, the farther away from the boundary, the more likely it is to be in the middle of the working area. Since objects such as trees and buildings that may block the self-moving device are usually located outside the boundary, the middle area is usually an open area. In other words, the farther away from the boundary, the lower the probability of being in the shadow area, that is, the signal recovery is On the other hand, when moving to a point far from the boundary, the probability that the self-moving device is within the boundary is greater, thereby avoiding accidents caused by the self-moving device moving outside the boundary and ensuring the safety of the self-moving device.
在一些实施例中,目标信号恢复点与边界之间的距离可以大于当前位置与边界之间的距离。以图11为例,当前位置与边界之间的距离如果为1,则目标信号恢复点可以为与边界之间的距离为2或3的任意一个位置点。In some embodiments, the distance between the target signal recovery point and the boundary may be greater than the distance between the current position and the boundary. Taking FIG. 11 as an example, if the distance between the current position and the boundary is 1, the target signal recovery point may be any position point whose distance from the boundary is 2 or 3.
在一些实施例中,目标信号恢复点可以为与边界距离最大的位置点。继续以图11为例,在图11所示的地图中,与边界距离最大的栅格可以为距离为3的4个栅格。因此,在图11中,目标信号恢复点可以为距离为3的栅格中的一个。在这些实施例中,目标信号恢复点可以被称为最高点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the largest distance from the border. Continuing with FIG. 11 as an example, in the map shown in FIG. 11, the grids with the largest distance from the border may be 4 grids with a distance of 3. Therefore, in FIG. 11, the target signal recovery point may be one of the grids with a distance of 3. In these embodiments, the target signal recovery point may be referred to as the highest point.
在一些实施例中,目标信号恢复点可以为当前位置的第二预设范围内,与边界距离最大的位置点。继续以图11为例,如果第二预设范围为1个栅格的距离,在自移动设备移动到栅格401的位置时,栅格401对应的目标信号恢复点可以从灰色阴影标记的栅格中选取。在灰色阴影标记的栅格中,与边界距离最大的位置点可以为距离为2的位置点(即栅格402)。因此,对于栅格401,目标信号恢复点可以为栅格402。在这些实施例中,目标信号恢复点可以被称为局部最高点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point may be a position point with the largest distance from the boundary within the second preset range of the current position. Continuing with FIG. 11 as an example, if the second preset range is a distance of 1 grid, when the mobile device moves to the position of grid 401, the target signal recovery point corresponding to grid 401 may be selected from the grids marked with gray shadows. In the grids marked with gray shadows, the position point with the largest distance from the boundary may be a position point with a distance of 2 (i.e., grid 402). Therefore, for grid 401, the target signal recovery point may be grid 402. In these embodiments, the target signal recovery point may be referred to as a local highest point.
自移动设备可以基于邻域算法选择第二预设范围内的目标信号恢复点。例如,在达到预设迭代次数时,可以将对应的位置点作为目标信号恢复点。以八邻域算法为例,假设当前位置点(记为a)距边界的距离为1,在以a为中心的八邻域内寻找距边界距离为2的位置点(记为b),然后再以b为中心的八邻域内寻找距边界距离为3的位置点(记为c),再以c为中心的八邻域内寻找距边界距离为4的位置点(记为d),再以d为中心的八邻域内寻找距边界距离为5的位置点(记为e),假设预先设定的将距边界距离为5的位置点作为目标信号恢复点,则可以将e作为目标信号恢复点。The self-mobile device can select a target signal recovery point within a second preset range based on a neighborhood algorithm. For example, when the preset number of iterations is reached, the corresponding position point can be used as the target signal recovery point. Taking the eight-neighborhood algorithm as an example, assuming that the current position point (denoted as a) is 1 away from the border, a position point (denoted as b) with a distance of 2 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on a, and then a position point (denoted as c) with a distance of 3 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on b, and then a position point (denoted as d) with a distance of 4 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on c, and then a position point (denoted as e) with a distance of 5 from the border is searched in the eight-neighborhood centered on d. Assuming that the position point with a distance of 5 from the border is preset as the target signal recovery point, e can be used as the target signal recovery point.
第二预设范围可以在一定程度上限制自移动设备的当前位置到目标信号恢复点之间的距离,防止自移动设备移动到距离当前位置太远的位置,从而避免工作效率降低的问题。The second preset range can limit the distance between the current position of the mobile device and the target signal recovery point to a certain extent, preventing the mobile device from moving to a position too far away from the current position, thereby avoiding the problem of reduced work efficiency.
在一些实施例中,目标信号恢复点的位置还可以与自移动设备当前的位置相关。例如,如果有多个位置点与边界的距离相同,则可以选择与当前位置距离最近的信号恢复点作为目标信号恢复点。例如,在图11中,目标信号恢复点可以为距离边界最大的位置点,即目标恢复点可以为距离为3的4个栅格中的一个。对于栅格401,目标信号恢复点可以为4个栅格中距离栅格401最近的位置点(即栅格403)。或者,在图11中,目标信号恢复点可以为第二预设范围内,与边界距离最大的位置点。以第二预设范围为1为例,可以看出,对于栅格404,栅格404正上方的栅格为第二预设范围内与边界距离最大且与栅格404距离最近的位置点,即目标信号恢复点可以为上个404正上方的栅格405。In some embodiments, the position of the target signal recovery point can also be related to the current position of the mobile device. For example, if there are multiple position points with the same distance from the border, the signal recovery point closest to the current position can be selected as the target signal recovery point. For example, in Figure 11, the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest distance from the border, that is, the target recovery point can be one of the four grids with a distance of 3. For grid 401, the target signal recovery point can be the position point closest to grid 401 among the four grids (i.e., grid 403). Alternatively, in Figure 11, the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest distance from the border within the second preset range. Taking the second preset range as 1 as an example, it can be seen that for grid 404, the grid directly above grid 404 is the position point with the largest distance from the border and the closest distance to grid 404 within the second preset range, that is, the target signal recovery point can be grid 405 directly above the previous 404.
在一些实施例中,信号恢复点集可以包括第二类信号恢复点。第二类信号恢复点为自移动设备在运动过程中定位信号的信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点,第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级可以采用对距离信息评估的评估值表示。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set may include a second type of signal recovery point. The second type of signal recovery point is a position point where the signal quality of the positioning signal of the self-mobile device during movement is greater than the first threshold, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point can be represented by an evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
由第二类信号恢复点的确定方式可知,第二类信号恢复点可以为自移动设备在历史移动过程中,定位信号的信号质量较好的位置点。因此,从第二类信号恢复点中选择目标信号恢复点,可以使得自移动设备移动到历史上定位信号质量较好的位置点,以恢复定位信号的信号质量。
It can be known from the determination method of the second type of signal recovery point that the second type of signal recovery point can be a position point where the signal quality of the positioning signal is good during the historical movement of the self-mobile device. Therefore, selecting the target signal recovery point from the second type of signal recovery point can enable the self-mobile device to move to a position point where the positioning signal quality is good in history to restore the signal quality of the positioning signal.
在自移动设备移动的过程中,自移动设备可以将定位信号的信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点作为第二类信号恢复点并记录在信号恢复点集中。在一些实施例中,自移动设备可以记录信号质量大于第一阈值的部分位置点。例如,信号恢复点集中记录的第二类恢复点之间的距离(或间隔)可以大于第二阈值。以图12为例,自移动设备移动过程中,依次经过位置点1~位置点9,如果位置点1~位置点9的信号质量均大于第一阈值,则自移动设备可以仅存储距离大于第二阈值的位置点。例如,自移动设备可以仅存储位置点2和位置点8。或者,当定位信号的信号质量持续一段时间都保持较好的状态时,可以将这段时间内的部分位置点记录为第二类信号恢复点。例如,可以将这段时间内移动的中间位置对应的位置点记录为第二类信号恢复点。During the movement of the self-mobile device, the self-mobile device may use the position points where the signal quality of the positioning signal is greater than the first threshold as the second type of signal recovery points and record them in the signal recovery point set. In some embodiments, the self-mobile device may record some position points where the signal quality is greater than the first threshold. For example, the distance (or interval) between the second type of recovery points recorded in the signal recovery point set may be greater than the second threshold. Taking Figure 12 as an example, during the movement of the self-mobile device, it passes through position points 1 to 9 in sequence. If the signal quality of position points 1 to 9 is greater than the first threshold, the self-mobile device may only store position points whose distance is greater than the second threshold. For example, the self-mobile device may only store position points 2 and 8. Alternatively, when the signal quality of the positioning signal remains in a good state for a period of time, some position points within this period of time may be recorded as second type signal recovery points. For example, the position point corresponding to the middle position moved during this period of time may be recorded as a second type of signal recovery point.
可以理解的是,自移动设备存储的第二类信号恢复点为部分信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点,可以降低自移动设备的存储压力。It can be understood that the second type of signal recovery points stored in the self-mobile device are position points where the quality of some signals is greater than the first threshold, which can reduce the storage pressure of the self-mobile device.
需要说明的是,在信号质量大于第一阈值的情况下,定位信号可以满足预设质量要求,也可以不满足预设质量要求。It should be noted that, when the signal quality is greater than the first threshold, the positioning signal may or may not meet the preset quality requirement.
对于第二类信号恢复点,优先级可以采用对距离信息评估的评估值表示。距离信息可以与第二类信号恢复点和某个或某些特定的位置点之间的距离相关。例如,距离信息可以包括以下中的一项或多项:第二类信号恢复点与自移动设备的边界之间的距离、第二类信号恢复点与自移动设备所在的当前位置之间的距离、第二类信号恢复点与人工设置的信号恢复点之间的距离。例如,自移动设备可以根据第二类信号恢复点到边界的距离、第二类信号恢复点到附近人工设置的恢复点的距离以及第二类信号恢复点距自移动设备的当前位置的距离进行三维评估,为第二类信号恢复点打分以确定评估值。然后,自移动设备可以根据评估值大小确定第二类信号恢复点的选择顺序。如果评估值相同的点有多个,则可以选择距当前位置最近的点作为目标信号恢复点。For the second type of signal recovery point, the priority can be expressed by the evaluation value of the distance information evaluation. The distance information can be related to the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and one or more specific position points. For example, the distance information can include one or more of the following: the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary of the self-mobile device, the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device, and the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the artificially set signal recovery point. For example, the self-mobile device can perform a three-dimensional evaluation based on the distance from the second type of signal recovery point to the boundary, the distance from the second type of signal recovery point to the nearby artificially set recovery point, and the distance from the second type of signal recovery point to the current position of the self-mobile device, and score the second type of signal recovery point to determine the evaluation value. Then, the self-mobile device can determine the selection order of the second type of signal recovery point according to the size of the evaluation value. If there are multiple points with the same evaluation value, the point closest to the current position can be selected as the target signal recovery point.
在一些实现方式中,评估值和第二类信号恢复点与边界之间的距离成正相关;评估值和第二类信号恢复点与自移动设备当前位置之间的距离成负相关。也就是说,在其它条件不变的条件下,第二类信号恢复点与边界之间的距离越大,评估值可以越大;或者,在其它条件不变的条件下,第二类信号恢复点与边界之间的距离越小,评估值可以越小。在其它条件不变的条件下,第二类信号恢复点与当前位置之间的距离越大,评估值可以越小;或者,在其它条件不变的条件下,第二类信号恢复点与当前位置之间的距离越小,评估值可以越大。In some implementations, the evaluation value is positively correlated with the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the boundary; the evaluation value is negatively correlated with the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the current position of the self-moving device. That is, under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the greater the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the boundary, the greater the evaluation value can be; or, under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the smaller the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the boundary, the smaller the evaluation value can be. Under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the greater the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the current position, the smaller the evaluation value can be; or, under the condition that other conditions remain unchanged, the smaller the distance between the second type signal recovery point and the current position, the greater the evaluation value can be.
在一些实施例中,评估值越大,第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级可以越高。那么,目标信号恢复点可以为边界内评估值最大的位置点,或者,目标信号恢复点可以为在自移动设备所在的当前位置的第三预设范围内,评估值最大的位置点。在另一些实施例中,评估值越小,第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级可以越高。那么,目标信号恢复点为边界内评估值最小的位置点,或者,目标信号恢复点为在自移动设备所在的当前位置的第三预设范围内,评估值最小的位置点。In some embodiments, the larger the evaluation value, the higher the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point can be. Then, the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point can be the position point with the largest evaluation value within the third preset range from the current position of the self-mobile device. In other embodiments, the smaller the evaluation value, the higher the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point can be. Then, the target signal recovery point is the position point with the smallest evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point is the position point with the smallest evaluation value within the third preset range from the current position of the self-mobile device.
需要说明的是,上文所述的第一预设范围、第二预设范围、第三预设范围可以相同,也可以不同。例如,第一预设范围可以与第二预设范围相同,第二预设范围可以与第三预设范围不同。It should be noted that the first preset range, the second preset range, and the third preset range mentioned above may be the same or different. For example, the first preset range may be the same as the second preset range, and the second preset range may be different from the third preset range.
在一些实施例中,信号恢复点集可以包括第三类信号恢复点。第三类信号恢复点为自移动设备在运动过程中记录的位置点,所述第三类信号恢复点对应的优先级可以采用信号恢复概率表示,信号恢复概率可以基于自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点
时的信号质量更新。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set may include a third type of signal recovery point. The third type of signal recovery point is a position point recorded by the self-mobile device during movement. The priority corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point can be expressed by a signal recovery probability. The signal recovery probability can be expressed based on the self-mobile device passing through the third type of signal recovery point again. The signal quality is updated when
可以理解的是,信号恢复概率可以表示信号质量恢复至满足预设要求的概率。信号恢复概率越大,则对应的信号恢复点处信号质量恢复的可能性可以越大。或者,信号恢复概率越大,对应的信号恢复点处于非阴影区域的概率越大,或对应的信号恢复点处于阴影区域的概率可以越小。因此。在一些实施例中,信号恢复概率也可以通过阴影概率和/或非阴影概率(或称为开阔概率)表示。It is understandable that the signal recovery probability can represent the probability that the signal quality is restored to meet the preset requirements. The greater the signal recovery probability, the greater the possibility of signal quality recovery at the corresponding signal recovery point. Alternatively, the greater the signal recovery probability, the greater the probability that the corresponding signal recovery point is in the non-shadow area, or the smaller the probability that the corresponding signal recovery point is in the shadow area. Therefore. In some embodiments, the signal recovery probability can also be represented by the shadow probability and/or the non-shadow probability (or referred to as the open probability).
自移动设备在通过一个区域(例如工作区域)时,可以记录该区域中位置点的信号质量情况。因此,每次通过该区域时,均可以根据信号质量的情况,更新信号恢复概率。在多次通过该区域后,可以更新得到该区域的位置点对应的信号恢复概率。When a mobile device passes through an area (such as a work area), the signal quality of the location points in the area can be recorded. Therefore, each time the mobile device passes through the area, the signal recovery probability can be updated according to the signal quality. After passing through the area multiple times, the signal recovery probability corresponding to the location points in the area can be updated.
在一些实施例,在自移动设备通过同一位置点的次数达到预设值的情况下,即对该位置点对应的信号恢复概率的更新次数达到预设值的情况下,自移动设备可以根据该信号恢复概率确定目标信号恢复点。可以理解的是,在更新次数达到预设值的情况下,信号恢复概率可以体现该位置点长期的定位信号情况,避免定位信号质量波动导致的记录的信号恢复概率异常。In some embodiments, when the number of times the self-mobile device passes through the same location point reaches a preset value, that is, when the number of updates of the signal recovery probability corresponding to the location point reaches a preset value, the self-mobile device can determine the target signal recovery point according to the signal recovery probability. It can be understood that when the number of updates reaches the preset value, the signal recovery probability can reflect the long-term positioning signal situation of the location point, avoiding abnormal recorded signal recovery probability caused by fluctuations in positioning signal quality.
在一些实施例中,如果获得了地图内所有位置点(例如所有栅格)的信号恢复概率,则可以获得工作区域对应的阴影地图。其中,阴影地图可以用于表示地图中的阴影区域(可以由信号恢复概率较大的位置点组成)和非阴影区域(可以由信号恢复概率较小的位置点组成)。如图13所示的阴影地图,白色部分为该区域中的非阴影区域。黑色部分为该区域中的阴影区域。In some embodiments, if the signal recovery probability of all position points (e.g., all grids) in the map is obtained, a shadow map corresponding to the working area can be obtained. Among them, the shadow map can be used to represent the shadow area (which can be composed of position points with a larger signal recovery probability) and the non-shadow area (which can be composed of position points with a smaller signal recovery probability) in the map. In the shadow map shown in Figure 13, the white part is the non-shadow area in the area. The black part is the shadow area in the area.
在一些实施例中,可以为第三类信号恢复点对应的信号恢复概率设置初始值。例如,初始值可以根据第一次通过第三类信号恢复点的信号质量确定,也可以是预先设置的。In some embodiments, an initial value may be set for the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third type signal recovery point. For example, the initial value may be determined based on the quality of the signal passing through the third type signal recovery point for the first time, or may be preset.
自移动设备可以多次通过第三类信号恢复点,在某次通过第三类信号恢复点时,可以将信号恢复概率作为第一概率。在自移动设备再次(或下一次)通过第三类信号恢复点时,可以更新信号恢复概率。在一些实施例中,如果第三类信号恢复点的信号质量大于第三阈值,则可以将信号恢复概率更新为第二概率,第二概率可以大于第一概率。在一些实施例中,如果第三类信号恢复点的信号质量小于或等于第三阈值,则可以将信号恢复概率更新为第三概率,第三概率可以小于第一概率。The self-mobile device may pass through the third type of signal recovery point multiple times, and when passing through the third type of signal recovery point at a certain time, the signal recovery probability may be used as the first probability. When the self-mobile device passes through the third type of signal recovery point again (or the next time), the signal recovery probability may be updated. In some embodiments, if the signal quality of the third type of signal recovery point is greater than the third threshold, the signal recovery probability may be updated to the second probability, and the second probability may be greater than the first probability. In some embodiments, if the signal quality of the third type of signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, the signal recovery probability may be updated to the third probability, and the third probability may be less than the first probability.
本申请不限制信号恢复概率的更新方式。例如,更新可以通过贝叶斯滤波方法实现。例如,如果第三类信号恢复点的信号质量大于第三阈值,则可以在第一概率的基础上增加第一预设值,从而获得第三类信号恢复点对应的更新后的信号恢复概率。或者,如果第三类信号恢复点的信号质量小于或等于第三阈值,则可以在第一概率的基础上减少第二预设值,获得第三类信号恢复点对应的更新后的信号恢复概率。其中,第一预设值和第二预设值可以相同,也可以不同。The present application does not limit the updating method of the signal recovery probability. For example, the update can be implemented by a Bayesian filtering method. For example, if the signal quality of the third type of signal recovery point is greater than the third threshold, the first preset value can be added on the basis of the first probability to obtain the updated signal recovery probability corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point. Alternatively, if the signal quality of the third type of signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, the second preset value can be reduced on the basis of the first probability to obtain the updated signal recovery probability corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point. Among them, the first preset value and the second preset value can be the same or different.
下面以栅格为例,对信号恢复概率的更新进行距离说明。自移动设备可以为每个栅格赋予初值0.5。如果栅格x的信号质量差了一次,则栅格x对应的阴影概率可以是Po(x)=0.9,信号恢复的概率是Pf(x)=1-Po(x)=0.1;如果格子x信号质量好了一次,栅格x的阴影概率可以是Po(x)=0.2,信号恢复概率可以是Pf(x)=1-Po(x)=0.8。The following uses the grid as an example to explain the update of the signal recovery probability. The self-mobile device can assign an initial value of 0.5 to each grid. If the signal quality of grid x is poor once, the shadow probability corresponding to grid x can be Po(x) = 0.9, and the probability of signal recovery is Pf(x) = 1-Po(x) = 0.1; if the signal quality of grid x is good once, the shadow probability of grid x can be Po(x) = 0.2, and the probability of signal recovery can be Pf(x) = 1-Po(x) = 0.8.
在一些实施例中,信号恢复点集还可以包括其他类型的信号恢复点。例如,信号恢复点集可以包括第四类信号恢复点,第四类信号恢复点可以为人工设定的信号恢复点。人工设定的信号恢复点可以包括用户设定的位置点。例如,用户可以观察自移动设备的工作区域,判断哪些区域有遮挡(即可能为阴影区域),哪些区域不存在遮挡(即可能为
非阴影区域)。用户可以将第四类信号恢复点设置在不存在遮挡的区域内。或者,用户可以将第四类信号恢复点设置有遮挡的区域以外。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set may also include other types of signal recovery points. For example, the signal recovery point set may include a fourth type of signal recovery point, and the fourth type of signal recovery point may be a manually set signal recovery point. The manually set signal recovery point may include a location point set by the user. For example, the user may observe the working area of the mobile device and determine which areas are blocked (i.e., may be shadow areas) and which areas are not blocked (i.e., may be The user may set the fourth type of signal recovery point in the area where there is no obstruction. Alternatively, the user may set the fourth type of signal recovery point outside the obstructed area.
下面结合图14进行说明。如图14所示,白色矩形框内为自移动设备的工作区域。在构建地图(建图)过程中,可以确定图14所示的灰色矩形框为阴影区域,并可以由用户在该阴影区域附近建立信号恢复线。信号恢复线上的任意点均可以为第四类信号恢复点。The following is explained in conjunction with Figure 14. As shown in Figure 14, the white rectangular box is the working area of the self-moving device. In the process of building a map (map construction), the gray rectangular box shown in Figure 14 can be determined as a shaded area, and the user can establish a signal recovery line near the shaded area. Any point on the signal recovery line can be a fourth type of signal recovery point.
第四类信号恢复点设置的位置也可以基于特定的位置点确定。例如,如果自移动设备工作的区域包括多个不连通的区域的情况下,需要人工设置连通多个区域的通道。通常,会提示用户将通到设置在非遮挡区域,以便自移动设备可以准确在不同区域间移动。在这种情况下,第四类信号恢复点可以位于所述通道上。再例如,自移动设备的充电站磁条的末端通常设置在非阴影区域。因此,第四类信号恢复点可以位于充电站磁条的末端。The location of the fourth type of signal recovery point setting can also be determined based on a specific location point. For example, if the area where the self-moving device works includes multiple unconnected areas, it is necessary to manually set a channel connecting multiple areas. Usually, the user will be prompted to set the channel in a non-blocked area so that the self-moving device can move accurately between different areas. In this case, the fourth type of signal recovery point can be located on the channel. For another example, the end of the magnetic strip of the charging station of the self-moving device is usually set in a non-shadow area. Therefore, the fourth type of signal recovery point can be located at the end of the magnetic strip of the charging station.
在信号恢复点集中包括多种类型的信号恢复点的情况下,可以优先从某种类型的信号恢复点中选择目标信号恢复点。例如,信号恢复点集中包括第一类信号恢复点和第二类信号恢复点的情况下,为了保证安全,自移动设备可以优先从第一类信号恢复点选择目标信号恢复点。也就是说,可以先从第一类信号恢复点中根据优先级确定目标信号恢复点。如果在第一类信号恢复点中未选择出目标信号恢复点,则可以从第二类信号恢复点中选择目标信号恢复点。换句话说,自移动设备可以先在第一类信号恢复点中确定了第一目标信号恢复点,并移动到第一目标信号点。如果第一目标信号恢复点的定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则可以基于优先级,从第二类信号恢复点选择第二目标信号恢复点,并移动到第二目标信号恢复点。In the case where the signal recovery point set includes multiple types of signal recovery points, the target signal recovery point can be preferentially selected from a certain type of signal recovery point. For example, in the case where the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point and a second type of signal recovery point, in order to ensure safety, the self-mobile device can preferentially select the target signal recovery point from the first type of signal recovery point. In other words, the target signal recovery point can be first determined from the first type of signal recovery point based on priority. If the target signal recovery point is not selected from the first type of signal recovery point, the target signal recovery point can be selected from the second type of signal recovery point. In other words, the self-mobile device can first determine the first target signal recovery point in the first type of signal recovery point and move to the first target signal point. If the positioning signal of the first target signal recovery point does not meet the preset quality requirements, the second target signal recovery point can be selected from the second type of signal recovery point based on priority and moved to the second target signal recovery point.
作为一种实现方式,由于阴影地图是基于信号恢复概率确定的,所以其上的位置点对应的恢复概率可信度较高,所以自移动设备在寻找目标信号恢复点时,可以先检测自移动设备是否存储有阴影地图。如果自移动设备存储有阴影地图,则可以根据阴影地图中信号恢复点对应的信号恢复概率,选择目标信号恢复点。自移动设备可以移动到目标信号恢复点等待信号恢复,然后返回规划的工作路线继续工作。在存储有阴影地图的情况下,可以按照信号恢复概率依次选择目标信号恢复点进行信号质量的恢复,直至信号质量恢复或超过预定时间。进一步的,在自移动设备持续处于定位信号质量持续不佳的阴影区域的情况下,如何限制自移动设备在阴影区域中的移动时间,以避免其出现无法工作、发生意外等问题可以参考本申请解决该问题的相关实施例。As an implementation method, since the shadow map is determined based on the signal recovery probability, the recovery probability corresponding to the position point on it has a high credibility, so when the self-mobile device is looking for the target signal recovery point, it can first detect whether the self-mobile device has a shadow map stored. If the self-mobile device stores a shadow map, the target signal recovery point can be selected according to the signal recovery probability corresponding to the signal recovery point in the shadow map. The self-mobile device can move to the target signal recovery point and wait for the signal to recover, and then return to the planned work route to continue working. In the case where a shadow map is stored, the target signal recovery point can be selected in sequence according to the signal recovery probability to restore the signal quality until the signal quality is restored or exceeds the predetermined time. Furthermore, in the case where the self-mobile device is continuously in a shadow area where the positioning signal quality is continuously poor, how to limit the moving time of the self-mobile device in the shadow area to avoid problems such as its inability to work and accidents can refer to the relevant embodiments of this application to solve this problem.
作为一种实现方式,如果自移动设备没有存储有阴影地图,则自移动设备可以根据当前位置在第一类信号恢复点中寻找目标信号恢复点(简称为第一恢复点)。在自移动设备移动到第一恢复点后,可以等待信号质量恢复。如果在指定时间内信号质量未恢复,则可以根据该第一恢复点在预设距离内的第四类信号恢复点中寻找目标信号恢复点。As an implementation method, if the self-mobile device does not store a shadow map, the self-mobile device can search for a target signal recovery point (referred to as the first recovery point) in the first type of signal recovery point according to the current position. After the self-mobile device moves to the first recovery point, it can wait for the signal quality to recover. If the signal quality is not recovered within the specified time, the target signal recovery point can be searched for in the fourth type of signal recovery point within a preset distance according to the first recovery point.
作为一种实现方式,如果自移动设备当前位置在预设距离内没有第四类信号恢复点,则可以以第一类信号恢复点中的最高点或局部最高点为基础,并将评估值最高的信号恢复点为目标信号恢复点(简称第二恢复点)。在自移动设备移动到第二恢复点后,可以等待信号质量恢复。如果在指定时间内信号质量未恢复,则可以将评估值次高的信号恢复点作为目标信号恢复点。以此类推,直至信号质量恢复或自移动设备在阴影区域内持续时长大于预设值时停机。As an implementation method, if there is no fourth-category signal recovery point within a preset distance from the current position of the self-mobile device, the highest point or local highest point among the first-category signal recovery points can be used as the basis, and the signal recovery point with the highest evaluation value can be used as the target signal recovery point (referred to as the second recovery point). After the self-mobile device moves to the second recovery point, you can wait for the signal quality to recover. If the signal quality is not recovered within the specified time, the signal recovery point with the second highest evaluation value can be used as the target signal recovery point. And so on, until the signal quality is restored or the self-mobile device shuts down when it stays in the shadow area for a period of time greater than the preset value.
作为一种实现方式,如果自移动设备当前位置在预设距离内存在第四类信号恢复点,
则可以不考虑其他类型的信号恢复点。自移动设备移动到从第四类信号恢复点选择的目标信号恢复点后,可以一直等待信号恢复直至停机,即自移动设备可以不再确定目标信号恢复点。As an implementation method, if there is a fourth type of signal recovery point within a preset distance from the current position of the mobile device, After the mobile device moves to the target signal recovery point selected from the fourth type of signal recovery point, it can wait for the signal to recover until it shuts down, that is, the mobile device can no longer determine the target signal recovery point.
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种确定目标信号恢复点的方法。图15所示的方法可以包括步骤S811~S841。Fig. 15 is a method for determining a target signal recovery point provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in Fig. 15 may include steps S811 to S841.
步骤S811,自移动设备执行工作任务。对于割草机而言,工作任务可以为割草任务。Step S811, the mobile device executes a work task. For a lawn mower, the work task may be a lawn mowing task.
步骤S812,在自移动设备位于阴影区域的情况下,自移动设备判断在阴影区域的持续时长是否超过了第一时长阈值。第一时长阈值可以为12秒。Step S812: When the mobile device is in the shadow area, the mobile device determines whether the duration of the duration in the shadow area exceeds a first duration threshold, which may be 12 seconds.
如果步骤S812的判断结果为是,即在阴影区域的持续时长大于12秒,则自移动设备可以执行步骤S812。如果步骤S812的判断结果为否,即在阴影区域的持续时长小于或等于12秒,则可以继续执行步骤S811。If the judgment result of step S812 is yes, that is, the duration in the shadow area is greater than 12 seconds, the mobile device can execute step S812. If the judgment result of step S812 is no, that is, the duration in the shadow area is less than or equal to 12 seconds, step S811 can be continued.
步骤S813,自移动设备可以根据第一类信号恢复点确定目标信号恢复点,并向该目标信号恢复点移动。Step S813: The self-mobile device may determine a target signal recovery point according to the first type of signal recovery point, and move toward the target signal recovery point.
步骤S814,判断信号质量是否恢复。Step S814, determining whether the signal quality is restored.
如果步骤S814的判断结果为否,即信号质量未恢复,则自移动设备可以执行步骤S815。如果步骤S814的判断结果为是,即信号质量恢复,则可以执行步骤S811。If the judgment result of step S814 is no, that is, the signal quality has not been restored, the mobile device can execute step S815. If the judgment result of step S814 is yes, that is, the signal quality has been restored, step S811 can be executed.
步骤S815,判断预设范围内是否有人工设置的信号恢复点(人工恢复点)。预设范围可以为5m。Step S815, determine whether there is a manually set signal recovery point (manual recovery point) within the preset range. The preset range may be 5m.
如果步骤S815的判断结果为是,即预设范围内存在人工恢复点,则可以执行步骤S816。如果步骤S815的判断结果为否,即预设范围内不存在人工恢复点,则可以执行步骤S819。If the judgment result of step S815 is yes, that is, there is an artificial recovery point within the preset range, step S816 can be executed. If the judgment result of step S815 is no, that is, there is no artificial recovery point within the preset range, step S819 can be executed.
步骤S816,控制自移动设备移动到人工恢复点。Step S816, controlling the mobile device to move to the manual recovery point.
步骤S817,判断信号质量是否恢复。Step S817, determining whether the signal quality is restored.
如果步骤S817的判断结果为否,即信号质量未恢复,则自移动设备可以执行步骤S818。如果步骤S817的判断结果为是,即信号质量恢复,则可以执行步骤S811。If the judgment result of step S817 is no, that is, the signal quality has not been restored, the mobile device can execute step S818. If the judgment result of step S817 is yes, that is, the signal quality has been restored, step S811 can be executed.
步骤S818,控制自移动设备在原地静止,等待信号质量恢复。Step S818, controlling the mobile device to remain stationary and wait for the signal quality to recover.
步骤S819,控制自移动设备移动到第二类信号恢复点确定的目标信号恢复点。Step S819, controlling the mobile device to move to the target signal recovery point determined by the second type of signal recovery point.
步骤S821,判断信号质量是否恢复。Step S821, determining whether the signal quality is restored.
如果步骤S821的判断结果为否,即信号质量未恢复,则自移动设备可以执行步骤S822。如果步骤S821的判断结果为是,即信号质量恢复,则可以执行步骤S811。If the judgment result of step S821 is no, that is, the signal quality has not been restored, the mobile device can execute step S822. If the judgment result of step S821 is yes, that is, the signal quality has been restored, step S811 can be executed.
步骤S822,控制自移动设备移动到第二类信号恢复点确定的另一个目标信号恢复点。步骤S822的目标信号恢复点与步骤S819中的目标信号恢复点不同。Step S822, controlling the mobile device to move to another target signal recovery point determined by the second type of signal recovery point. The target signal recovery point in step S822 is different from the target signal recovery point in step S819.
在自移动设备移动的过程中,可以执行步骤S831和步骤S841。During the process of moving from the mobile device, step S831 and step S841 may be performed.
步骤S831,执行阴影计时任务。在自移动设备发现自己进入阴影区域后,即可开始对在阴影区域的持续时长进行计时。Step S831, executing the shadow timing task. After the mobile device finds that it has entered the shadow area, it can start timing the duration of the shadow area.
步骤S832,判断在阴影区域的持续时长是否超过第二时长阈值。第二时长阈值例如可以为70秒。Step S832: determine whether the duration of the shadow area exceeds a second duration threshold, which may be 70 seconds, for example.
在步骤S832的判断结果为是的情况下,可以控制自移动设备停机。在步骤S832的判断结果为否的情况下,可以控制自移动设备继续执行阴影计时任务。If the judgment result of step S832 is yes, the self-moving device can be controlled to shut down. If the judgment result of step S832 is no, the self-moving device can be controlled to continue to execute the shadow timing task.
上文指出,在定位信号不满足预设质量要求的情况下,自移动设备处于阴影区域。本申请还提供了一种确定定位信号是否满足预设质量要求的技术方案。
As mentioned above, when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, the self-mobile device is in the shadow area. The present application also provides a technical solution for determining whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement.
在一些实施例中,定位系统可以根据多个卫星信号确定自移动设备的位置。基于不同的卫星信号均可以确定自移动设备的位置。可以理解的是,针对同一自移动设备的位置,卫星信号不同的情况下,基于卫星信号得到的自移动设备的位置也可能不同。例如,在定位系统可以接收N个卫星信号的情况下,如果定位系统根据M(M小于N)个卫星信号确定自移动设备的位置,则可以确定多个位置。In some embodiments, the positioning system can determine the position of the self-moving device based on multiple satellite signals. The position of the self-moving device can be determined based on different satellite signals. It is understandable that for the position of the same self-moving device, the position of the self-moving device obtained based on the satellite signal may also be different when the satellite signals are different. For example, if the positioning system can receive N satellite signals, if the positioning system determines the position of the self-moving device based on M (M is less than N) satellite signals, multiple positions can be determined.
在一些实施例中,定位信号的解的类型为固定解,且基于定位信号确定的多个位置的离散程度小于等于离散阈值的情况下,定位信号可以满足预设质量要求。也就是说,基于定位信号确定的多个位置差异较小的情况下,可以认为基于定位信号确定的位置是可信的。In some embodiments, the type of solution of the positioning signal is a fixed solution, and when the discreteness of the multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal is less than or equal to the discrete threshold, the positioning signal can meet the preset quality requirement. In other words, when the differences between the multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal are small, the position determined based on the positioning signal can be considered to be credible.
本申请不限制解的类型以及定位信号确定的多个位置的获取途径。例如,解得类型可以通过BESTPOSA报文获得。多个位置可以通过CGA报文获得。This application does not limit the type of solution and the way to obtain multiple positions determined by the positioning signal. For example, the type of solution can be obtained through the BESTPOSA message. Multiple positions can be obtained through the CGA message.
本申请不限制位置的表示方式。例如,位置可以通过经度和/或纬度确定。The present application does not limit the representation of the position. For example, the position can be determined by longitude and/or latitude.
离散程度可以通过标准差、方差、均方差等方式表示。例如,离散程度可以通过多个位置对应的经度标准差和多个位置对应的纬度标准差确定。作为一种实现方式,离散程度可以通过经度标准差和纬度标准差的平方和开根号得到。The degree of dispersion can be expressed by standard deviation, variance, mean square error, etc. For example, the degree of dispersion can be determined by the longitude standard deviation corresponding to multiple locations and the latitude standard deviation corresponding to multiple locations. As an implementation method, the degree of dispersion can be obtained by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the longitude standard deviation and the latitude standard deviation.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种判断定位信号不满足预设质量要求的方法的示意性流程图。图16所示的方法可以包括步骤S910~步骤S970。Fig. 16 is a schematic flow chart of a method for determining that a positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in Fig. 16 may include steps S910 to S970.
步骤S910,获取GGA、BESTPOSA报文。Step S910, obtaining GGA and BESTPOSA messages.
步骤S920,根据步骤S910获取的报文,提取解的类型、精度标准差和纬度标准差。Step S920: extract the type, accuracy standard deviation and latitude standard deviation of the solution according to the message obtained in step S910.
步骤S930,判断解的类型是否为固定解。Step S930, determining whether the type of the solution is a fixed solution.
如果解的类型为固定解,则可以执行步骤S940。如果解的类型不是固定解,则可以执行步骤S970。If the type of the solution is a fixed solution, step S940 may be performed. If the type of the solution is not a fixed solution, step S970 may be performed.
步骤S940,计算离散程度。离散程度可以通过经度、维度标准差的平方和开根号得到。Step S940, calculating the degree of dispersion. The degree of dispersion can be obtained by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the longitude and latitude standard deviations.
步骤S950,判断离散程度是否小于或等于离散阈值。Step S950, determining whether the discrete degree is less than or equal to a discrete threshold.
如果离散程度小于或等于离散阈值,则可以执行步骤S960。如果离散程度大于离散阈值,则可以执行步骤S970。If the discrete degree is less than or equal to the discrete threshold, step S960 may be performed. If the discrete degree is greater than the discrete threshold, step S970 may be performed.
步骤S960,确定定位结果可信,即定位信号满足预设质量要求。Step S960: determine that the positioning result is credible, that is, the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements.
步骤S970,确定定位结果不可信,即定位信号不满足预设质量要求。Step S970: determine that the positioning result is unreliable, that is, the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement.
在可选的实施例中,所述控制模块120可以为处理器1020,所述定位系统110可以为收发机1040,所述终端设备还可以包括输入/输出接口1030和存储器1010,具体如图10所示。In an optional embodiment, the control module 120 may be a processor 1020, the positioning system 110 may be a transceiver 1040, and the terminal device may further include an input/output interface 1030 and a memory 1010, as specifically shown in FIG. 10 .
图17是本申请另一实施例的终端的示意性框图。图17所示的终端1000可以包括:存储器1010、处理器1020、输入/输出接口1030、收发机1040。其中,存储器1010、处理器1020、输入/输出接口1030和收发机1040通过内部连接通路相连,该存储器1010用于存储指令,该处理器1020用于执行该存储器1020存储的指令,以控制输入/输出接口1030接收输入的数据和信息,输出操作结果等数据,并控制收发机1040发送信号。FIG17 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present application. The terminal 1000 shown in FIG17 may include: a memory 1010, a processor 1020, an input/output interface 1030, and a transceiver 1040. The memory 1010, the processor 1020, the input/output interface 1030, and the transceiver 1040 are connected via an internal connection path, the memory 1010 is used to store instructions, the processor 1020 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 1020, to control the input/output interface 1030 to receive input data and information, output data such as operation results, and control the transceiver 1040 to send signals.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,该处理器1020可以采用通用的中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,应用专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者一个或多个集成电路,用于执行相关程序,以实现本申请实施例所提供的技术方案。
It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1020 can adopt a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits to execute relevant programs to implement the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,收发机1040又称通信接口,使用例如但不限于收发器一类的收发装置,来实现终端1000与其他设备或通信网络之间的通信。It should also be understood that the transceiver 1040 is also called a communication interface, and uses a transceiver device such as but not limited to a transceiver to implement communication between the terminal 1000 and other devices or a communication network.
该存储器1010可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器1020提供指令和数据。处理器1020的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,处理器1020还可以存储设备类型的信息。The memory 1010 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 1020. A portion of the processor 1020 may also include a nonvolatile random access memory. For example, the processor 1020 may also store information on the device type.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1020中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所申请的用于请求上行传输资源的方法可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1010,处理器1020读取存储器1010中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1020 or an instruction in the form of software. The method for requesting uplink transmission resources applied for in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor for execution. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc. The storage medium is located in the memory 1010, and the processor 1020 reads the information in the memory 1010 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法,所述自移动设备在由边界限定的工作区域内移动,所述自移动设备包括定位系统,所述定位系统通过接收的定位信号确定所述自移动设备的位置,在所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求时,所述自移动设备处于阴影区域,所述方法包括:步骤S1110~步骤S1130。Figure 18 is a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The self-moving device moves within a working area defined by a boundary. The self-moving device includes a positioning system. The positioning system determines the position of the self-moving device through a received positioning signal. When the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area. The method includes: steps S1110 to S1130.
步骤S1110,存储信号恢复点集,所述信号恢复点集记录有所述自移动设备的信号恢复点的位置,以及所述信号恢复点的优先级,所述优先级表征所述信号恢复点被选择为目标信号恢复点的概率。Step S1110, storing a signal recovery point set, wherein the signal recovery point set records the location of the signal recovery point of the mobile device and the priority of the signal recovery point, wherein the priority represents the probability of the signal recovery point being selected as the target signal recovery point.
步骤S1120,在所述自移动设备处于所述阴影区域的情况下,基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择所述目标信号恢复点。Step S1120: When the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, the target signal recovery point is selected from the signal recovery point set based on the priority.
步骤S1130,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述目标信号恢复点,以在所述目标信号恢复点进行信号恢复。Step S1130, controlling the mobile device to move to the target signal recovery point to perform signal recovery at the target signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述目标恢复点对应的优先级高于所述自移动设备当前位置对应的优先级。In some embodiments, the priority corresponding to the target recovery point is higher than the priority corresponding to the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一些实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为在所述自移动设备当前位置的第一预设范围内,优先级最高的位置点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point is a location point with the highest priority within a first preset range of the current location of the mobile device.
在一些实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为所述信号恢复点集中所述优先级最高的位置点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point is the location point with the highest priority in the signal recovery point set.
在一些实施例中,所述基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点包括:基于所述优先级以及所述自移动设备当前位置与所述信号恢复点之间的距离,从所述信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点。In some embodiments, selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority and a distance between the current position of the mobile device and the signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,在所述信号恢复点集中包括所述优先级相同的信号恢复点时,选择距离所述自移动设备当前位置最近的信号恢复点作为目标信号恢复点。In some embodiments, when the signal recovery point set includes the signal recovery points with the same priority, the signal recovery point closest to the current position of the mobile device is selected as the target signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述信号恢复点集包括第一类信号恢复点,所述第一类信号恢复
点对应的优先级采用所述第一类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离表示。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point, wherein the first type of signal recovery point The priority corresponding to the point is represented by the distance between the first-type signal recovery point and the boundary.
在一些实施例中,所述第一类信号恢复点与所述边界的距离越大,所述第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级越高。In some embodiments, the greater the distance between the first-type signal recovery point and the boundary, the higher the priority corresponding to the first-type signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为与所述边界距离最大的位置点;或者,所述目标信号恢复点为在所述自移动设备当前位置的第二预设范围内,与所述边界距离最大的位置点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary; or, the target signal recovery point is a position point with the largest distance from the boundary within a second preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一些实施例中,所述信号恢复点集包括第二类信号恢复点,所述第二类信号恢复点为所述自移动设备在运动过程中记录的信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点,所述第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用对距离信息评估的评估值表示。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set includes a second type of signal recovery point, and the second type of signal recovery point is a position point where the signal quality recorded by the mobile device during movement is greater than a first threshold, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is expressed by an evaluation value of the distance information evaluation.
在一些实施例中,所述信号恢复点集中,所述第二类信号恢复点包括所述自移动设备在运动过程中记录的信号质量大于第一阈值的位置点中的部分。In some embodiments, in the signal recovery point set, the second type of signal recovery points include a portion of position points where the signal quality recorded by the self-moving device during movement is greater than a first threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述第二类恢复点之间的间距大于第二阈值。In some embodiments, the distance between the second-type recovery points is greater than a second threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述距离信息包括以下中的一项或多项:所述第二类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离、所述第二类信号恢复点与所述自移动设备当前位置之间的距离。In some embodiments, the distance information includes one or more of the following: the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary, the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一些实施例中,所述评估值和所述第二类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离成正相关;所述评估值和所述第二类信号恢复点与所述自移动设备当前位置之间的距离成负相关。In some embodiments, the evaluation value is positively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the boundary; the evaluation value is negatively correlated with the distance between the second type of signal recovery point and the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一些实施例中,所述目标信号恢复点为所述边界内评估值最大的位置点,或者,所述目标信号恢复点为在所述自移动设备当前位置的第三预设范围内,评估值最大的位置点。In some embodiments, the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within the boundary, or the target signal recovery point is a position point with a maximum evaluation value within a third preset range of the current position of the self-mobile device.
在一些实施例中,所述信号恢复点集包括第三类信号恢复点,所述第三类信号恢复点为所述自移动设备在运动过程中记录的位置点,所述第三类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用信号恢复概率表示,所述信号恢复概率基于所述自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点时的信号质量更新。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set includes a third type of signal recovery point, which is a location point recorded by the self-moving device during movement. The priority corresponding to the third type of signal recovery point is expressed by a signal recovery probability, and the signal recovery probability is updated based on the signal quality when the self-moving device passes through the third type of signal recovery point again.
在一些实施例中,所述第三类信号恢复点当前对应的信号恢复概率为第一概率,所述方法还包括:在所述自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点的情况下,如果所述第三类信号恢复点的信号质量大于第三阈值,更新所述第三类信号恢复点对应的信号恢复概率为第二概率,所述第二概率大于所述第一概率;或者,在所述自移动设备再次通过所述第三类信号恢复点的情况下,如果所述第三类信号恢复点的信号质量小于或等于第三阈值,更新所述第三类信号恢复点对应的信号恢复概率为第三概率,所述第三概率小于所述第一概率。In some embodiments, the signal recovery probability currently corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point is a first probability, and the method further includes: when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is greater than a third threshold, updating the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a second probability, and the second probability is greater than the first probability; or, when the self-mobile device passes through the third-class signal recovery point again, if the signal quality of the third-class signal recovery point is less than or equal to the third threshold, updating the signal recovery probability corresponding to the third-class signal recovery point to a third probability, and the third probability is less than the first probability.
在一些实施例中,所述信号恢复点集中包括第一类信号恢复点和第二类信号恢复点,所述第一类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用所述第一类信号恢复点与所述边界之间的距离表示,所述第二类信号恢复点对应的优先级采用对距离信息评估的评估值表示;所述基于所述优先级,从所述信号恢复点集中选择目标信号恢复点包括:基于所述优先级,优先从所述第一类信号恢复点选择目标信号恢复点。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point set includes a first type of signal recovery point and a second type of signal recovery point, the priority corresponding to the first type of signal recovery point is expressed by the distance between the first type of signal recovery point and the boundary, and the priority corresponding to the second type of signal recovery point is expressed by an evaluation value of the distance information; selecting a target signal recovery point from the signal recovery point set based on the priority includes: based on the priority, preferentially selecting a target signal recovery point from the first type of signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:若所述自移动设备在所述第一目标信号恢复点时,所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则基于所述优先级,从所述第二类信号恢复点选择第二目标信号恢复点;控制所述自移动设备移动至所述第二目标信号恢复点。In some embodiments, the method also includes: if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements when the self-mobile device is at the first target signal recovery point, then based on the priority, selecting a second target signal recovery point from the second type of signal recovery point; and controlling the self-mobile device to move to the second target signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,在所述定位信号的定位结果为固定解,且基于所述定位信号确定的多个位置的离散程度小于或等于阈值的情况下,所述定位信号满足所述预设质量要求。
In some embodiments, when the positioning result of the positioning signal is a fixed solution and the discreteness of multiple positions determined based on the positioning signal is less than or equal to a threshold, the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement.
在一些实施例中,所述离散程度通过所述多个位置之间的经度标准差和纬度标准差确定。In some embodiments, the degree of dispersion is determined by a standard deviation of longitude and a standard deviation of latitude between the plurality of locations.
定位信号的信号质量受到遮挡物、所处环境等诸多因素的影响。在一些区域内,定位信号的质量无法满足预设质量要求,这些区域可以称为阴影区域。例如,在定位信号的信号强度或信号质量小于质量阈值的情况下,可以确定自移动设备处于阴影区域。在一些区域内,例如无遮挡的开阔区域,定位信号的质量满足预设质量要求,这些区域可以称为非阴影区域。The signal quality of the positioning signal is affected by many factors such as obstructions and the environment. In some areas, the quality of the positioning signal cannot meet the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called shadow areas. For example, when the signal strength or signal quality of the positioning signal is less than the quality threshold, it can be determined that the mobile device is in a shadow area. In some areas, such as open areas without obstructions, the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, and these areas can be called non-shadow areas.
当自移动设备在阴影区域移动时,可能由于定位信号的质量不佳而导致自移动设备的实际移动路线偏离规划的工作路线,从而导致诸多问题。例如,自移动设备可能会移动至边界之外。或者,自移动设备可能移动到无法预知的区域而造成死机等意外。或者,自移动设备可能无法完成预定的工作。如自动割草机可能发生漏草的情况,即边界内的部分区域的草未被切割的情况。When the autonomous device moves in the shadow area, the actual moving route of the autonomous device may deviate from the planned working route due to the poor quality of the positioning signal, which may cause many problems. For example, the autonomous device may move outside the boundary. Or, the autonomous device may move to an unpredictable area and cause accidents such as freezing. Or, the autonomous device may not complete the scheduled work. For example, an automatic lawn mower may miss grass, that is, the grass in some areas within the boundary is not cut.
本申请提出了一种自移动设备,以解决上述自移动设备持续处于定位信号质量持续不佳的阴影区域的情况下,如何限制自移动设备在阴影区域中的移动时间,以避免其出现无法工作、发生意外问题。The present application proposes a self-moving device to solve the problem of how to limit the moving time of the self-moving device in the shadow area when the self-moving device is continuously in the shadow area where the positioning signal quality is continuously poor, so as to avoid the self-moving device from failing to work and causing accidents.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种自移动设备10的示意性结构图。自移动设备10可以包括卫星定位模块102和控制模块103。FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a self-moving device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The self-moving device 10 may include a satellite positioning module 102 and a control module 103 .
在一些实施例中,控制模块120可以被配置为:响应于自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制自移动设备改变移动方向;以及响应于自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第二阈值,控制自移动设备停止工作和/或报警。其中,第一阈值小于第二阈值。In some embodiments, the control module 120 may be configured to: in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, control the self-moving device to change the moving direction; and in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, control the self-moving device to stop working and/or alarm, wherein the first threshold is less than the second threshold.
需要说明的是,第一参数可以为表征自移动设备在阴影区域持续时长的参数。在一些实施例中,第一参数可以包括直接表征自移动设备在阴影区域内持续时长的参数,即移动时长。在另一些实施例中,第一参数可以包括间接表征自移动设备在阴影区域内持续时长的参数。例如,第一参数可以包括自移动设备在阴影区域内移动距离。需要说明的是,对于移动时长的累计,可以是自移动设备在阴影区域内非静止状态的时间的累计。或者,移动时长也可以是自移动设备在阴影区域内处于移动或静止状态时累计,即只要进入到阴影区域,就开始累计移动时长。It should be noted that the first parameter may be a parameter characterizing the duration of time that the self-moving device has been in the shadow area. In some embodiments, the first parameter may include a parameter directly characterizing the duration of time that the self-moving device has been in the shadow area, that is, the moving duration. In other embodiments, the first parameter may include a parameter indirectly characterizing the duration of time that the self-moving device has been in the shadow area. For example, the first parameter may include the distance that the self-moving device has moved in the shadow area. It should be noted that the accumulation of the moving duration may be the accumulation of the time when the self-moving device is in a non-stationary state in the shadow area. Alternatively, the moving duration may also be the accumulation when the self-moving device is in a moving or stationary state in the shadow area, that is, as long as it enters the shadow area, the moving duration begins to be accumulated.
第一阈值或第二阈值可以根据第一参数的具体情况确定。例如,在第一参数包括自移动设备在阴影区内移动时长的情况下,第一阈值可以包括第一时长阈值(下文用T1表示),第二阈值可以包括第二时长阈值(下文中T2表示)。在第一参数包括自移动设备在阴影区内移动距离的情况下,第一阈值可以包括第一距离阈值(下文用L1表示),第二阈值可以包括第二距离阈值(下文用L2表示)。The first threshold or the second threshold may be determined according to the specific circumstances of the first parameter. For example, when the first parameter includes the duration of movement of the self-moving device in the shadow area, the first threshold may include a first duration threshold (hereinafter represented by T1), and the second threshold may include a second duration threshold (hereinafter represented by T2). When the first parameter includes the distance moved by the self-moving device in the shadow area, the first threshold may include a first distance threshold (hereinafter represented by L1), and the second threshold may include a second distance threshold (hereinafter represented by L2).
在第一参数包括多个参数的情况下,第一阈值可以包括对应数量的阈值。第一参数大于第一阈值可以是多个参数均大于对应的阈值。或者,第一参数大于第一阈值可以是多个参数中的部分参数大于对应的阈值。类似地,在第一参数包括多个参数的情况下,第二阈值可以包括对应数量的阈值。第一参数大于第二阈值可以是多个参数均大于对应的阈值。或者,第一参数大于第二阈值可以是多个参数中的部分参数大于对应的阈值。In the case where the first parameter includes multiple parameters, the first threshold value may include a corresponding number of threshold values. The first parameter being greater than the first threshold value may mean that multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value. Alternatively, the first parameter being greater than the first threshold value may mean that some parameters among the multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value. Similarly, in the case where the first parameter includes multiple parameters, the second threshold value may include a corresponding number of threshold values. The first parameter being greater than the second threshold value may mean that multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value. Alternatively, the first parameter being greater than the second threshold value may mean that some parameters among the multiple parameters are greater than the corresponding threshold value.
作为一种实现方式,当定位信号不满足预设质量要求的时长超过T1时,可以改变自移动设备的移动方向。当定位信号不满足预设质量要求的时长超过T2时,自移动设备可
以停机和/或报警。As an implementation method, when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements for a period of time exceeding T1, the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed. When the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements for a period of time exceeding T2, the self-moving device can To shut down and/or alarm.
作为一种实现方式,当定位信号不满足预设质量要求的移动距离超过L1时,可以改变自移动设备的移动方向。当定位信号不满足预设质量要求的移动距离超过L2时,自移动设备可以停机和/或报警。As an implementation, when the moving distance that the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement exceeds L1, the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed. When the moving distance that the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement exceeds L2, the self-moving device can be shut down and/or alarm.
可以理解的是,如果自移动设备进入阴影区域时长大于或等于T1,则可以改变自移动设备的移动方向;和/或,如果自移动设备在阴影区域移动距离大于等于L1,则可以改变自移动设备的移动方向。在改变移动方向后,如果自移动设备继续处于阴影区域,并在阴影区域中累计移动时长大于或等于T2,则自移动设备可以停机和/或报警;和/或,在改变移动方向后,如果自移动设备继续处于阴影区域,并在阴影区域中累计移动距离大于等于L2,则自移动设备可以停机和/或报警。It is understandable that if the self-moving device enters the shadow area for a time greater than or equal to T1, the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed; and/or, if the self-moving device moves a distance greater than or equal to L1 in the shadow area, the moving direction of the self-moving device can be changed. After changing the moving direction, if the self-moving device continues to be in the shadow area and the cumulative moving time in the shadow area is greater than or equal to T2, the self-moving device can be shut down and/or an alarm can be sounded; and/or, after changing the moving direction, if the self-moving device continues to be in the shadow area and the cumulative moving distance in the shadow area is greater than or equal to L2, the self-moving device can be shut down and/or an alarm can be sounded.
通过改变移动方向,自移动设备移动到非阴影区域的概率可能增加,从而可以恢复定位信号的质量,以便自移动设备可以继续按照规划的工作路线移动。如果定位信号的质量持续不佳,本申请还进一步限制了自移动设备在阴影区域中的移动时间和/或移动距离,从而避免自移动设备出现无法工作、发生意外等问题。By changing the moving direction, the probability of the self-mobile device moving to the non-shadow area may increase, thereby restoring the quality of the positioning signal so that the self-mobile device can continue to move along the planned working route. If the quality of the positioning signal continues to be poor, the present application further limits the moving time and/or moving distance of the self-mobile device in the shadow area, thereby avoiding the self-mobile device from being unable to work, accidents, and other problems.
在一些实现方式中,如果自移动设备在阴影区域的移动的第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,则自移动设备可以沿着规划的工作路线移动。也就是说,响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于第一阈值,控制模块还可以被配置为控制自移动设备沿预设的工作路线移动。In some implementations, if the first parameter of the movement of the self-moving device in the shadow area is less than or equal to the first threshold, the self-moving device may move along the planned working route. That is, in response to the first parameter of the movement of the self-moving device in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, the control module may also be configured to control the self-moving device to move along the preset working route.
下面以第一参数包括时长和/或移动距离为例,进行说明,其他场景类似,可以相互参考。The following description is given by taking the example that the first parameter includes duration and/or moving distance, and other scenarios are similar and can be referenced to each other.
在一些实施例中,如果自移动设备在阴影区域的时长小于或等于T1,则自移动设备可以沿着规划的工作路线移动。也就是说,响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的时长小于或等于第一时长阈值,控制模块还可以被配置为控制自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动。In some embodiments, if the duration of the self-moving device in the shadow area is less than or equal to T1, the self-moving device may move along the planned working route. That is, in response to the duration of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first duration threshold, the control module may also be configured to control the self-moving device to move along the planned working route.
在一些实施例中,如果自移动设备在阴影区域的移动距离小于或等于L1,则自移动设备可以沿着规划的工作路线移动。也就是说,响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的距离小于或等于第一距离阈值,控制模块还可以被配置为控制自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动。In some embodiments, if the moving distance of the self-moving device in the shadow area is less than or equal to L1, the self-moving device may move along the planned working route. That is, in response to the moving distance of the self-moving device in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first distance threshold, the control module may also be configured to control the self-moving device to move along the planned working route.
在自移动设备进入阴影区域的第一参数较短的情况下,基于在非阴影区域确定的自移动设备的位置信息,自移动设备大概率还可以继续正常工作,因此自移动设备可以继续沿着规划的工作路线移动,以完成自移动设备的工作。也就是说,从非阴影区到阴影区,基于定位信号确定的位置信息可以保持一段时间。可以理解的,随着自移动设备进入阴影区域的时间和/或距离增加,在非阴影区域确定的自移动设备的位置信息将难以支持自移动设备在阴影区域继续移动。在这种情况下,基于本申请,自移动设备可以改变移动方向,自移动设备还可以停机和/或报警。In the case where the first parameter of the self-moving device entering the shadow area is short, based on the position information of the self-moving device determined in the non-shadow area, the self-moving device can most likely continue to work normally, so the self-moving device can continue to move along the planned work route to complete the work of the self-moving device. In other words, from the non-shadow area to the shadow area, the position information determined based on the positioning signal can be maintained for a period of time. It is understandable that as the time and/or distance of the self-moving device entering the shadow area increases, the position information of the self-moving device determined in the non-shadow area will be difficult to support the self-moving device to continue to move in the shadow area. In this case, based on the present application, the self-moving device can change the direction of movement, and the self-moving device can also shut down and/or alarm.
在一些实施例中,在阴影区域内移动的第一参数可以通过自移动设备一次进入阴影区域的情况表示。换句话说,一旦自移动设备离开阴影区域,在阴影区域内移动的第一参数即可以清零。例如,一旦自移动设备离开阴影区域,在阴影区域的移动时长即可以清零。类似的,一旦自移动设备离开阴影区域,在阴影区域内移动距离即可以清零。In some embodiments, the first parameter of movement in the shadow area can be represented by the situation that the self-moving device enters the shadow area once. In other words, once the self-moving device leaves the shadow area, the first parameter of movement in the shadow area can be reset. For example, once the self-moving device leaves the shadow area, the movement time in the shadow area can be reset. Similarly, once the self-moving device leaves the shadow area, the movement distance in the shadow area can be reset.
需要说明的是,在阴影区域内移动的第一参数可以由自移动设备自行确定。例如,在自移动设备发现或确定其进入阴影区域,即可以开始计时和/或记录距离。可以理解的
是,在自移动设备发现其进入阴影区域之前,自移动设备可能已经进入到阴影区域中了,也就是说,自移动设备自行确定的在阴影区域内移动时长可能小于或等于实际在阴影区域中的时长,和/或,自移动设备自行确定的移动距离可能小于或等于实际在阴影区域中的移动距离。It should be noted that the first parameter of moving in the shadow area can be determined by the self-moving device itself. For example, when the self-moving device finds or determines that it has entered the shadow area, it can start timing and/or recording the distance. Yes, before the mobile device discovers that it has entered the shadow area, the mobile device may have already entered the shadow area, that is, the moving time in the shadow area determined by the mobile device itself may be less than or equal to the actual time in the shadow area, and/or the moving distance determined by the mobile device itself may be less than or equal to the actual moving distance in the shadow area.
在一些实施例中,自移动设备还可以包括用于测量和/或记录第一参数的器件。例如,自移动设备可以包括计时器和/或测距仪。控制模块可以被配置为:响应于自移动设备进入阴影区域时,控制计时器开始记录移动时长和/或控制测距仪开始记录移动距离,以及响应于自移动设备所在位置的定位信号满足预设质量要求时,控制计时器和/或测距仪执行清零操作。In some embodiments, the self-moving device may further include a device for measuring and/or recording the first parameter. For example, the self-moving device may include a timer and/or a rangefinder. The control module may be configured to: in response to the self-moving device entering the shadow area, control the timer to start recording the moving duration and/or control the rangefinder to start recording the moving distance, and in response to the positioning signal at the location of the self-moving device meeting the preset quality requirement, control the timer and/or the rangefinder to perform a zeroing operation.
本申请不限制自移动设备规划的工作路线的类型或模式。例如,规划的工作路线的类型可以为沿边、弓字型、转场、回归等。The present application does not limit the type or mode of the work route planned by the mobile device. For example, the type of the planned work route can be along the edge, bow-shaped, transition, return, etc.
在规划的工作路线为沿边时,规划的工作路线为工作区域的边界。图19为一种沿边的路线的示例图,具体的,图19所示的矩形边界用于示意工作路线。When the planned working route is along the edge, the planned working route is the boundary of the working area. Figure 19 is an example diagram of a route along the edge. Specifically, the rectangular boundary shown in Figure 19 is used to illustrate the working route.
在规划的工作路线为弓字型时,工作路线形如“弓”字,沿着某两个相对的方向往返。自移动设备沿着弓字型的工作路线移动的过程中,运动方向会发生调转,即旋转180°。图20为一种弓字型路线的示例图。图20所示的矩形为边界,矩形内的弓字形线用于示意工作路线。在自移动设备沿着图20所示的路线移动时,自移动设备沿着上边界延伸的方向移动,并在靠近左右边界的时候调转方向。弓字型路线的参数可以包括重合比。重合比可以理解为自移动设备在相邻路线上切割宽度的重合比例。When the planned working route is in the shape of a bow, the working route is shaped like a "bow", and moves back and forth along two relative directions. In the process of the self-moving device moving along the bow-shaped working route, the direction of movement will be reversed, that is, rotated 180°. Figure 20 is an example diagram of a bow-shaped route. The rectangle shown in Figure 20 is the boundary, and the bow-shaped line in the rectangle is used to illustrate the working route. When the self-moving device moves along the route shown in Figure 20, the self-moving device moves in the direction extending from the upper boundary, and changes direction when it approaches the left and right boundaries. The parameters of the bow-shaped route may include an overlap ratio. The overlap ratio can be understood as the overlap ratio of the cutting width of the self-moving device on adjacent routes.
在规划的工作路线为回字型时,工作路线形如“回”字,可以通过将工作路线规划为沿着边界延伸。如图19中矩形边界内的回字形线可以用于示意工作路线。由图19可以看出,“回”字的工作路线沿着矩形边界的四条边延伸。When the planned working route is in the shape of a Chinese character "回", the working route can be planned to extend along the boundary. The Chinese character "回" line within the rectangular boundary as shown in FIG. 19 can be used to illustrate the working route. As can be seen from FIG. 19, the working route of the Chinese character "回" extends along the four sides of the rectangular boundary.
需要说明的是,图19和图20仅为本申请提供的示例。实际场景中的边界形状、路线延伸方向、角度、路径间隔等均可以灵活设置。It should be noted that Figures 19 and 20 are only examples provided in this application. The boundary shape, route extension direction, angle, path interval, etc. in the actual scene can be flexibly set.
在自移动设备在阴影区域内移动的情况下,沿着规划的路线,自移动设备的运动方向可能发生变化。在一些实施例中,自移动设备的运动方向发生变化可以指的是:自移动设备按照规划的路线移动时,需要改变运动方向的情况。以图21为例进行说明,自移动设备沿着箭头所示的方向以弓字型的路线移动。自移动设备可以在位置点A进入到图21的阴影区域(通过灰色矩形表示)。在图21中,自在位置点B移动设备的运动方向发生变化。When the self-moving device moves in the shaded area, the direction of movement of the self-moving device may change along the planned route. In some embodiments, the change in the direction of movement of the self-moving device may refer to the situation where the direction of movement needs to be changed when the self-moving device moves along the planned route. Taking Figure 21 as an example, the self-moving device moves along a bow-shaped route in the direction indicated by the arrow. The self-moving device can enter the shaded area of Figure 21 (represented by a gray rectangle) at position point A. In Figure 21, the direction of movement of the self-moving device at position point B changes.
在一些实施例中,响应于自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于第三阈值,且自移动设备的运动方向发生改变,则自移动设备可以从运动方向发生改变的位置开始继续沿工作路线移动。第三阈值小于第一阈值。In some embodiments, in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-mobile device changing, the self-mobile device may continue to move along the working route from the position where the movement direction changes. The third threshold is less than the first threshold.
与第一阈值类似,第三阈值也可以包括多个与第一参数对应的阈值。例如,第三阈值可以包括第三时长阈值和/或第三距离阈值。在第一参数包括在阴影区域的移动时长的情况下,第三阈值可以包括第三时长阈值。在第一参数包括在阴影区域的移动距离的情况下,第三阈值可以包括第三距离阈值。Similar to the first threshold, the third threshold may also include multiple thresholds corresponding to the first parameter. For example, the third threshold may include a third duration threshold and/or a third distance threshold. In the case where the first parameter includes the duration of movement in the shadow area, the third threshold may include a third duration threshold. In the case where the first parameter includes the distance of movement in the shadow area, the third threshold may include a third distance threshold.
继续以图21为例进行说明,当自移动设备移动到位置点B时,如果第一参数小于或等于第三阈值,则自移动设备可以继续沿着规划的路线向位置点C移动。Continuing to use FIG. 21 as an example, when the self-mobile device moves to position point B, if the first parameter is less than or equal to the third threshold, the self-mobile device can continue to move to position point C along the planned route.
可以理解的是,如果按照规划的路线,自移动设备的运动方向发生变化,则可能是的自移动设备离开阴影区域。如图21所示,自移动设备按照规划的路线,从位置点B调
头向位置点C移动的话,即可以离开阴影区域,从而使得定位信号的质量恢复。因此,基于该方案,不仅可以使得自移动设备在规划的路线上继续运动,以实现正常的工作,还可以使得定位信号的质量尽快满足预设的条件。It is understandable that if the moving direction of the self-moving device changes according to the planned route, it may be that the self-moving device leaves the shadow area. As shown in FIG. 21, the self-moving device moves from position B according to the planned route. If the head moves toward position point C, it can leave the shadow area, so that the quality of the positioning signal can be restored. Therefore, based on this solution, not only can the self-moving device continue to move on the planned route to achieve normal work, but also the quality of the positioning signal can meet the preset conditions as soon as possible.
下面针对图21所示的场景,详细说明本申请提供的技术方案。下面以第一时长阈值为30秒,第三时长阈值为12秒为例进行说明。在图21中,灰色阴影部分为阴影区域。如图21所示,自移动设备沿着箭头所示的弓字型路线移动。当自移动设备移动到A点时,自移动设备进入到阴影区域。自移动设备可以从A点开始计时并判断运动方向是否发生变化。在阴影区域移动的时长为t并且t≤12秒时,自移动设备移动到B点并发生运行方向变化。在B点,自移动设备可以将在阴影区域移动的时长T强制赋为12秒。在B点以后,自移动设备可以继续累计t。自移动设备从点B开始,继续沿规划的工作路线向点C移动。在点B到点C之间,自移动设备的移动时长小于或等于18秒(第三时长阈值-第一时长阈值),则自移动设备可以继续沿着规划的路线移动。如图21所示,在点C处,自移动设备离开阴影区域,即定位信号质量恢复并满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备可以将T清零并继续沿着规划的工作路线正常移动。The following is a detailed description of the technical solution provided by the present application for the scenario shown in Figure 21. The following is an example in which the first duration threshold is 30 seconds and the third duration threshold is 12 seconds. In Figure 21, the gray shaded portion is the shaded area. As shown in Figure 21, the self-mobile device moves along the bow-shaped route shown by the arrow. When the self-mobile device moves to point A, the self-mobile device enters the shaded area. The self-mobile device can start timing from point A and determine whether the direction of movement has changed. When the duration of movement in the shaded area is t and t≤12 seconds, the self-mobile device moves to point B and the running direction changes. At point B, the self-mobile device can force the duration T of movement in the shaded area to be 12 seconds. After point B, the self-mobile device can continue to accumulate t. Starting from point B, the self-mobile device continues to move along the planned work route to point C. Between point B and point C, if the moving duration of the self-mobile device is less than or equal to 18 seconds (the third duration threshold-the first duration threshold), the self-mobile device can continue to move along the planned route. As shown in FIG. 21 , at point C, the self-mobile device leaves the shadow area, that is, the positioning signal quality is restored and meets the preset quality requirements, then the self-mobile device can reset T to zero and continue to move normally along the planned working route.
在一些实施例中,运动方向发生改变可以包括运动方向发生调转。运动方向发生调转可以指的是自移动设备的运动方向旋转180°。在一些实施例中,运动方向发生调转也可以称为调头或路线切换。In some embodiments, the change in the direction of motion may include a reversal of the direction of motion. The reversal of the direction of motion may refer to a rotation of 180° from the direction of motion of the mobile device. In some embodiments, the reversal of the direction of motion may also be referred to as a U-turn or a route switch.
在规划的路线为弓字型路线的情况下,本申请提出,如果自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于第三阈值,且自移动设备的运动方向发生调转,则自移动设备可以从运动方向发生调转的位置开始继续沿工作路线移动。In the case where the planned route is a bow-shaped route, the present application proposes that if the first parameter of the movement of the self-mobile device in the shadow area is less than or equal to the third threshold value, and the movement direction of the self-mobile device is reversed, the self-mobile device can continue to move along the working route from the position where the movement direction is reversed.
在一些实施例中,响应于自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数达到第三阈值,且自移动设备的运动方向未发生改变或规划的工作路线的方向未发生改变,控制自移动设备改变运动方向并沿工作路线移动。In some embodiments, in response to a first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area reaching a third threshold, and the movement direction of the self-mobile device has not changed or the direction of the planned working route has not changed, the self-mobile device is controlled to change the movement direction and move along the working route.
需要说明的是,自移动设备改变运动方向后所沿的工作路线可以是预先规划好的路径,也可以是重新规划的路径。对于预先规划好的路径,自移动设备可以跳过中间的某些路径,继续沿着预先规划好的路径移动。或者,自移动设备可以在第一参数到达第三阈值的情况下,重新规划路径,以离开阴影区域。It should be noted that the working route that the self-moving device follows after changing the direction of movement may be a pre-planned path or a re-planned path. For a pre-planned path, the self-moving device may skip some of the intermediate paths and continue to move along the pre-planned path. Alternatively, the self-moving device may re-plan the path to leave the shadow area when the first parameter reaches the third threshold.
以图22所示的场景为例,在位置点A时,自移动设备开始累计第一参数,当自移动设备运动到位置点B时,第一参数达到第三阈值。在从位置点A移动到位置点B的过程中,自移动设备的运动方向未发生改变,则在位置点B处,自移动设备可以改变运动方向。例如,在图22中,在位置点B,自移动设备调转运动方向。调转运动方向后,自移动设备可以从调转运动方向的位置点开始继续沿着预先规划的路径(通过虚线表示)移动。Taking the scenario shown in FIG. 22 as an example, at position point A, the self-mobile device starts to accumulate the first parameter, and when the self-mobile device moves to position point B, the first parameter reaches the third threshold. In the process of moving from position point A to position point B, the movement direction of the self-mobile device does not change, then at position point B, the self-mobile device can change the movement direction. For example, in FIG. 22, at position point B, the self-mobile device changes the movement direction. After changing the movement direction, the self-mobile device can continue to move along the pre-planned path (indicated by the dotted line) from the position point where the movement direction is changed.
对于弓字型路线,响应于自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数达到第三阈值,且自移动设备的运动方向未发生调转,自移动设备可以调转运动方向并沿工作路线移动。For the U-shaped route, in response to the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area reaching the third threshold and the movement direction of the self-moving device not being reversed, the self-moving device may reverse the movement direction and move along the working route.
可以理解的是,对于弓字型路线,如果自移动设备调转方向,自移动设备依然可以在规划的路线上移动,只是提前调转了方向。由于调转了方向,自移动设备可以提前向之前定位信号质量较好的位置处移动,这更有利有定位信号质量的恢复。由于自移动设备依然在规划的路线上移动,自移动设备可以继续执行有效的工作。It is understandable that for the bow-shaped route, if the self-mobile device turns around, the self-mobile device can still move on the planned route, but the direction is turned in advance. Due to the reversal of direction, the self-mobile device can move in advance to the position where the positioning signal quality was better before, which is more conducive to the recovery of the positioning signal quality. Since the self-mobile device is still moving on the planned route, the self-mobile device can continue to perform effective work.
下面针对图22所示的场景,详细说明本申请提供的技术方案。下面以第一时长阈值为30秒,第三时长阈值为12秒为例进行说明。在图22中,灰色阴影部分为阴影区域。
如图22所示,自移动设备沿着箭头所示的弓字型路线移动。在图22中,规划的工作路线通过虚线表示,自移动设备实际移动的路线通过实线表示。当自移动设备移动到A点时,自移动设备进入到阴影区域。自移动设备可以从A点开始计时并判断运动方向是否发生调转。在阴影区域移动的时长为t并且t>12秒时,自移动设备移动到B点,并且在A点到B点移动的过程中,自移动设备的运动方向并未发生调转。自移动设备在B点可以调转运动方向。也就是说,从B点开始,自移动设备可以跳过一段规划的移动路线,沿着后续的弓字型路线继续行进。自移动设备可以从B点开始继续运动18秒(第三时长阈值-第一时长阈值)。例如,在B点以后,如果自移动设备在阴影区域的运动时长还未到达30秒,则自移动设备可以继续移动18秒。The technical solution provided by the present application is described in detail below with respect to the scenario shown in Figure 22. The following description is made by taking the first duration threshold as 30 seconds and the third duration threshold as 12 seconds as an example. In Figure 22, the gray shaded portion is the shaded area. As shown in Figure 22, the self-mobile device moves along the bow-shaped route shown by the arrow. In Figure 22, the planned working route is represented by a dotted line, and the route actually moved by the self-mobile device is represented by a solid line. When the self-mobile device moves to point A, the self-mobile device enters the shaded area. The self-mobile device can start timing from point A and determine whether the direction of movement has changed. When the duration of movement in the shaded area is t and t>12 seconds, the self-mobile device moves to point B, and during the movement from point A to point B, the direction of movement of the self-mobile device has not changed. The self-mobile device can change the direction of movement at point B. In other words, starting from point B, the self-mobile device can skip a planned moving route and continue to move along the subsequent bow-shaped route. The self-mobile device can continue to move for 18 seconds from point B (third duration threshold-first duration threshold). For example, after point B, if the movement duration of the self-mobile device in the shaded area has not reached 30 seconds, the self-mobile device can continue to move for 18 seconds.
在一些实施例中,如果自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,则可以向信号恢复点移动。换句话说,控制模块103还可以被配置为:响应于自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制自移动设备向信号恢复点移动。In some embodiments, if the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area is greater than the first threshold, the self-mobile device may move toward the signal recovery point. In other words, the control module 103 may also be configured to: in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being greater than the first threshold, control the self-mobile device to move toward the signal recovery point.
信号恢复点的位置可以为定位信号质量可能恢复的位置。换句话说,在信号恢复点,定位信号具有满足预设质量要求的可能。当自移动设备移动到信号恢复点,定位信号可能恢复也可能无法恢复。信号恢复点所在的位置可以偏离规划的工作路线,即信号恢复点可以在规划的工作路线外的位置。The location of the signal recovery point may be a location where the positioning signal quality may be restored. In other words, at the signal recovery point, the positioning signal may meet the preset quality requirements. When the self-mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, the positioning signal may or may not be restored. The location of the signal recovery point may deviate from the planned working route, that is, the signal recovery point may be located outside the planned working route.
在一些实施例中,信号恢复点可以属于信号恢复线或信号恢复区域。也就是说,信号恢复点可以为信号恢复线或信号恢复区域上的任意一点。信号恢复点具体为信号恢复线或信号恢复区域上的哪个点可以是随机的,也可以是基于规则确定的。例如,信号恢复点可以为信号恢复线上或信号恢复区域内距离当前位置最近的点。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point may belong to a signal recovery line or a signal recovery area. That is, the signal recovery point may be any point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area. The signal recovery point may be a point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area that is random or determined based on a rule. For example, the signal recovery point may be the point on the signal recovery line or the signal recovery area that is closest to the current position.
相比于自移动设备任意改变移动方向,自移动设备向信号恢复点移动,自移动设备的定位信号的信号质量恢复的概率更高。因此,基于该方案,自移动设备可以更快恢复定位信号的质量,从而更持续地正常进行工作。Compared with the mobile device arbitrarily changing the moving direction, the mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, and the probability of the signal quality of the positioning signal of the mobile device being restored is higher. Therefore, based on this solution, the mobile device can restore the quality of the positioning signal faster, so that it can work normally more continuously.
本申请不限制信号恢复点的设置方法。下面对信号恢复点的设置进行举例说明。This application does not limit the method for setting the signal recovery point. The following is an example of setting the signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,信号恢复点可以是自移动设备的用户指定的,即人工设定的。人工设定的信号恢复点可以包括用户原设定的位置点。例如,用户可以观察自移动设备的工作区域,判断哪些区域有遮挡(即可能为阴影区域),哪些区域不存在遮挡(即可能为非阴影区域)。用户可以将信号恢复点设置在不存在遮挡的区域内。或者,用户可以将信号恢复点设置有遮挡的区域以外。如图14所示,白色矩形框为自移动设备的工作区域。在建图过程中,可以确定图14所示的灰色矩形框为阴影区域,并可以由用户在该阴影区域附近建立信号恢复线。信号恢复线上的任意点均可以为信号恢复点。在一些实施例中,信号恢复点可以是某个或某些大概率处于非阴影区域的点。例如,如果自移动设备工作的区域包括多个不连通的区域的情况下,需要人工设置连通多个区域的通道。通常,会提示用户将通道设置在非遮挡区域,以便自移动设备可以准确在不同区域间移动。在这种情况下,信号恢复点可以位于所述通道上。再例如,自移动设备的充电站磁条的末端通常设置在非阴影区域。因此,信号恢复点可以位于充电站磁条的末端。In some embodiments, the signal recovery point may be specified by the user of the self-mobile device, that is, manually set. The manually set signal recovery point may include the position point originally set by the user. For example, the user can observe the working area of the self-mobile device and determine which areas are blocked (i.e., they may be shadow areas) and which areas are not blocked (i.e., they may be non-shadow areas). The user can set the signal recovery point in the area where there is no blockage. Alternatively, the user can set the signal recovery point outside the blocked area. As shown in FIG14, the white rectangular box is the working area of the self-mobile device. During the mapping process, the gray rectangular box shown in FIG14 can be determined as a shadow area, and the user can establish a signal recovery line near the shadow area. Any point on the signal recovery line can be a signal recovery point. In some embodiments, the signal recovery point may be a point or points with a high probability of being in a non-shadow area. For example, if the area where the self-mobile device works includes multiple unconnected areas, it is necessary to manually set a channel connecting multiple areas. Usually, the user will be prompted to set the channel in a non-blocked area so that the self-mobile device can move accurately between different areas. In this case, the signal recovery point may be located on the channel. For another example, the end of the magnetic strip of the charging station of the self-mobile device is usually set in a non-shadow area. Therefore, the signal recovery point can be located at the end of the magnetic strip at the charging station.
在一些实施例中,响应于第一参数大于第一阈值,可以控制自移动设备向第一信号恢复点移动。第一信号恢复点可以为上文所述的任意信号恢复点。第一信号恢复点可以是基于目标位置确定的。目标位置可以为自移动设备在阴影区域移动的第一参数等于第一阈值时所在的位置。例如,自移动设备可以根据目标位置寻找对应的第一信号恢复点。第一信号恢复点可以位于第一信号恢复线或第一信号恢复区域上,并且第一信号恢复点
可以为信号恢复线上距离所述目标位置最近的点。In some embodiments, in response to the first parameter being greater than the first threshold, the self-mobile device can be controlled to move toward the first signal recovery point. The first signal recovery point can be any signal recovery point described above. The first signal recovery point can be determined based on a target position. The target position can be the position where the self-mobile device is located when the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area is equal to the first threshold. For example, the self-mobile device can search for the corresponding first signal recovery point based on the target position. The first signal recovery point can be located on the first signal recovery line or the first signal recovery area, and the first signal recovery point It may be the point on the signal recovery line that is closest to the target position.
图23为本申请提供的一种自移动设备的移动路线示例图。如图23所示,P1点表示自移动设备进入阴影区域的点。从P1点开始,自移动设备可以沿着规划的工作路线继续移动第一时长阈值T1,直到移动到P2点。在P2点(即目标位置),自移动设备可以寻找对应的第一信号恢复点D。在T1之后,自移动设备可以向第一信号恢复点D移动。自移动设备从P2点移动到D点花费的时间可以为t1。Figure 23 is an example diagram of a moving route of a self-moving device provided by the present application. As shown in Figure 23, point P1 indicates the point where the self-moving device enters the shadow area. Starting from point P1, the self-moving device can continue to move along the planned working route for the first duration threshold T1 until it moves to point P2. At point P2 (i.e., the target location), the self-moving device can search for the corresponding first signal recovery point D. After T1, the self-moving device can move to the first signal recovery point D. The time it takes for the self-moving device to move from point P2 to point D may be t1.
在一些实施例中,在自移动设备运动到信号恢复点处,定位信号的信号质量可能仍不满足预设质量要求。对于这种情况,可以控制自移动设备向其他信号恢复点移动。例如,自移动设备可以从第一信号恢复点向第二信号恢复点移动。其中,第一信号恢复点和第二信号恢复点中的一个或全部可以为人工设定的信号恢复点。In some embodiments, when the self-moving device moves to the signal recovery point, the signal quality of the positioning signal may still not meet the preset quality requirements. In this case, the self-moving device can be controlled to move to other signal recovery points. For example, the self-moving device can move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point. Among them, one or both of the first signal recovery point and the second signal recovery point can be manually set signal recovery points.
继续以图23为例进行说明,在自移动设备移动到第一信号恢复点D时,如果定位信号依然不满足预设的质量要求,并且自移动设备在阴影区域的时长(T1+t1)小于第二时长阈值T2,那么自移动设备可以向第二信号恢复点E移动。自移动设备从D点移动到E点花费的时间可以为t2。在自移动设备移动到第二信号恢复点E时,如果定位信号依然不满足预设的质量要求,且自移动设备在阴影区域的时长(T1+t1+t2)小于第二时长阈值T2,则自移动设备可以向第三信号恢复点F点移动。当自移动设备移动到第二信号恢复点E时,如果定位信号满足预设的质量要求,则自移动设备可以从第二信号恢复点E沿着虚线所示的路线向实线所示的规划的工作路线移动。自移动设备从E点移动到F点花费的时间可以为t3。Continuing to use Figure 23 as an example, when the self-mobile device moves to the first signal recovery point D, if the positioning signal still does not meet the preset quality requirements, and the duration of the self-mobile device in the shadow area (T1+t1) is less than the second duration threshold T2, then the self-mobile device can move to the second signal recovery point E. The time it takes for the self-mobile device to move from point D to point E can be t2. When the self-mobile device moves to the second signal recovery point E, if the positioning signal still does not meet the preset quality requirements, and the duration of the self-mobile device in the shadow area (T1+t1+t2) is less than the second duration threshold T2, then the self-mobile device can move to the third signal recovery point F. When the self-mobile device moves to the second signal recovery point E, if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-mobile device can move from the second signal recovery point E along the route shown by the dotted line to the planned working route shown by the solid line. The time it takes for the self-mobile device to move from point E to point F can be t3.
在一些实施例中,在自移动设备运动到信号恢复点的情况下,自移动设备可以对定位信号的质量进行检测。如果满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备可以从信号恢复点向规划的工作路线移动。以图23为例,当自移动设备移动到第一信号恢复点D时,如果定位信号满足预设的质量要求,则自移动设备可以从第一信号恢复点D沿着虚线所示的路线向实线所示的规划的工作路线移动。In some embodiments, when the self-mobile device moves to the signal recovery point, the self-mobile device can detect the quality of the positioning signal. If the preset quality requirements are met, the self-mobile device can move from the signal recovery point to the planned working route. Taking Figure 23 as an example, when the self-mobile device moves to the first signal recovery point D, if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-mobile device can move from the first signal recovery point D along the route shown by the dotted line to the planned working route shown by the solid line.
在一些实施例中,在自移动设备运动到信号恢复点的过程中,自移动设备可以对定位信号的质量进行检测。例如,检测可以周期性地进行。如果满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备可以从满足预设质量要求的位置处向规划的工作路线移动。也就是说,自移动设备在运动到信号恢复点的过程中,如果信号质量恢复了,即可以放弃向信号恢复点的运动,而回到规划的工作路线中。In some embodiments, during the process of the self-mobile device moving to the signal recovery point, the self-mobile device may detect the quality of the positioning signal. For example, the detection may be performed periodically. If the preset quality requirement is met, the self-mobile device may move from the position that meets the preset quality requirement to the planned working route. In other words, during the process of the self-mobile device moving to the signal recovery point, if the signal quality is restored, the movement to the signal recovery point may be abandoned and the planned working route may be returned.
对于信号质量的检测,可能需要一定的时间。例如,定位信号的检测可以包括:搜星、接收信号、分析信号等过程。对于此,如果自移动设备在第一信号点的信号没有满足预设的质量要求,则自移动设备可以在第一信号恢复点等待预设时间,以避免因为定位信号的检测没有完成导致的信号质量情况的错误判断。在预设时间内,自移动设备可以判断定位信号的信号质量是否满足预设质量要求。如果在预设时间内,定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备可以从第一信号恢复点向第二信号恢复点移动。如果在预设时间内,定位信号满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备可以从第一信号恢复点向规划的路线移动。The detection of signal quality may take a certain amount of time. For example, the detection of positioning signals may include processes such as searching for satellites, receiving signals, and analyzing signals. In this regard, if the signal of the self-mobile device at the first signal point does not meet the preset quality requirements, the self-mobile device may wait for a preset time at the first signal recovery point to avoid incorrect judgment of the signal quality due to the failure to complete the detection of the positioning signal. Within the preset time, the self-mobile device can determine whether the signal quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements within the preset time, the self-mobile device may move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements within the preset time, the self-mobile device may move from the first signal recovery point to the planned route.
需要说明的是,本申请不限制第一阈值、第二阈值或第三阈值的具体数值。在一些实施例中,第一阈值、第二阈值或第三阈值可以与是否为沿边模式相关。例如,在工作路线为沿边路线时,第一时长阈值可以为12秒。在工作路线为非沿边路线(例如弓字路线)时,第一时长阈值可以为30秒。第二时长阈值例如可以为70秒。第三时长阈值例
如可以为12秒。在一些实施例中,第一阈值、第二阈值或第三阈值也可以与路线的参数相关。路线的参数例如可以包括重合比、延伸方向、角度、路径形状等参数中的一项或多项。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the specific values of the first threshold, the second threshold, or the third threshold. In some embodiments, the first threshold, the second threshold, or the third threshold may be related to whether it is an edge mode. For example, when the working route is an edge route, the first duration threshold may be 12 seconds. When the working route is a non-edge route (such as a bow route), the first duration threshold may be 30 seconds. The second duration threshold may be, for example, 70 seconds. The third duration threshold may be, for example, 12 seconds. For example, it may be 12 seconds. In some embodiments, the first threshold, the second threshold, or the third threshold may also be related to parameters of the route. The parameters of the route may include, for example, one or more of the parameters such as overlap ratio, extension direction, angle, path shape, etc.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,在自移动设备在阴影区域内移动的第一参数大于第一阈值的情况下,自移动设备还可以调整重合比等移动参数,以离开阴影区域。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, when the first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area is greater than the first threshold, the self-moving device may also adjust movement parameters such as the overlap ratio to leave the shadow area.
在可选的实施例中,所述卫星定位模块或控制模块可以为处理器520,所述自移动设备还可以包括输入/输出接口530和存储器510,具体如图24所示。In an optional embodiment, the satellite positioning module or the control module may be a processor 520, and the self-mobile device may further include an input/output interface 530 and a memory 510, as specifically shown in FIG. 24 .
图24是本申请另一实施例的自移动设备的示意性框图。图24所示的自移动设备500可以包括:存储器510、处理器520、输入/输出接口530、收发机540。其中,存储器510、处理器520、输入/输出接口530和收发机540通过内部连接通路相连,该存储器510用于存储指令,该处理器520用于执行该存储器520存储的指令,以控制输入/输出接口530接收输入的数据和信息,输出操作结果等数据,并控制收发机540发送信号。FIG24 is a schematic block diagram of a self-moving device according to another embodiment of the present application. The self-moving device 500 shown in FIG24 may include: a memory 510, a processor 520, an input/output interface 530, and a transceiver 540. The memory 510, the processor 520, the input/output interface 530, and the transceiver 540 are connected via an internal connection path, the memory 510 is used to store instructions, and the processor 520 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 520 to control the input/output interface 530 to receive input data and information, output data such as operation results, and control the transceiver 540 to send signals.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,该处理器520可以采用通用的中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,应用专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者一个或多个集成电路,用于执行相关程序,以实现本申请实施例所提供的技术方案。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 520 can adopt a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits to execute relevant programs to implement the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,收发机540又称通信接口,使用例如但不限于收发器一类的收发装置,来实现自移动设备500与其他设备或通信网络之间的通信。It should also be understood that the transceiver 540 is also called a communication interface, and uses a transceiver device such as but not limited to a transceiver to achieve communication between the mobile device 500 and other devices or communication networks.
该存储器510可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器520提供指令和数据。处理器520的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,处理器520还可以存储设备类型的信息。The memory 510 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 520. A portion of the processor 520 may also include a nonvolatile random access memory. For example, the processor 520 may also store information on the device type.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器520中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器510,处理器520读取存储器510中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by the hardware integrated logic circuit in the processor 520 or the instruction in the form of software. The method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or it can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc. The storage medium is located in the memory 510, and the processor 520 reads the information in the memory 510 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
应理解,本申请中方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面装置实施例。It should be understood that the description of the method embodiments in the present application corresponds to the description of the device embodiments, and therefore, for parts that are not described in detail, reference can be made to the previous device embodiments.
图25为本申请实施例提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。所述自移动设备包括定位系统,通过接收的定位信号确定所述自移动设备的位置,在所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求时,所述自移动设备处于阴影区域。图25所示的方法可以包步骤S610和S620。FIG25 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The self-moving device includes a positioning system, and the position of the self-moving device is determined by receiving a positioning signal. When the positioning signal does not meet a preset quality requirement, the self-moving device is in a shadow area. The method shown in FIG25 may include steps S610 and S620.
步骤S610,响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向。
Step S610: In response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to change the moving direction.
步骤S620,响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第二阈值,控制所述自移动设备停止工作和/或报警。Step S620: In response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being greater than a second threshold, controlling the self-moving device to stop working and/or to give an alarm.
第一参数为表征所述自移动设备在阴影区域内持续时长的参数,所述第一阈值小于所述第二阈值。The first parameter is a parameter that characterizes the duration of time that the self-moving device is in the shadow area, and the first threshold is smaller than the second threshold.
在一些实施例中,图25所示的方法还包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于所述第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动。In some embodiments, the method shown in FIG. 25 further includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-moving device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, controlling the self-moving device to move along the planned working route.
在一些实施例中,所述响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于所述第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动,包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于第三阈值,且所述自移动设备的运动方向发生改变,控制所述自移动设备从运动方向发生改变后的位置开始继续沿所述工作路线移动。In some embodiments, in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, controlling the self-mobile device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-mobile device changing, controlling the self-mobile device to continue moving along the working route from the position after the movement direction changes.
在一些实施例中,所述响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数小于或等于所述第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备沿规划的工作路线移动,包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数达到第三阈值,且所述自移动设备的运动方向未发生改变,控制所述自移动设备改变运动方向并沿所述工作路线移动。In some embodiments, in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being less than or equal to the first threshold, controlling the self-mobile device to move along the planned working route includes: in response to the first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area reaching a third threshold and the movement direction of the self-mobile device not changing, controlling the self-mobile device to change the movement direction and move along the working route.
在一些实施例中,所述工作路线为预先规划好的路径,或所述工作路线为基于当前位置重新规划的路径。In some embodiments, the working route is a pre-planned path, or the working route is a path re-planned based on the current position.
在一些实施例中,所述响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向,包括:响应于所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域移动的第一参数大于第一阈值,控制所述自移动设备向信号恢复点移动。In some embodiments, in response to a first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-mobile device to change the moving direction includes: in response to a first parameter of the self-mobile device moving in the shadow area being greater than a first threshold, controlling the self-mobile device to move toward a signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述控制所述自移动设备向信号恢复点移动,包括:控制所述自移动设备向第一信号恢复点移动;若所述自移动该设备在所述第一信号恢复点处于所述阴影区域,控制所述自移动设备从第一信号恢复点向第二信号恢复点移动。In some embodiments, controlling the self-mobile device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: controlling the self-mobile device to move toward a first signal recovery point; if the self-mobile device is in the shadow area at the first signal recovery point, controlling the self-mobile device to move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,向第二信号恢复点移动前,图25所示的方法还包括:控制所述自移动设备在所述第一信号恢复点等待预设时间;若在预设时间内,所述定位信号不满足预设质量要求,控制所述自移动设备从所述第一信号恢复点向所述第二信号恢复点移动。In some embodiments, before moving to the second signal recovery point, the method shown in Figure 25 also includes: controlling the self-mobile device to wait for a preset time at the first signal recovery point; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements within the preset time, controlling the self-mobile device to move from the first signal recovery point to the second signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:检测向所述信号恢复点移动过程中的定位信号;如果所述定位信号满足预设质量要求,控制所述自移动设备向规划的工作路线移动。In some embodiments, the method further includes: detecting a positioning signal during movement toward the signal recovery point; and if the positioning signal meets a preset quality requirement, controlling the self-moving device to move toward a planned working route.
在一些实施例中,所述控制所述自移动设备向信号恢复点移动,包括:在当前位置的预设范围内,寻找人工设定的信号恢复点;控制所述自移动设备从所述当前位置向所述人工设定的信号恢复点移动。In some embodiments, controlling the self-moving device to move toward the signal recovery point includes: searching for an artificially set signal recovery point within a preset range of the current position; and controlling the self-moving device to move from the current position to the artificially set signal recovery point.
在一些实施例中,所述人工设定的信号恢复点包括用户预先设定的位置点。In some embodiments, the manually set signal recovery point includes a location point preset by a user.
在一些实施例中,所述第一阈值与所述自移动设备的移动模式相关,其中,在沿边模式和非沿边模式下,对应的第一阈值不同。In some embodiments, the first threshold is related to a movement mode of the self-moving device, wherein the corresponding first threshold is different in an edge mode and a non-edge mode.
在一些实施例中,所述自移动设备还包括计时器和/或测距仪;所述方法还包括:响应于所述自移动设备进入阴影区域时,控制所述计时器开始记录所述移动时长和/或控制所述测距仪开始记录所述移动距离,以及响应于所述自移动设备所在位置的定位信号满足预设质量要求时,控制所述计时器和/或所述测距仪执行清零操作。In some embodiments, the self-moving device also includes a timer and/or a rangefinder; the method also includes: in response to the self-moving device entering a shadow area, controlling the timer to start recording the movement duration and/or controlling the rangefinder to start recording the movement distance, and in response to the positioning signal at the location of the self-moving device meeting a preset quality requirement, controlling the timer and/or the rangefinder to perform a zeroing operation.
为便于理解本申请,下面结合图26和图27,对本申请提供的实施例一和实施例二进行说明。To facilitate the understanding of the present application, the first and second embodiments provided in the present application are described below in conjunction with FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 .
实施例一
Embodiment 1
在实施例一中,规划的工作路线的类型为沿边。In the first embodiment, the type of the planned working route is along the edge.
图26为本申请实施例一提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 26 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
图26所示的方法可以包括步骤S711~步骤S756。The method shown in FIG. 26 may include steps S711 to S756 .
步骤S711,自移动设备启动,并加载信号恢复点。Step S711, start from the mobile device and load the signal recovery point.
步骤S712,自移动设备按规划的工作路线沿边移动并工作。规划的工作路线可以为预设路线。Step S712, the mobile device moves along the planned working route and works. The planned working route may be a preset route.
步骤S721,在沿边移动过程中,检测当前位置的定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。如果定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则自移动处于阴影区域,转到步骤S722。如果定位信号满足预设质量要求则可以返回步骤S713。Step S721, during the edge movement process, detect whether the positioning signal of the current position meets the preset quality requirement. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, the self-movement is in the shadow area, and go to step S722. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, then return to step S713.
步骤S713,搜索沿边点。Step S713, searching for points along the edge.
步骤S722,开始计时,累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T(简称为阴影持续时间),并判断在阴影区域中持续时间是否超过第一时长阈值T1。在实施例一中,第一时长阈值T1可以为12s。若T超过T1,则可以转到步骤S724。若T不超过T1,则可以返回步骤S713。Step S722, start timing, accumulate the duration T in the shadow area (referred to as shadow duration), and determine whether the duration in the shadow area exceeds the first duration threshold T1. In the first embodiment, the first duration threshold T1 may be 12s. If T exceeds T1, then go to step S724. If T does not exceed T1, then go back to step S713.
步骤S724,将在阴影区域中持续时间超过T1时的位置记为沿边点(即目标位置),并寻找沿边点对应的第一信号恢复点。Step S724: record the position in the shadow area when the duration exceeds T1 as an edge point (ie, the target position), and find the first signal recovery point corresponding to the edge point.
步骤S725,将移动路线规划到第一信号恢复点,即控制自移动设备向第一信号恢复点移动。Step S725, planning the moving route to the first signal recovery point, that is, controlling the mobile device to move to the first signal recovery point.
步骤S731,判断移动到第一信号恢复点的过程中定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。若定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备处于阴影区域;若定位信号满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备不处于阴影区域。若自移动设备处于阴影区域,则可以转到步骤S733;若自移动设备不处于阴影区域,则可以转到步骤S732。Step S731, determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements during the process of moving to the first signal recovery point. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is in the shadow area; if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is not in the shadow area. If the self-moving device is in the shadow area, it can go to step S733; if the self-moving device is not in the shadow area, it can go to step S732.
步骤S732,阴影区域中的持续时间T清零,并返回步骤S713。步骤S713,搜索路线到沿边点。Step S732, the duration T in the shadow area is reset to zero, and the process returns to step S713. Step S713, searching for a route to an edge point.
步骤S733,继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T,即阴影区域中的持续时间T继续累加。Step S733, continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area, that is, the duration T in the shadow area continues to accumulate.
步骤S734,判断在阴影区域中持续时间T是否超过第二时长阈值T2。在实施例一中,第二时长阈值T2可以为70s。若T超过T2,则可以转到步骤S735。若T不超过T2,则可以转到步骤S736。Step S734, determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2. In the first embodiment, the second duration threshold T2 may be 70s. If T exceeds T2, the process may proceed to step S735. If T does not exceed T2, the process may proceed to step S736.
步骤S735,自移动设备停机和/或报警。Step S735, shut down the mobile device and/or sound an alarm.
步骤S736,寻找沿边点对应的第二信号恢复点。Step S736, finding the second signal recovery point corresponding to the edge point.
步骤S737,自移动设备规划到第二信号恢复点,即控制自移动设备向第二信号恢复点移动。Step S737, planning the mobile device to the second signal recovery point, that is, controlling the mobile device to move to the second signal recovery point.
步骤S741,判断移动到第二信号恢复点的过程中定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。若定位信号满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S742。若定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则转到步骤S743。Step S741, determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the second signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, go to step S742. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, go to step S743.
步骤S742,阴影持续时间T清零。Step S742, the shadow duration T is reset to zero.
步骤S743,阴影持续时间T累加,即继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S743, the shadow duration T is accumulated, that is, the duration T in the shadow area is continuously accumulated.
步骤S744,自移动设备判断阴影持续时间T是否超过第二时长阈值T2。若T超过T2,则可以转到步骤S745;若T不超过T2,则可以转到步骤S746。Step S744, the mobile device determines whether the shadow duration T exceeds the second duration threshold T2. If T exceeds T2, the process proceeds to step S745; if T does not exceed T2, the process proceeds to step S746.
步骤S745,自移动设备停机和/或报警。Step S745, shut down the mobile device and/or sound an alarm.
步骤S746,自移动设备寻找沿边点对应的第三信号恢复点。
Step S746, searching the mobile device for a third signal recovery point corresponding to the edge point.
步骤S747,自移动设备规划到第三信号恢复点,即控制自移动设备向第三信号恢复点移动。Step S747, planning the mobile device to the third signal recovery point, that is, controlling the mobile device to move to the third signal recovery point.
步骤S751,自移动设备判断移动到第三信号恢复点的过程中定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。若定位信号满足预设质量要求,则转到步骤S752。若定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则转到步骤S753。Step S751, the mobile device determines whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the third signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, go to step S752. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, go to step S753.
步骤S752,阴影持续时间T清零。Step S752, the shadow duration T is reset to zero.
步骤S753,阴影持续时间T累加,即继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S753, the shadow duration T is accumulated, that is, the duration T in the shadow area is continuously accumulated.
步骤S754,自移动设备判断在阴影区域中持续时间T是否超过第二时长阈值。若T超过T2,则可以转到步骤S755。若T不超过T2,则可以转到步骤S756。Step S754, the mobile device determines whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold. If T exceeds T2, the process proceeds to step S755. If T does not exceed T2, the process proceeds to step S756.
步骤S755,自移动设备停机和/或报警。Step S755, shut down the mobile device and/or sound an alarm.
步骤S756,在第三信号恢复点处等待收敛。换句话说,在第三信号恢复点可以根据是否处在阴影区域确定是否继续累计T、是否继续寻找信号恢复点、是否停机和/或报警。Step S756, waiting for convergence at the third signal recovery point. In other words, at the third signal recovery point, it can be determined whether to continue accumulating T, whether to continue searching for a signal recovery point, whether to shut down and/or alarm according to whether it is in the shadow area.
需要说明的是,上述第一信号恢复点、第二信号恢复点、第三信号恢复点只是示例性说明,还可以包括其他信号恢复点。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first signal recovery point, second signal recovery point, and third signal recovery point are only exemplary descriptions, and other signal recovery points may also be included.
实施例二Embodiment 2
实施例二为规划的工作路径为弓字型的实施例。Embodiment 2 is an embodiment in which the planned working path is in the shape of a bow.
图27为本申请实施例二提供的一种控制自移动设备的方法的示意性流程图。图27所示的方法可以包括步骤S2711~步骤S2766。Fig. 27 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling a self-moving device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application. The method shown in Fig. 27 may include steps S2711 to S2766.
步骤S2711,自移动设备启动,加载信号恢复点。Step S2711, start from the mobile device and load the signal recovery point.
步骤S2712,自移动设备按规划的工作路线(预设路线)进行弓字型移动。例如,自移动设备进行弓字切割。Step S2712, the self-moving device moves in a bow shape according to the planned working route (preset route). For example, the self-moving device performs bow cutting.
步骤S2721,在弓字切割过程中,检测当前位置的定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。如果定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备处于阴影区域;如果定位信号满足预设质量要求,则自移动设备不处于阴影区域。如果定位信号满足预设质量要求,则可以返回步骤S2712。如果定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2722。Step S2721, during the bow cutting process, detect whether the positioning signal of the current position meets the preset quality requirements. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is in the shadow area; if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, the self-moving device is not in the shadow area. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, it can return to step S2712. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, it can go to step S2722.
步骤S2722,开始计时,累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S2722, start timing and accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
步骤S2723,在T小于第三时长阈值内,判断自移动设备的运动方向是否发生了调转(切换路线)。在实施例二中,第三时长阈值为12s。若运动方向发生调转,则可以转到步骤S2724;若运动方向未发生调转,则可以转到步骤S2727。Step S2723: When T is less than the third time threshold, determine whether the direction of movement of the mobile device has changed (switched routes). In the second embodiment, the third time threshold is 12 seconds. If the direction of movement has changed, the process proceeds to step S2724; if the direction of movement has not changed, the process proceeds to step S2727.
步骤S2724,将将在阴影区域中持续时间T强制赋为12s。步骤S2725,自移动设备沿运动方向调转后的路线继续进行弓字切割,并执行步骤S2731。Step S2724, the duration T in the shadow area is forcibly set to 12 seconds. Step S2725, the mobile device continues to perform bow-shaped cutting along the route after the movement direction is turned, and executes step S2731.
步骤S2727,自移动设备在第三时长阈值(即12s)切换路线。Step S2727, the mobile device switches the route at the third time threshold (ie, 12 seconds).
切换路线后,自移动设备可以主动增加重合比,即缩短自移动设备的弓字切割宽度。After switching the route, the self-moving device can actively increase the overlap ratio, that is, shorten the bow cutting width of the self-moving device.
步骤S2731,判断切换路线后的定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。若定位信号满足预设的质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2732。若定位信号不满足预设的质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2733。Step S2731, determine whether the positioning signal after the route switching meets the preset quality requirement. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2732. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2733.
步骤S2732,将阴影区域中的持续时间T清零,并返回步骤S2712。Step S2732, clear the duration T in the shadow area and return to step S2712.
步骤S2733,继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S2733, continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
步骤S2734,判断在阴影区域中持续时间T是否超过第一时长阈值T1。在实施例二中,第一时长阈值为30s。若T超过T1,则可以转到步骤S2735。若T不超过T1,则可以返回步骤S2712。
Step S2734, determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the first duration threshold T1. In the second embodiment, the first duration threshold is 30s. If T exceeds T1, go to step S2735. If T does not exceed T1, go back to step S2712.
步骤S2735,将在阴影区域中持续时间超过30s时的位置记为目标位置,并寻找目标位置对应的第一信号恢复点。Step S2735: record the position in the shadow area when the duration exceeds 30 seconds as the target position, and find the first signal recovery point corresponding to the target position.
步骤S2736,控制自移动设备向第一信号恢复点移动,即规划到第一信号恢复点。Step S2736, controlling the mobile device to move to the first signal recovery point, that is, planning to the first signal recovery point.
步骤S2741,判断移动到第一信号恢复点的过程中定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。若定位信号满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2742;若定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2743。Step S2741, determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the first signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2742; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2743.
步骤S2742,将阴影区域中的持续时间T清零,并就近进行弓字移动。Step S2742, clear the duration T in the shadow area and perform the bow movement nearby.
步骤S2743,继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S2743, continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
步骤S2744,判断在阴影区域中持续时间T是否超过第二时长阈值T2。在实施例二中,第二时长阈值T2为70s。若T2超过T,则可以转到步骤S2745;若T2不超过T,则可以转到步骤S2746。Step S2744, determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2. In the second embodiment, the second duration threshold T2 is 70s. If T2 exceeds T, then go to step S2745; if T2 does not exceed T, then go to step S2746.
步骤S2745,自移动设备停机和/或报警。Step S2745, shut down and/or alarm the mobile device.
步骤S2746,自移动设备寻找目标位置对应的第二信号恢复点。Step S2746, searching the mobile device for a second signal recovery point corresponding to the target location.
步骤S2747,控制自移动设备向第二信号恢复点移动,即规划到第二信号恢复点。Step S2747, controlling the mobile device to move to the second signal recovery point, that is, planning to the second signal recovery point.
步骤S2751,判断移动到第二信号恢复点的过程中定位信号是否满足预设质量要求;若定位信号满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2752;若定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则转到步骤S2753.Step S2751, determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements during the process of moving to the second signal recovery point; if the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirements, go to step S2752; if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirements, go to step S2753.
步骤S2752,将阴影区域中的持续时间T清零,并就近进行弓字移动。Step S2752, clear the duration T in the shadow area and perform the bow movement nearby.
步骤S2753,继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S2753, continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
步骤S2754,判断在阴影区域中持续时间T是否超过第二时长阈值T2。若T超过T2,则可以转到步骤S2755;若T不超过T2,则可以转到步骤S2756。Step S2754, determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2. If T exceeds T2, go to step S2755; if T does not exceed T2, go to step S2756.
步骤S2756,寻找目标位置对应的第三信号恢复点。Step S2756, finding the third signal recovery point corresponding to the target position.
步骤S2767,控制机自移动设备向第三信号恢复点移动,即规划到第三信号恢复点。Step S2767, the control machine moves from the mobile device to the third signal recovery point, that is, plans to the third signal recovery point.
步骤S2761,判断移动到第三信号恢复点的过程中定位信号是否满足预设质量要求。若定位信号满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2762。若定位信号不满足预设质量要求,则可以转到步骤S2763。Step S2761, determine whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement during the process of moving to the third signal recovery point. If the positioning signal meets the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2762. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality requirement, it can go to step S2763.
步骤S2763,继续累计在阴影区域中的持续时间T,即累加在阴影区域中的持续时间T。Step S2763, continue to accumulate the duration T in the shadow area, that is, accumulate the duration T in the shadow area.
步骤S2764,判断在阴影区域中持续时间T是否超过第二时长阈值T2。若T超过T2,则可以转到步骤S2765;若T不超过T2,则可以转到步骤S2766。Step S2764, determine whether the duration T in the shadow area exceeds the second duration threshold T2. If T exceeds T2, go to step S2765; if T does not exceed T2, go to step S2766.
步骤S2765,自移动设备停机和/或报警。Step S2765, shut down and/or alarm the mobile device.
步骤S2766,自移动设备在第三信号恢复点处等待收敛。Step S2766, the mobile device waits for convergence at the third signal recovery point.
需要说明的是,信号恢复点的信号可能满足预设质量要求,也可能不满足预设质量要求。上述第一信号恢复点、第二信号恢复点、第三信号恢复点只是示例性说明,还可以包括其他信号恢复点。It should be noted that the signal at the signal recovery point may or may not meet the preset quality requirement. The first signal recovery point, the second signal recovery point, and the third signal recovery point are only exemplary, and other signal recovery points may also be included.
在现有应用中,自移动设备大致包括驱动模块、作业模块(如自动割草机中的割草单元,即,安装有刀片的刀盘)、卫星定位模块以及控制模块等构成部分,其中,定位模块主要用于为控制模块提供自移动设备的定位信号,控制模块则基于卫星定位信号控制移动模块运行,从而实现对自动移动设备移动过程的控制,作业模块则用于在控制模块的控制下完成相应的作业任务。当然,自移动设备还可以包括其他实现设备自身既定功
能的必要模块,此处不再一一列举。在实际应用中,依据自移动设备具体实现功能的不同,可以将自移动设备划分为多种类型,比如自动清洁设备、自动灌溉设备、自动扫雪机以及自动割草机等。In existing applications, self-moving devices generally include driving modules, operation modules (such as the mowing unit in an automatic lawn mower, i.e., a bladed disc), satellite positioning modules, and control modules. The positioning module is mainly used to provide the control module with the positioning signal of the self-moving device. The control module controls the operation of the mobile module based on the satellite positioning signal, thereby realizing the control of the movement process of the automatic mobile device. The operation module is used to complete the corresponding operation tasks under the control of the control module. Of course, the self-moving device can also include other components to realize the device's own established functions. In practical applications, autonomous mobile devices can be divided into many types according to their specific functions, such as automatic cleaning equipment, automatic irrigation equipment, automatic snow sweepers, and automatic lawn mowers.
图28为与本申请提供的自移动设备控制方法相关的一种应用场景的示意图,自移动设备10需要在工作区域S0范围内完成作业,根据设备类型的不同,作业任务可以是割草作业、灌溉作业或者扫雪作业等。可以理解的是,在实际应用中,由于作业环境地理条件限制较多,工作区域S0呈不规则形状,相应的,在其他可能的场景中,自移动设备100的工作区域也可能是规则形状,比如矩形、三角形或圆形等,此处不再一一列举,本发明对于工作区域的形状不做限定。FIG28 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario related to the self-moving device control method provided by the present application. The self-moving device 10 needs to complete the operation within the scope of the working area S0. Depending on the type of equipment, the operation task may be mowing, irrigation or snow removal, etc. It is understandable that in actual applications, due to the many restrictions on the geographical conditions of the working environment, the working area S0 is irregular in shape. Accordingly, in other possible scenarios, the working area of the self-moving device 100 may also be a regular shape, such as a rectangle, triangle or circle, etc., which will not be listed one by one here, and the present invention does not limit the shape of the working area.
自移动设备10在工作区域S0范围内按照预设作业路径(在本申请后续实施例中,预设作业路径跟上文中的预设路径含义一致)移动以完成作业,通常,在一些实施场景中,预设作业路径可以包括如图28所示的K1、K2以及K3三种形式,其中,工作区域S0的边界即预设作业路径K1,在工作区域S0内部,自移动设备10可以根据作业需求采用K2所示的螺旋路径以及采用K3所示的平行往复路径中的至少一种,当然,还可以根据作业需求设置其他形式的预设作业路径,此处不再一一列举。The self-mobile device 10 moves within the working area S0 along a preset working path (in subsequent embodiments of the present application, the preset working path has the same meaning as the preset path mentioned above) to complete the work. Usually, in some implementation scenarios, the preset working path may include three forms of K1, K2 and K3 as shown in Figure 28, wherein the boundary of the working area S0 is the preset working path K1. Within the working area S0, the self-mobile device 10 may adopt at least one of the spiral path shown in K2 and the parallel reciprocating path shown in K3 according to the working requirements. Of course, other forms of preset working paths may also be set according to the working requirements, which are not listed here one by one.
在实际应用中,自移动设备10的定位模块(在本申请后续实施例中,定位模块跟上文中的卫星定位模块含义一致)通常配置为实时动态测量(Real Time Kinematic,RTK)模块,即基于RTK技术实时动态测量实现定位。可以理解的是,不论具体基于何种定位原理实现的定位模块,其定位结果的准确度均依赖于定位信号的质量,定位信号质量越高,定位结果越准确,相反的,定位信号质量越低,定位结果越不准确,甚至难以满足基本的定位要求。而在实际应用中,特别是依赖于卫星导航系统实现的定位模块,定位信号的质量很容易受到环境因素的影响。比如,当自移动设备处于没有遮挡的开阔地带时,定位模块定位信号的质量自然较高,相反的,如果自移动设备受到树木、建筑物的遮挡,定位信号的信号强度很弱,甚至导致定位模块难以接收到定位信号,此种情况下提供的定位信号质量自然不高,有可能难以满足使用要求。In practical applications, the positioning module of the self-mobile device 10 (in the subsequent embodiments of this application, the positioning module has the same meaning as the satellite positioning module mentioned above) is usually configured as a real-time kinematic (RTK) module, that is, the positioning is realized by real-time kinematic measurement based on the RTK technology. It can be understood that no matter what specific positioning principle the positioning module is based on, the accuracy of its positioning result depends on the quality of the positioning signal. The higher the quality of the positioning signal, the more accurate the positioning result. On the contrary, the lower the quality of the positioning signal, the less accurate the positioning result, and even it is difficult to meet the basic positioning requirements. In practical applications, especially for the positioning module that relies on the satellite navigation system, the quality of the positioning signal is easily affected by environmental factors. For example, when the self-mobile device is in an open area without obstruction, the quality of the positioning signal of the positioning module is naturally high. On the contrary, if the self-mobile device is blocked by trees and buildings, the signal strength of the positioning signal is very weak, and even the positioning module is difficult to receive the positioning signal. In this case, the quality of the positioning signal provided is naturally not high, and it may be difficult to meet the use requirements.
结合图28所示,图28中阴影区域S1以及阴影区域S2,即自移动设备按照预设作业路径移动过程中所经过的定位信号的质量难以满足使用要求的区域,如前所述,这些阴影区域通常是树木、建筑物等会对定位信号传输造成影响的区域。自移动设备在按照预设作业路径移动至阴影区域后,定位信号质量难以满足使用要求,自移动设备无法基于定位信号确定自身在地图中的实际位置,进而无法继续进行作业活动。可以理解的是,图28中所示阴影区域的形状仅为示例,在实际应用中,阴影区域的形状会因自移动设备10工作环境不同而有所差异,此处不再详述。As shown in FIG. 28 , the shaded area S1 and the shaded area S2 in FIG. 28 are areas where the quality of the positioning signal passed by the self-moving device in the process of moving along the preset working path is difficult to meet the use requirements. As mentioned above, these shaded areas are usually areas where trees, buildings, etc. will affect the transmission of the positioning signal. After the self-moving device moves to the shaded area according to the preset working path, the quality of the positioning signal is difficult to meet the use requirements, and the self-moving device cannot determine its actual position in the map based on the positioning signal, and thus cannot continue the working activities. It can be understood that the shape of the shaded area shown in FIG. 28 is only an example. In actual applications, the shape of the shaded area will vary depending on the working environment of the self-moving device 10, which will not be described in detail here.
以阴影区域S1为例,自移动设备驶入阴影区域S1内任一位置,定位信号质量降低,自移动设备难以确定自身在地图中的准确位置,导致自移动设备难以按照预设作业路径K1继续移动,进而无法完成既定作业任务。Taking the shadow area S1 as an example, when the self-moving device enters any position in the shadow area S1, the positioning signal quality decreases, and the self-moving device finds it difficult to determine its exact position in the map, resulting in the self-moving device being unable to continue moving along the preset operation path K1, and thus being unable to complete the established operation task.
为解决因为移动路径错误引发作业事故,提高作业安全性的问题,本发明提供一种自移动设备控制方法,在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件时调整自移动设备的位置,使得自移动设备可以再次获得满足预设质量条件的定位信号,从而确保自移动设备可以准确获知其在作业地图中的位置,有助于提高作业效率,同时避免因为移动路径错误引发作业事故,提高作业安全性。In order to solve the problem of work accidents caused by moving path errors and improve work safety, the present invention provides a self-moving device control method, which adjusts the position of the self-moving device when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, so that the self-moving device can obtain the positioning signal that meets the preset quality conditions again, thereby ensuring that the self-moving device can accurately know its position in the work map, which helps to improve work efficiency, while avoiding work accidents caused by moving path errors and improving work safety.
本发明提供的自移动设备控制方法,应用于自移动设备,具体的,可应用于自移动
设备中的控制模块,当然,在某些情况下,也可以应用于布置于网络侧且能够对自移动设备运行过程进行控制的服务器。参见图29,本实施例提供的自移动设备控制方法的流程,可以包括:The self-moving device control method provided by the present invention is applied to the self-moving device, and specifically, can be applied to the self-moving device The control module in the device can, of course, in some cases, also be applied to a server arranged on the network side and capable of controlling the operation process of the self-mobile device. Referring to FIG. 29 , the process of the self-mobile device control method provided in this embodiment may include:
S100、获取自移动设备移动过程中接收到的定位信号。S100: Acquire a positioning signal received from a mobile device during movement.
自移动设备依赖于定位信号确定自身处于作业地图中的位置,并基于定位信号实现按照预设作业路径移动,基于此,在控制自移动设备运行时,首先需要获取自移动设备移动过程中所接收到的定位信号,进而基于所得定位信号执行后续的控制操作。The autonomous mobile device relies on the positioning signal to determine its position in the work map, and moves along the preset work path based on the positioning signal. Based on this, when controlling the operation of the autonomous mobile device, it is first necessary to obtain the positioning signal received during the movement of the autonomous mobile device, and then perform subsequent control operations based on the obtained positioning signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中,执行本实施例提供的自移动设备控制方法的控制模块与定位模块通信连接,控制模块可以按照既定的通信规则获取定位模块提供的定位信号,比如,可以按照预设采样周期获取定位信号。当然,定位模块也可以按照预设的反馈周期主动向控制模块反馈定位信号,本发明对于获取定位信号的具体实现方式不做限定。In a possible implementation, the control module that executes the self-mobile device control method provided in this embodiment is connected to the positioning module in communication, and the control module can obtain the positioning signal provided by the positioning module according to the established communication rules, for example, the positioning signal can be obtained according to the preset sampling period. Of course, the positioning module can also actively feedback the positioning signal to the control module according to the preset feedback period, and the present invention does not limit the specific implementation method of obtaining the positioning signal.
S101、根据定位信号控制自移动设备沿预设作业路径(也就是本申请其他实施例中的预设路径)移动。S101, controlling the mobile device to move along a preset operation path (that is, the preset path in other embodiments of the present application) according to the positioning signal.
如前所述,预设作业路径是自移动设备作业过程中预设的移动路径,自移动设备根据定位信号可以确定自身在作业地图中的准确位置,进而确定当前所处位置与预设作业路径之间的相对位置关系,通过调整自身的移动方向可将实际位置与预设作业路径之间的偏差控制在预设偏差范围内,进而实现根据定位信号控制自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动。As mentioned above, the preset working path is the moving path preset during the operation of the self-moving equipment. The self-moving equipment can determine its exact position in the working map based on the positioning signal, and then determine the relative position relationship between the current position and the preset working path. By adjusting its own moving direction, the deviation between the actual position and the preset working path can be controlled within the preset deviation range, thereby realizing the control of the self-moving equipment to move along the preset working path according to the positioning signal.
当然,在实际应用中,根据定位信号控制自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动的具体实现,还可以结合更多的信息以及更为具体的移动控制逻辑,本发明对此不做限定。Of course, in practical applications, the specific implementation of controlling the movement of the mobile device along the preset working path according to the positioning signal may also be combined with more information and more specific movement control logic, which is not limited in the present invention.
S102、判断定位信号质量是否满足预设质量条件,若否,执行S103,若是,执行S106。S102: Determine whether the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition. If not, execute S103; if so, execute S106.
在本实施例中,通过预设质量条件衡量定位信号是否满足使用要求。可以理解的是,采用基于不同定位原理实现的定位模块,衡量定位信号质量的预设质量条件自然会有所差异,因此,在实际应用中,应结合自移动设备设置的卫星定位模块的实际定位原理以及控制自移动设备移动过程中的具体控制精度等多种因素设置预设质量条件,此处不再一一罗列,在未出超出本发明核心思想范围的前提下,同样属于本发明保护的范围内。In this embodiment, the preset quality condition is used to measure whether the positioning signal meets the use requirements. It is understandable that the preset quality conditions for measuring the quality of the positioning signal will naturally be different when using a positioning module based on different positioning principles. Therefore, in practical applications, the preset quality conditions should be set in combination with the actual positioning principle of the satellite positioning module set in the self-mobile device and the specific control accuracy of the self-mobile device during movement. These are not listed here one by one. Under the premise of not exceeding the core idea of the present invention, they also belong to the scope of protection of the present invention.
在一种可能的实施方式中,自移动设备中定位模块配置为RTK模块,基于RTK模块的基本原理可知,定位信号基于RTK模块所连接卫星的导航信息生成,并且,RTK模块所连接卫星的数量越多,定位信号的质量越好。基于此,可以将RTK模块所连接卫星的数量作为预设质量条件的具体实现,即设置连接卫星数量的个数阈值,如果当前定位信号对应RTK模块所连接卫星的数量大于或等于个数阈值,则判定定位信号满足预设质量条件;相反的,如果当前定位信号对应RTK模块所连接卫星的数量小于个数阈值,则可以判断定位信号不满足预设质量条件。当然,预设质量条件还可以基于其他与导航过程相关的信息确定,比如,可以基于定位状态指示、精度因子以及预设重要度权重等多种信息综合设置预设质量条件,此处不再详述。In a possible implementation, the positioning module in the mobile device is configured as an RTK module. Based on the basic principle of the RTK module, it can be known that the positioning signal is generated based on the navigation information of the satellite connected to the RTK module, and the more satellites the RTK module is connected to, the better the quality of the positioning signal. Based on this, the number of satellites connected to the RTK module can be used as a specific implementation of the preset quality condition, that is, a threshold value for the number of connected satellites is set. If the number of satellites connected to the RTK module corresponding to the current positioning signal is greater than or equal to the threshold value, the positioning signal is determined to meet the preset quality condition; on the contrary, if the number of satellites connected to the RTK module corresponding to the current positioning signal is less than the threshold value, it can be determined that the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition. Of course, the preset quality condition can also be determined based on other information related to the navigation process. For example, the preset quality condition can be set based on a variety of information such as positioning status indication, precision factor, and preset importance weight, which will not be described in detail here.
S103、控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动。S103, controlling the mobile device to move to the recovery position.
经过前述步骤,在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的情况下,控制自移动设备驶离预设作业路径,并进一步向恢复位置移动。在本实施例以及后续各个实施例中,将自移动设备离开预设作业路径时对应的位置定义为原始位置(在本申请后续实施例中,原始位置跟上文中的当前位置含义一致)。进一步的,将定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置定义为恢复位置(在本申请后续实施例中,恢复位置跟上文中的信号恢复点含义一
致),也就是说,当自移动设备处于恢复位置时,自移动设备所接收到的定位信号的质量是满足预设质量条件的。After the aforementioned steps, when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device is controlled to leave the preset operating path and further move to the recovery position. In this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the position corresponding to when the self-moving device leaves the preset operating path is defined as the original position (in the subsequent embodiments of this application, the original position has the same meaning as the current position mentioned above). Furthermore, the position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions is defined as the recovery position (in the subsequent embodiments of this application, the recovery position has the same meaning as the signal recovery point mentioned above). That is to say, when the self-mobile device is in the recovery position, the quality of the positioning signal received by the self-mobile device meets the preset quality condition.
在一种可能的实施方式中,自移动设备按照S102一旦确定定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件则立即控制自移动设备离开预设作业路径。可以理解的是,此种控制方式适用于任何形式的定位模块,可以避免自移动设备出现任何有可能影响作业安全的移动过程。In a possible implementation, once the self-moving device determines that the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition according to S102, the self-moving device is immediately controlled to leave the preset operation path. It can be understood that this control method is applicable to any form of positioning module, and can prevent the self-moving device from any movement process that may affect the operation safety.
基于此,结合图30所示,自移动设备10按照预设作业路径K1移动,在到达位置Y时定位信号的质量不满足预设质量条件,控制自移动设备10自位置Y(即原始位置)驶离预设作业路径K1,向恢复位置A移动。Based on this, combined with Figure 30, the self-mobile device 10 moves according to the preset working path K1. When it reaches position Y, the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions. The self-mobile device 10 is controlled to move away from the preset working path K1 from position Y (i.e., the original position) and move to the recovery position A.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,自移动设备的定位模块配置为RTK模块,在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件时,定位信号在一定时长内依然是可信的,当然,其定位精度会随着时间的延长而降低,也就是说,在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的情况下,自移动设备依然可以在一定时长内根据定位信号按照预设作业路径移动。In another possible implementation, the positioning module of the self-moving device is configured as an RTK module. When the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the positioning signal is still reliable within a certain period of time. Of course, its positioning accuracy will decrease with time. That is to say, when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device can still move according to the preset operating path based on the positioning signal within a certain period of time.
基于此,自确定定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的时刻开始,统计自移动设备在定位信号不满足预设质量条件下移动的持续时长,如果所得持续时长达到第二时长阈值,则可以确定自移动设备不能按照预设作业路径继续移动,需要控制自移动设备离开预设作业路径向恢复位置移动,相反的,如果所得持续时长小于第二时长阈值,即尚未达到第二时长阈值,则可以确定自移动设备能够按照预设作业路径继续移动。Based on this, starting from the moment when it is determined that the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the duration of the movement of the mobile device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions is counted. If the obtained duration reaches the second duration threshold, it can be determined that the mobile device cannot continue to move along the preset operating path, and it is necessary to control the mobile device to leave the preset operating path and move to the recovery position. On the contrary, if the obtained duration is less than the second duration threshold, that is, the second duration threshold has not been reached, it can be determined that the mobile device can continue to move along the preset operating path.
在一种可能的实施方式中,对于定位信号不满足预设质量条件的持续时长的统计,可以设置时间变量I,在自移动设备移动过程中,通过时间变量I统计定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长,一旦定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,比如,自移动设备移动至恢复位置,即将时间变量I清零,为下一次统计持续时长做准备。In one possible implementation, a time variable I may be set to count the duration during which the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition. During the movement of the mobile device, the time variable I is used to count the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition. Once the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, for example, when the mobile device moves to the recovery position, the time variable I is cleared to prepare for the next statistical duration.
进一步的,在另一种可能的实施方式中,控制模块监测自移动设备在移动过程中定位信号的质量,并统计自移动设备移动过程中定位信号不满足预设质量条件情况下自移动设备的移动距离,如果所得移动距离达到预设位移阈值,则可以确定自移动设备不能按照预设作业路径继续移动,需要离开预设作业路径向恢复位置移动,相反的,如果所得移动距离小于预设位移阈值,则可以确定自移动设备能够按照预设作业路径继续移动。Furthermore, in another possible implementation, the control module monitors the quality of the positioning signal of the self-moving device during the movement, and counts the moving distance of the self-moving device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions during the movement of the self-moving device. If the obtained moving distance reaches a preset displacement threshold, it can be determined that the self-moving device cannot continue to move along the preset working path and needs to leave the preset working path and move to the recovery position. On the contrary, if the obtained moving distance is less than the preset displacement threshold, it can be determined that the self-moving device can continue to move along the preset working path.
需要说明的是,结合前述内容可知,自移动设备在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的情况下,自移动设备能够继续移动的持续时长和移动距离,与定位模块的实际性能参数以及作业环境有着直接的联系,因此,在实际应用中,前述第二时长阈值以及预设距离阈值,可以结合定位模块的实际参数、设备实际作业环境以及具体的控制需求确定,本发明对于第二时长阈值以及预设距离阈值的具体取值不做限定。It should be noted that, in combination with the foregoing content, it can be seen that when the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device does not meet the preset quality conditions, the duration and moving distance that the self-moving device can continue to move are directly related to the actual performance parameters of the positioning module and the operating environment. Therefore, in actual applications, the aforementioned second duration threshold and the preset distance threshold can be determined in combination with the actual parameters of the positioning module, the actual operating environment of the equipment and specific control requirements. The present invention does not limit the specific values of the second duration threshold and the preset distance threshold.
S104、判断定位信号质量是否满足预设质量条件,若否,返回执行S103,若是,执行S105。S104: Determine whether the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition. If not, return to execute S103; if so, execute S105.
在控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动的过程中,监测定位信号的质量,如果定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,则执行S105,如果定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件,则返回执行S103,控制自移动设备继续向恢复位置移动,如前所述,恢复位置为定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置,因此,如果在向恢复位置移动过程中,定位信号质量始终不满足预设质量条件,那么自移动设备最终将移动至恢复位置,进而获得满足预设质量条件的定位信号。至于判断定位信号质量是否满足预设质量条件的具体实现,可参照前述内容实现,此处暂不详述。In the process of controlling the self-mobile device to move to the recovery position, the quality of the positioning signal is monitored. If the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition, S105 is executed. If the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, S103 is returned to control the self-mobile device to continue to move to the recovery position. As mentioned above, the recovery position is a position where the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition. Therefore, if the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement to the recovery position, the self-mobile device will eventually move to the recovery position, and then obtain a positioning signal that meets the preset quality condition. As for the specific implementation of determining whether the quality of the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition, it can be implemented with reference to the aforementioned content and will not be described in detail here.
S105、控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动。
S105, controlling the mobile device to move toward a preset operation path.
结合前述内容以及图30所示,控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动有两种情况。In combination with the above content and FIG. 30 , there are two situations for controlling the movement of the mobile device to move toward a preset operation path.
其一,在自移动设备10自原始位置Y向恢复位置AA移动过程中,定位信号质量始终不满足预设质量条件,直至自移动设备100达到恢复位置AA才接收到满足预设质量条件的定位信号。此种情况下,需控制自移动设备100自恢复位置AA向预设作业路径移动。First, during the movement of the self-moving device 10 from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition until the self-moving device 100 reaches the recovery position AA and receives the positioning signal that meets the preset quality condition. In this case, the self-moving device 100 needs to be controlled to move from the recovery position AA to the preset operation path.
其二,在自移动设备10自原始位置Y向恢复位置AA移动过程中,自移动设备10在达到位置M时,定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,此种情况下,则没有必要继续控制自移动设备10移动至恢复位置AA,可以控制自移动设备10自位置M向预设作业路径移动。Secondly, during the process of the self-moving device 10 moving from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, when the self-moving device 10 reaches the position M, the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions. In this case, there is no need to continue to control the self-moving device 10 to move to the recovery position AA. The self-moving device 10 can be controlled to move from the position M to the preset operation path.
S106、控制自移动设备按照预设作业路径移动。S106, controlling the self-moving device to move according to the preset operation path.
如果在S102中判定定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备按照预设作业路径移动。If it is determined in S102 that the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, the self-moving device is controlled to move according to the preset operation path.
综上所述,本方法控制自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动过程中,如果定位信号不满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动,如果在向恢复位置移动过程中定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动,通过在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件时调整自移动设备的位置,使得自移动设备可以再次获得满足预设质量条件的定位信号,从而确保自移动设备可以准确获知其在作业地图中的位置,有助于提高作业效率,同时避免因为移动路径错误引发作业事故,提高作业安全性。To sum up, this method controls the self-moving device to move along the preset working path. If the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the recovery position. If the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions during the movement to the recovery position, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the preset working path. By adjusting the position of the self-moving device when the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device can obtain the positioning signal that meets the preset quality conditions again, thereby ensuring that the self-moving device can accurately know its position in the working map, which helps to improve working efficiency, while avoiding working accidents caused by moving path errors and improving working safety.
可以理解的是,对于图29所示实施例中S105中述及的任何一种情况,在自移动设备向预设作业路径移动过程中,都有可能再次遇到遮挡,即再次进入阴影区域,进而导致自移动设备难以确定自身在作业地图中的准确位置,难以继续移动。为解决这一问题,本实施例提供一种可选的实施方式,以在自移动设备自定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置,比如图30中所示的恢复位置AA或位置M,向预设作业路径移动过程中,解决因为定位信号再次被遮挡而导致无法继续移动的问题。It is understandable that for any of the situations described in S105 in the embodiment shown in FIG29, during the movement of the self-moving device toward the preset working path, it is possible to encounter obstruction again, that is, to enter the shadow area again, which makes it difficult for the self-moving device to determine its accurate position in the working map and to continue to move. To solve this problem, this embodiment provides an optional implementation method to solve the problem of being unable to continue to move due to the blocking of the positioning signal again when the self-moving device's self-positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, such as the recovery position AA or position M shown in FIG30, during the movement toward the preset working path.
具体的,参见图31,本实施例提供的控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动的控制方法的流程可以包括:Specifically, referring to FIG. 31 , the process of the control method for controlling the movement of the mobile device to the preset operation path provided in this embodiment may include:
S1051、统计自移动设备向预设作业路径移动过程中,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长。S1051. Count the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition when the mobile device moves to the preset operation path.
对于自移动设备自定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置向预设作业路径移动过程中,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长的统计,可参照前述S103中的相关内容实现,此处不再复述。For statistics on the duration during which the positioning signal quality of the mobile device does not meet the preset quality conditions when it moves from a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions to a preset operation path, this can be achieved by referring to the relevant content in the aforementioned S103 and will not be repeated here.
S1052、判断自移动设备是否在持续时长达到第一时长阈值前返回预设作业路径,若是,执行S1053,若否,执行S1054。S1052: Determine whether the mobile device returns to the preset operation path before the duration reaches the first duration threshold. If so, execute S1053; if not, execute S1054.
首先需要说明的是,第一时长阈值的选取,需要结合自移动设备中定位模块的性能参数,特别是定位信号不满足预设质量条件后定位信号质量随时间变化的衰减情况,以及对于自移动设备的控制精度要求、自移动设备作业环境等多种因素确定,本发明对于第一时长阈值的具体取值不做限定。进一步的,对于第一时长阈值与第二时长阈值的关系,二者可以取相同的阈值,也可以取不同的阈值。可以理解的是,为了确保自移动设备在返回预设作业路径后能够在一定的时长内沿预设作业路径移动,第一时长阈值可小于第二时长阈值。关于该时长阈值的选取可以参考本申请中在自移动设备持续处于定位信号质量持续不佳的阴影区域的情况下,如何限制其在阴影区域中的移动时间,以避免
出现无法工作、发生意外等问题的相关实施例,在此不再赘述。First of all, it should be noted that the selection of the first duration threshold needs to be determined in combination with the performance parameters of the positioning module in the self-mobile device, especially the attenuation of the positioning signal quality over time after the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, as well as the control accuracy requirements for the self-mobile device, the operating environment of the self-mobile device and other factors. The present invention does not limit the specific value of the first duration threshold. Furthermore, for the relationship between the first duration threshold and the second duration threshold, the two can take the same threshold or different thresholds. It can be understood that in order to ensure that the self-mobile device can move along the preset operating path within a certain period of time after returning to the preset operating path, the first duration threshold may be less than the second duration threshold. Regarding the selection of the duration threshold, reference can be made to the application on how to limit the moving time of the self-mobile device in the shadow area where the positioning signal quality is continuously poor, so as to avoid The relevant embodiments in which problems such as failure to work and accidents occur are not described in detail here.
基于上述内容,在得到持续时长后,如果自移动设备在持续时长达到第一时长阈值时未到达预设作业路径,执行S1054;相反的,如果自移动设备在持续时长达到第一时长阈值前达到预设作业路径,说明在自移动设备返回预设作业路径时定位信号质量仍然是可信的,进而可以执行S1053。Based on the above content, after obtaining the duration, if the self-mobile device has not reached the preset operating path when the duration reaches the first duration threshold, execute S1054; on the contrary, if the self-mobile device reaches the preset operating path before the duration reaches the first duration threshold, it means that the positioning signal quality is still reliable when the self-mobile device returns to the preset operating path, and then S1053 can be executed.
S1053、控制自移动设备按照预设作业路径移动。S1053, controlling the self-moving device to move according to the preset operation path.
基于前述内容可知,自移动设备在持续时长达到第一时长阈值前达到第一落点位置,此种情况下,定位信号的质量依然能够满足使用要求,自移动设备可以基于定位信号继续沿预设作业路径移动。基于此,假设第一时长阈值为T,自移动设备自定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置向预设作业路径移动过程中,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长为t1,当然,t1<T。此种情况下,如果定位信号质量依然不满足预设质量条件,持续时长的统计仍在继续,自移动设备能够沿预设作业路径继续移动的时长则为T-t1,当持续时长达到T时,自移动设备将再次驶离预设作业路径向恢复位置移动。可以理解的是,如果在T-t1时长范围内,定位信号质量变为满足预设质量条件,则前述持续时长会清零,自移动设备继续按照预设作业路径移动即可,不再受第一时长阈值的限制。Based on the above content, it can be known that the self-mobile device reaches the first landing position before the duration reaches the first duration threshold. In this case, the quality of the positioning signal can still meet the use requirements, and the self-mobile device can continue to move along the preset operation path based on the positioning signal. Based on this, assuming that the first duration threshold is T, the self-mobile device moves from the position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition to the preset operation path, and the duration of the positioning signal quality not meeting the preset quality condition is t1. Of course, t1<T. In this case, if the positioning signal quality still does not meet the preset quality condition, the statistics of the duration are still continuing, and the duration that the self-mobile device can continue to move along the preset operation path is T-t1. When the duration reaches T, the self-mobile device will leave the preset operation path again and move to the recovery position. It can be understood that if the positioning signal quality becomes to meet the preset quality condition within the T-t1 duration range, the aforementioned duration will be reset to zero, and the self-mobile device can continue to move along the preset operation path, and is no longer restricted by the first duration threshold.
S1054、控制自移动设备向另一个恢复位置移动。S1054: Control the mobile device to move to another recovery position.
在实际应用中,恢复位置可以设置一个或多个,在设置多个恢复位置的情况下,本实施例控制自移动设备向另一个恢复位置移动。优选的,在恢复位置数量足够多的情况下,在控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动时,可使各次移动对应的恢复位置互不相同。In actual application, one or more recovery positions may be set. When multiple recovery positions are set, this embodiment controls the self-moving device to move to another recovery position. Preferably, when the number of recovery positions is large enough, when controlling the self-moving device to move to the recovery position, the recovery positions corresponding to each movement may be different.
结合图32所示,以图29所示实施例中S105中的情况一为例,自移动设备10自恢复位置A向预设作业路径移动,经过前述步骤,自移动设备在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长达到第一时长阈值未达到预设作业路径,具体处于位置NN处,此种情况下,控制自移动设备自位置NN向恢复位置AA以外的另一恢复位置BB移动。Combined with Figure 32, taking situation 1 in S105 in the embodiment shown in Figure 29 as an example, the self-mobile device 10 moves from the recovery position A to the preset operating path. After the aforementioned steps, the duration of the positioning signal quality of the self-mobile device not meeting the preset quality condition reaches the first duration threshold and does not reach the preset operating path, specifically at position NN. In this case, the self-mobile device is controlled to move from position NN to another recovery position BB other than the recovery position AA.
作为一种可选的实施方式,在设置多个恢复位置的情况下,控制自移动设备向另一个恢复位置移动前,可以首先将多个恢复位置中距离自移动设备当前所处位置最近的恢复位置作为目标恢复位置,并进一步控制自移动设备自当前所处修正位置向目标恢复位置移动。As an optional implementation, when multiple recovery positions are set, before controlling the mobile device to move to another recovery position, the recovery position among the multiple recovery positions that is closest to the current position of the mobile device can first be used as the target recovery position, and the mobile device can be further controlled to move from the current corrected position to the target recovery position.
在另一种可选的实施方式中,可以为各个恢复位置设置标识,比如位置编码,在具体应用时,按照位置编码由小到大的顺序依次选择目标恢复位置。当然,在满足自移动设备各次自当前所处位置向恢复位置移动的过程所对应的恢复位置互不相同这一要求的前提下,还可以按照其他方法在多个恢复位置选择目标恢复位置,此处不再一一列举,在未超出本发明核心思想范围的前提下,同样属于本发明保护的范围内。In another optional implementation, an identifier, such as a position code, may be set for each recovery position. In a specific application, the target recovery position is selected in order of the position code from small to large. Of course, under the premise of satisfying the requirement that the recovery positions corresponding to the process of each movement of the mobile device from the current position to the recovery position are different from each other, the target recovery position may be selected from multiple recovery positions according to other methods. These methods will not be listed here one by one. Under the premise of not exceeding the core idea of the present invention, they also fall within the scope of protection of the present invention.
可以理解的是,参照前述实施例提供的方法,在控制自移动设备10自位置NN向恢复位置BB移动过程中,有可能出现定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置,也有可能直至自移动设备10达到恢复位置BB,定位信号质量才满足预设质量条件,即在执行S1054时返回至图29实施例中的S103,使得自移动设备10不断的调整恢复位置,不断尝试向预设作业路径移动。It can be understood that, referring to the method provided in the aforementioned embodiment, in the process of controlling the self-moving device 10 to move from position NN to the recovery position BB, there may be a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions, or the positioning signal quality may not meet the preset quality conditions until the self-moving device 10 reaches the recovery position BB, that is, when executing S1054, it returns to S103 in the embodiment of Figure 29, so that the self-moving device 10 continuously adjusts the recovery position and continuously tries to move to the preset operation path.
综上所述,本实施例提供的控制方法,自移动设备各次向恢复位置移动时所对应的恢复位置互不相同,可以不断改变自移动设备与预设作业路径之间的位置关系,以及自移动设备向预设作业路径移动过程中具体经过的路径,使得自移动设备移动过程中可以从更多位置接收定位信号,有助于提高自移动设备成功返回预设作业路径的成功率。
To sum up, the control method provided in this embodiment is that the recovery position corresponding to each movement of the self-moving device to the recovery position is different from each other, and the positional relationship between the self-moving device and the preset working path, as well as the specific path passed by the self-moving device during the movement to the preset working path can be continuously changed, so that the self-moving device can receive positioning signals from more positions during the movement, which helps to improve the success rate of the self-moving device successfully returning to the preset working path.
在上述任一实施例提供的控制方法中,均控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动,并未指定移动的具体方向,仅仅控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动,控制过程较为宽泛,容易在自移动设备移动过程中出现危害设备安全运行的情况,未解决这一问题,本实施例提供另一种自移动设备控制方法,本方法控制自移动设备向预设作业路径上的目标位置移动,能够有效解决上述方法存在的问题。In the control methods provided in any of the above embodiments, the self-moving device is controlled to move to a preset working path, and the specific direction of movement is not specified. The self-moving device is only controlled to move to the preset working path. The control process is relatively broad, and it is easy for situations that endanger the safe operation of the equipment to occur during the movement of the self-moving device. This problem is not solved. The present embodiment provides another self-moving device control method. This method controls the self-moving device to move to a target position on a preset working path, which can effectively solve the problems existing in the above methods.
参见图33,图33是本发明实施例提供的另一种自移动设备控制方法的流程图,本实施例提供的控制方法的流程,可以包括:Referring to FIG. 33 , FIG. 33 is a flow chart of another method for controlling a self-moving device provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The flow of the control method provided by this embodiment may include:
S200-S204,其中,作为一种可选的实施方式,本实施例中S200-S204的具体实现过程可参照图29所示实施例中S100-S104中的相关内容,此处不再复述。S200-S204, where, as an optional implementation, the specific implementation process of S200-S204 in this embodiment can refer to the relevant content of S100-S104 in the embodiment shown in Figure 29, and will not be repeated here.
当然,在各次控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动过程中,也可以参照图31实施例提供的方法,在每一次向恢复位置移动时,对应不同的恢复位置,这同样是可选的,此处亦不详述。Of course, in the process of controlling the movement of the mobile device to the recovery position each time, the method provided in the embodiment of Figure 31 can also be referred to. Each time it moves to the recovery position, a different recovery position corresponds. This is also optional and will not be described in detail here.
S205、控制自移动设备向预设作业路径上的第一目标位置移动。S205: Control the mobile device to move to a first target position on a preset operation path.
在本实施例中,第一目标位置可以是预设作业路径上的任一位置。在控制自移动设备自原始位置向恢复位置移动过程中,一旦自移动设备的定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,即可控制自移动设备自当前所处的位置(比如图34所示的位置M1或恢复位置AA)向预设作业路径上的第一目标位置移动。In this embodiment, the first target position may be any position on the preset operation path. In the process of controlling the self-moving device to move from the original position to the recovery position, once the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device meets the preset quality condition, the self-moving device can be controlled to move from the current position (such as the position M1 or the recovery position AA shown in FIG. 34 ) to the first target position on the preset operation path.
S206、自移动设备向第一目标位置移动过程中,定位信号是否满足预设质量条件,若否,执行S207,若是,返回执行S205。S206. During the movement of the mobile device to the first target position, whether the positioning signal meets the preset quality condition, if not, execute S207, if so, return to execute S205.
参照前述内容,在自移动设备自当前所处位置向第一目标位置移动过程中,获取自移动设备的定位信号,并根据定位信号的质量确定后续操作步骤。Referring to the above content, when the mobile device moves from the current position to the first target position, the positioning signal of the mobile device is obtained, and the subsequent operation steps are determined according to the quality of the positioning signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中,自移动设备一旦确定定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件,则立即执行S207,相反的,在定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的情况下,则继续控制自移动设备向第一目标位置移动。In a possible implementation, once the self-mobile device determines that the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition, S207 is immediately executed. On the contrary, when the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition, the self-mobile device continues to be controlled to move toward the first target position.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,自移动设备的定位模块配置为RTK模块,由于RTK模块的导航方式属于推算导航方式,在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件时,定位信号在一定时长内依然是可信的,当然,其定位精度会随着时间的延长而降低,也就是说,在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的情况下,自移动设备依然可以在一定时长内根据定位信号按照预设作业路径移动。In another possible implementation, the positioning module of the self-moving device is configured as an RTK module. Since the navigation method of the RTK module is a dead reckoning navigation method, when the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, the positioning signal is still reliable within a certain period of time. Of course, its positioning accuracy will decrease with time. That is to say, when the quality of the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions, the self-moving device can still move according to the preset operating path based on the positioning signal within a certain period of time.
基于此,自确定定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的时刻开始,统计自移动设备在定位信号不满足预设质量条件下移动的持续时长,如果所得持续时长达到第二时长阈值,则执行S207,相反的,如果所得持续时长小于第二时长阈值,即尚未达到第二时长阈值,则继续控制自移动设备向第一目标位置移动。Based on this, starting from the moment when it is determined that the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the duration of the movement of the mobile device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality conditions is counted. If the obtained duration reaches the second duration threshold, S207 is executed. On the contrary, if the obtained duration is less than the second duration threshold, that is, the second duration threshold has not been reached, the mobile device continues to be controlled to move toward the first target position.
进一步的,在另一种可能的实施方式中,控制模块监测自移动设备在移动过程中定位信号的质量,并统计自移动设备移动过程中定位信号不满足预设质量条件情况下自移动设备的移动距离,如果所得移动距离达到预设位移阈值,则执行S207,相反的,如果所得移动距离小于预设位移阈值,则可以继续控制向第一目标位置移动。Furthermore, in another possible implementation, the control module monitors the quality of the positioning signal of the self-moving device during the movement, and counts the moving distance of the self-moving device when the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement of the self-moving device. If the obtained moving distance reaches the preset displacement threshold, S207 is executed. On the contrary, if the obtained moving distance is less than the preset displacement threshold, the control can continue to move to the first target position.
可以理解的是,对比上述不同的控制方式,在判定定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件时立即控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动,可以缩短自移动设备在阴影区域内移动的时长或距离,有助于自移动设备尽快移动至信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置,并能够尽
可能避免出现作业事故。但从另一方面来看,在实际应用中,自移动设备在移动过程中所受到的信号遮挡可能是短时的,如果采用上述第二种方式,即在持续时长达到第二时长阈值或移动距离达到预设位移距离时,再控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动,则可以有效避免上述短时信号遮挡情况的影响,在一定程度上提高设备的容错率,同时有助于提高作业效率。因此,在实际应用中,可以根据实际的作业需求选择上述不同的判断方式。It can be understood that, compared with the above different control methods, immediately controlling the self-mobile device to move to the recovery position when it is determined that the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition can shorten the time or distance that the self-mobile device moves in the shadow area, which helps the self-mobile device to move to the position where the signal quality meets the preset quality condition as soon as possible, and can Operational accidents may be avoided. But on the other hand, in actual applications, the signal blockage encountered by the self-moving device during movement may be short-term. If the second method mentioned above is adopted, that is, when the duration reaches the second duration threshold or the moving distance reaches the preset displacement distance, the self-moving device is controlled to move to the recovery position, the impact of the above short-term signal blockage can be effectively avoided, and the fault tolerance of the equipment can be improved to a certain extent, which helps to improve the work efficiency. Therefore, in actual applications, the above different judgment methods can be selected according to actual work needs.
S207、控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动。S207, controlling the mobile device to move to the recovery position.
在确定需要向恢复位置移动的情况下,控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动。具体的控制过程可参照前述内容,此处不再详述。When it is determined that the mobile device needs to move to the recovery position, the mobile device is controlled to move to the recovery position. The specific control process can be referred to the above content, which will not be described in detail here.
S208、在自移动设备向恢复位置移动过程中,判断定位信号质量是否满足预设质量条件,若是,返回执行S205,若否,返回执行S207。S208. During the movement of the mobile device to the recovery position, determine whether the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition. If so, return to execute S205; if not, return to execute S207.
可选的,本步骤的具体实现方式,可参照前述内容中控制自移动设备向恢复位置移动的相关内容实现,此处不再复述。Optionally, the specific implementation of this step can be implemented by referring to the related content of controlling the movement of the mobile device to the recovery position in the aforementioned content, which will not be repeated here.
S209、控制自移动设备按照预设作业路径移动。S209, controlling the self-moving device to move according to the preset operation path.
在一种可能的实施方式中,S209的具体实现可参照图29所示实施例中S106的相关内容,此处不再复述。In a possible implementation, the specific implementation of S209 can refer to the relevant content of S106 in the embodiment shown in Figure 29, which will not be repeated here.
综上所述,本实施例提供的控制方法,与前述实施例相比,在控制自移动设备向预设作业路径移动过程中,控制自移动设备向确定的第一目标位置移动,可以有效避免在自移动设备移动过程中出现危害设备安全运行的情况,有助于提高设备运行的安全性。To sum up, the control method provided in this embodiment, compared with the previous embodiments, controls the self-moving equipment to move to a determined first target position during the process of controlling the self-moving equipment to move to a preset working path, which can effectively avoid situations that endanger the safe operation of the equipment during the movement of the self-moving equipment, and help improve the safety of the equipment operation.
下面结合图34,对按照图33所示实施例提供的控制方法控制自移动设备移动时的移动轨迹进行介绍:In conjunction with FIG34, the following describes the movement trajectory of the self-moving device when the control method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG33 controls the movement of the self-moving device:
在控制自移动设备10自原始位置Y向恢复位置AA移动过程中,自移动设备10在位置M1处的定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,则自位置M1向第一目标位置P1移动。移动过程中,在位置NN处的定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备10向恢复位置AA移动,在达到恢复位置AA后,控制自移动设备10向第一目标位置P1移动。进一步的,如果在自恢复位置AA向第一目标位置P1移动过程中,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件,则控制自移动设备返回回复位置AA,然后再向第一目标位置P1移动,以此类推,自移动设备10可能在恢复位置AA以及第一目标位置P1之间多次往复运动。In the process of controlling the self-moving device 10 to move from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, if the positioning signal quality of the self-moving device 10 at the position M1 meets the preset quality condition, the self-moving device 10 moves from the position M1 to the first target position P1. During the movement, if the positioning signal quality at the position NN does not meet the preset quality condition, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move to the recovery position AA, and after reaching the recovery position AA, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move to the first target position P1. Further, if the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement from the recovery position AA to the first target position P1, the self-moving device is controlled to return to the recovery position AA, and then move to the first target position P1. By analogy, the self-moving device 10 may reciprocate between the recovery position AA and the first target position P1 multiple times.
当然,也有可能在自移动设备自原始位置Y移动至恢复位置AA的过程中,并不存在定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置,则自移动设备10将自原始位置Y直接到达恢复位置AA,并进一步向第一目标位置P1移动。Of course, it is also possible that during the process of the mobile device moving from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, there is no position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions. In this case, the mobile device 10 will directly reach the recovery position AA from the original position Y and further move toward the first target position P1.
进一步的,结合前述内容可知,还可以设置多个恢复位置,在各次向恢复位置移动过程中对应不同的恢复位置。Furthermore, in combination with the foregoing content, it can be known that multiple recovery positions can also be set, and each movement to the recovery position corresponds to a different recovery position.
结合图35所示,自移动设备10自原始位置Y向恢复位置AA移动,达到恢复位置AA之后,首先控制自移动设备10向第一目标位置P1移动,如果在向第一目标位置P1移动过程中,存在定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的位置NN,则进一步控制自移动设备10自位置NN向另一个恢复位置BB移动。达到恢复位置BB之后,控制自移动设备10继续向第一目标位置P1移动。以此类推,可能需要控制自移动设备10在不同的恢复位置与第一目标位置P1间往复移动多次。As shown in FIG. 35 , the self-moving device 10 moves from the original position Y to the recovery position AA. After reaching the recovery position AA, the self-moving device 10 is first controlled to move to the first target position P1. If there is a position NN where the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition during the movement to the first target position P1, the self-moving device 10 is further controlled to move from position NN to another recovery position BB. After reaching the recovery position BB, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to continue to move to the first target position P1. By analogy, it may be necessary to control the self-moving device 10 to move back and forth between different recovery positions and the first target position P1 multiple times.
根据图34以及图35所示自移动设备移动轨迹可知,按照上述实施例提供的控制方
法控制设备移动,有可能出现自移动设备多次向第一目标位置移动的情况,特别是在各次返回对应相同的恢复位置的情况下,自移动设备有可能出现在同一区域内往复移动的问题,导致设备容易出现卡死的情况。According to the movement trajectory of the self-equipment device shown in Figure 34 and Figure 35, according to the control method provided in the above embodiment The device movement may not be controlled, and the self-moving device may move to the first target position multiple times. In particular, when each return corresponds to the same recovery position, the self-moving device may move back and forth in the same area, causing the device to become stuck easily.
为解决上述问题,本实施例提供另一种自移动设备控制方法,结合图36所示,首先,控制自移动设备10自原始位置Y移动至恢复位置AA,然后控制自移动设备10自恢复位置AA向第一目标位置P1移动。在向第一目标位置P1移动过程中,自移动设备10移动至位置NN时,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件,此种情况下,控制自移动设备10向另一恢复位置BB移动(当然,也可以参照前述实施例,向同一恢复位置,即恢复位置AA移动)。到达恢复位置BB之后,与前述实施例不同的是,本实施例控制自移动设备向第二目标位置P2移动,当然,第二目标位置P2与第一目标位置P1不同。In order to solve the above problems, this embodiment provides another method for controlling a self-moving device, as shown in FIG36 , first, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move from the original position Y to the recovery position AA, and then the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move from the recovery position AA to the first target position P1. In the process of moving to the first target position P1, when the self-moving device 10 moves to the position NN, the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality condition. In this case, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move to another recovery position BB (of course, it can also refer to the previous embodiment and move to the same recovery position, i.e., the recovery position AA). After arriving at the recovery position BB, unlike the previous embodiment, this embodiment controls the self-moving device to move to the second target position P2. Of course, the second target position P2 is different from the first target position P1.
可以理解的是,如果在向第二目标位置P2移动的过程中,自移动设备10再次移动至定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的位置,则会重复上述的过程,向恢复位置移动,进而在定位信号质量满足预设质量条件的位置向不同于前述目标位置的位置移动,依次类推,自移动设备10可能在经过多个往复移动后,最终返回预设作业路径。It is understandable that if in the process of moving to the second target position P2, the self-mobile device 10 moves again to a position where the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions, the above process will be repeated, moving to the recovery position, and then moving to a position different from the aforementioned target position at the position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions, and so on. The self-mobile device 10 may eventually return to the preset operating path after multiple reciprocating movements.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第二目标位置为第一目标位置前方的位置,且本实施例述及的前方,是基于将自移动设备在预设作业路径上的移动方向作为正方向确定的。In a possible implementation, the second target position is a position in front of the first target position, and the front mentioned in this embodiment is determined based on taking the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset operation path as the positive direction.
进一步的,本实施例给出一种确定第二目标位置的方式。首先,统计自移动设备自恢复位置向预设作业路径移动的移动次数,基于此,根据自移动设备的原始位置、移动次数以及预设调整步长,确定下一个落点位置。Furthermore, this embodiment provides a method for determining the second target position. First, the number of times the self-mobile device moves from the recovery position to the preset operation path is counted, and based on this, the next landing point position is determined according to the original position of the self-mobile device, the number of movements and the preset adjustment step length.
具体的,可以按照如下公式确定下一次个落点位置:Specifically, the next landing point position can be determined according to the following formula:
下一次返回预设作业路径时对应的目标位置=原始位置+移动次数×预设调整步长。The corresponding target position when returning to the preset operation path next time = original position + number of moves × preset adjustment step length.
可以理解的是,按照上述方式确定自移动设备的目标位置,可以确保目标位置在逐渐前移,不会多次向相同的目标位置移动。It can be understood that determining the target position of the self-moving device in the above manner can ensure that the target position gradually moves forward and does not move to the same target position multiple times.
综上所述,通过不断调整自移动设备返回预设作业路径时对应的目标位置,可以避免自移动设备因为重复向同一目标位置移动而出现卡死的问题,有效提供自移动设备的运行稳定性。In summary, by continuously adjusting the corresponding target position when the self-moving device returns to the preset working path, the problem of the self-moving device getting stuck due to repeated movement to the same target position can be avoided, thereby effectively improving the operation stability of the self-moving device.
结合图34、图35以及图36所示移动轨迹可以看出,在上述实施例提供的控制方法中,指引自移动设备向预设作业路径移动的第一目标位置均位于原始位置的前方,当然,该前方是基于将自移动设备在预设作业路径上的移动方向作为正方向确定的。自移动设备10自原始位置Y离开预设作业路径,即使在第一目标位置P1处返回预设作业路径,原始位置Y至第一目标位置P1之间的路径自移动设备10并未经过,如果目标位置不断前移,那么原始位置Y与最终自移动设备返回预设作业路径时对应的目标位置之间的距离会更远,这样导致预设作业路径上出现相应的未作业路径。以自动割草机为例,自动割草机自原始位置Y离开预设作业路径,在第一目标位置P1处返回预设作业路径,则原始位置Y到第一目标位置P1之间的路径并没有割草,即存在漏草问题。It can be seen from the moving trajectories shown in Figures 34, 35 and 36 that in the control method provided in the above embodiments, the first target position that guides the self-moving device to move to the preset working path is located in front of the original position. Of course, the front is determined based on the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction. The self-moving device 10 leaves the preset working path from the original position Y. Even if it returns to the preset working path at the first target position P1, the path between the original position Y and the first target position P1 is not passed by the self-moving device 10. If the target position continues to move forward, the distance between the original position Y and the corresponding target position when the self-moving device finally returns to the preset working path will be farther, which results in the appearance of a corresponding unworked path on the preset working path. Taking an automatic lawn mower as an example, the automatic lawn mower leaves the preset working path from the original position Y and returns to the preset working path at the first target position P1. The path between the original position Y and the first target position P1 is not mowed, that is, there is a grass leakage problem.
为解决这一问题,可以在前述实施例的基础上,将第一目标位置确定为预设作业路径上自移动设备已经经过的位置,可以理解的是,基于自移动设备在预设作业路径上的移动方向作为正方向确定自移动设备的前方,自移动设备已经经过的位置,包括原始位置以及原始位置之后的位置。To solve this problem, on the basis of the aforementioned embodiment, the first target position can be determined as the position on the preset working path that the self-moving device has passed. It can be understood that the position in front of the self-moving device and the position that the self-moving device has passed, including the original position and the position after the original position, is determined based on the moving direction of the self-moving device on the preset working path as the positive direction.
结合图37所示,第一目标位置P1选在原始位置Y后方,在控制自移动设备10自原始位置10移动至恢复位置AA之后,首先控制自移动设备10向第一目标位置P1移
动,如果自移动设备10在满足前述实施例提供的限制条件的情况下到达第一目标位置P1,则控制自移动设备10自第一目标位置P1继续沿预设作业路径移动。可以理解的是,由于第一目标位置P1位于原始位置Y后方,可以避免未作业路径的出现。As shown in FIG37 , the first target position P1 is selected behind the original position Y. After the self-moving device 10 is controlled to move from the original position 10 to the recovery position AA, the self-moving device 10 is first controlled to move to the first target position P1. If the self-moving device 10 reaches the first target position P1 under the condition that the restriction conditions provided in the above embodiment are met, the self-moving device 10 is controlled to continue to move along the preset operation path from the first target position P1. It can be understood that since the first target position P1 is located behind the original position Y, the occurrence of the unoperated path can be avoided.
当然,如果自移动设备未能达到第一目标位置P1,后续的控制过程可参照前述任一实施例实现,此处不再复述。Of course, if the self-moving device fails to reach the first target position P1, the subsequent control process can be implemented with reference to any of the aforementioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
结合上述内容可以看出,将第一目标位置选定为预设作业路径上自移动设备已经经过的位置,在一定程度上能够避免未作业路径的出现,相较于前述实施例提供的控制方法,有助于提高自移动设备的作业效果,改善用户的使用感受。In combination with the above content, it can be seen that selecting the first target position as a position on the preset operation path that the self-moving device has passed can avoid the occurrence of an unoperated path to a certain extent. Compared with the control method provided in the previous embodiment, it helps to improve the operation effect of the self-moving device and improve the user experience.
可以理解的是,在遮挡较为严重的情况下,自移动设备可能经过多次移动仍然无法顺利返回预设作业路径,如果无休止的执行上述过程,必然不利于作业任务的完成,还会缩短自移动设备的使用寿命。It is understandable that in the case of severe obstruction, the self-moving device may not be able to smoothly return to the preset working path after multiple moves. If the above process is executed endlessly, it will inevitably be detrimental to the completion of the working task and will also shorten the service life of the self-moving device.
基于上述考虑,本发明提供预设次数阈值,用于限定上述过程的执行次数。在执行上述任一实施例提供的控制方法的过程中,统计自移动设备向预设作业路径移动的移动次数,如果移动次数达到预设次数阈值,则直接控制自移动设备停机。Based on the above considerations, the present invention provides a preset number threshold value for limiting the number of executions of the above process. In the process of executing the control method provided by any of the above embodiments, the number of times the self-moving device moves to the preset working path is counted, and if the number of movements reaches the preset number threshold value, the self-moving device is directly controlled to stop.
进一步的,基于前述内容可知,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长是持续统计的,在定位信号质量满足预设质量条件时会清零,基于此,自移动设备移动过程中,持续时长有可能处于持续增长的状态,以图36所示为例,自移动设备自恢复位置AA移动至位置NN,定位信号质量不满足预设质量条件的持续时长已经达到第一时长阈值,由于定位信号质量依然不满足预设质量条件,所以在自移动设备自位置NN向恢复位置BB移动过程中,持续时长仍会持续增长,这意味着自移动设备的定位信号质量会持续下降,很有可能难以为自移动设备提供满足使用要求的定位信号,进而导致自移动设备在移动过程中出现意外,比如撞击障碍物、驶入危险区域等。Furthermore, based on the foregoing, it can be known that the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions is continuously counted, and will be cleared when the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality conditions. Based on this, during the movement of the self-mobile device, the duration may be in a state of continuous growth. Taking Figure 36 as an example, the self-mobile device moves from the recovery position AA to the position NN, and the duration during which the positioning signal quality does not meet the preset quality conditions has reached the first duration threshold. Since the positioning signal quality still does not meet the preset quality conditions, the duration will continue to grow during the movement of the self-mobile device from position NN to the recovery position BB. This means that the positioning signal quality of the self-mobile device will continue to decline, and it is very likely that it will be difficult to provide the self-mobile device with a positioning signal that meets the use requirements, which may lead to accidents in the self-mobile device during movement, such as colliding with obstacles, driving into dangerous areas, etc.
基于此,本发明提供第三时长阈值,在自移动设备移动过程中,如果定位信号不满足预设质量条件的持续时长达到第三时长阈值,同样控制自移动设备停机,以避免出现上述意外情况。Based on this, the present invention provides a third duration threshold. During the movement of the self-moving device, if the duration for which the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition reaches the third duration threshold, the self-moving device is also controlled to shut down to avoid the above-mentioned unexpected situation.
需要说明的是,在实际应用中,第三时长阈值大于第一时长阈值以及第二时长阈值,至于第三时长阈值的具体取值,本发明不做限定。It should be noted that, in practical applications, the third duration threshold is greater than the first duration threshold and the second duration threshold. As for the specific value of the third duration threshold, the present invention does not limit it.
下面对本发明提供的自移动设备控制装置进行介绍,本发明提供的自移动设备控制装置,与本申请实施例所提供的自移动设备控制方法属于同一申请构思,可执行本申请任意实施例所提供的自移动设备控制方法,具备执行自移动设备控制方法相应的功能模块和有益效果。未在本实施例中详尽描述的技术细节,可参见本申请实施例提供的自移动设备控制方法,此处不再加以赘述。The following is an introduction to the self-moving device control device provided by the present invention. The self-moving device control device provided by the present invention belongs to the same application concept as the self-moving device control method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and can execute the self-moving device control method provided in any embodiment of the present application, and has the corresponding functional modules and beneficial effects of executing the self-moving device control method. For technical details not fully described in this embodiment, please refer to the self-moving device control method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and will not be repeated here.
参见图38,图38是本发明实施例提供的一种自移动设备控制装置的结构框图,本实施例提供的控制装置,包括:Referring to FIG. 38 , FIG. 38 is a structural block diagram of a self-moving device control device provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The control device provided by this embodiment includes:
获取单元50,用于获取自移动设备移动过程中接收到的定位信号;An acquisition unit 50 is used to acquire a positioning signal received from the mobile device during movement;
第一控制单元20,用于根据所述定位信号控制所述自移动设备沿预设作业路径移动;A first control unit 20, configured to control the self-moving device to move along a preset operation path according to the positioning signal;
第二控制单元30,用于若所述定位信号不满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设备向恢复位置移动,所述恢复位置为定位信号质量满足所述预设质量条件的位置;A second control unit 30 is configured to control the self-moving device to move to a recovery position if the positioning signal does not meet the preset quality condition, and the recovery position is a position where the positioning signal quality meets the preset quality condition;
第三控制单元40,用于若所述定位信号质量满足预设质量条件,控制所述自移动设
备向所述预设作业路径移动。The third control unit 40 is used to control the autonomous mobile device to The equipment moves toward the preset operation path.
进一步的,本发明还一种自移动设备,包括:控制模块,其中,Furthermore, the present invention also provides a self-moving device, comprising: a control module, wherein:
控制模块分别与自移动设备的定位模块、移动模块相连;The control module is respectively connected to the positioning module and the moving module of the self-moving device;
定位模块用于接收定位信号,并向控制模块发送表征定位信号质量的信息;The positioning module is used to receive the positioning signal and send information representing the quality of the positioning signal to the control module;
移动模块用于带动自移动设备移动;The mobile module is used to drive the mobile device to move;
控制模块用于执行前述任一项实施例提供的自移动设备控制方法。The control module is used to execute the self-moving device control method provided by any of the aforementioned embodiments.
参见图39,本发明还提供一种自动工作系统,包括:前述实施例提供的自移动设备100;Referring to FIG. 39 , the present invention further provides an automatic working system, comprising: the self-moving device 100 provided in the above-mentioned embodiment;
自移动设备100在移动过程中与自动工作系统的充电站200通信连接,或者,在充电过程中与充电站200电连接。The mobile device 100 is communicatively connected with the charging station 200 of the automatic working system during movement, or is electrically connected with the charging station 200 during charging.
在一些实施例中,本实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,如软盘、光盘、硬盘、闪存、U盘、SD(Secure Digital Memory Card,安全数码卡)卡、MMC(Multimedia Card,多媒体卡)卡等,在该计算机可读存储介质中存储有实现上述各个步骤的一个或者多个指令,这一个或者多个指令被一个或者多个处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行前文描述的自移动设备控制方法。相关具体实现请参考前述描述,此处不过多赘述。In some embodiments, this embodiment further provides a computer-readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk, an optical disk, a hard disk, a flash memory, a USB flash disk, an SD (Secure Digital Memory Card) card, an MMC (Multimedia Card) card, etc., in which one or more instructions for implementing the above steps are stored. When the one or more instructions are executed by one or more processors, the processors execute the self-mobile device control method described above. For the relevant specific implementation, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
除了上述方法和设备以外,本申请的实施例还可以是计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序指令,计算机程序指令在被处理器运行时使得处理器执行本说明书上述内容中描述的根据本申请各种实施例的自移动设备控制方法中的步骤。In addition to the above-mentioned methods and devices, an embodiment of the present application may also be a computer program product, which includes computer program instructions, which, when executed by a processor, enable the processor to execute the steps of the self-mobile device control method according to various embodiments of the present application described in the above content of this specification.
以上是对本公开的说明,而不应被认为是对其的限制。尽管描述了本公开的若干示例性实施例,但本领域技术人员将容易地理解,在不背离本公开的新颖教学和优点的前提下可以对示例性实施例进行许多修改。因此,所有这些修改都意图包含在权利要求书所限定的本公开范围内。应当理解,上面是对本公开的说明,而不应被认为是限于所公开的特定实施例,并且对所公开的实施例以及其他实施例的修改意图包含在所附权利要求书的范围内。本公开由权利要求书及其等效物限定。
The above is an explanation of the present disclosure and should not be considered as a limitation thereof. Although several exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure are described, it will be readily understood by those skilled in the art that many modifications may be made to the exemplary embodiments without departing from the novel teachings and advantages of the present disclosure. Therefore, all such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the present disclosure as defined in the claims. It should be understood that the above is an explanation of the present disclosure and should not be considered to be limited to the specific embodiments disclosed, and modifications to the disclosed embodiments and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims. The present disclosure is defined by the claims and their equivalents.
Claims (13)
- 一种自移动设备,所述自移动设备在工作区域内移动和工作,包括:A self-moving device, which moves and works in a working area, comprising:驱动模块,被配置为根据驱动指令驱动所述自移动设备移动;A driving module, configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction;卫星定位模块,被配置为输出卫星定位信息,所述卫星定位信息包括所述自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息;A satellite positioning module, configured to output satellite positioning information, wherein the satellite positioning information includes signal quality information of the mobile device at each location;控制模块,与所述驱动模块和所述卫星定位模块连接,被配置为根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿预设路径移动;A control module, connected to the driving module and the satellite positioning module, and configured to control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information;其特征在于,It is characterized in that所述控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使所述自移动设备快速通过所述预设路径上的阴影区域;In the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if the preset condition is detected, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area on the preset path;其中,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域时,所述卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。Wherein, when the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- 根据权利要求1所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,所述预设条件包括:所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。The self-moving device according to claim 1 is characterized in that the preset condition includes: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
- 根据权利要求1所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,所述预设条件包括:所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域持续移动预设时长和/或预设距离。The self-moving device according to claim 1 is characterized in that the preset conditions include: the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirements and the self-moving device continues to move in the shadow area for a preset time period and/or a preset distance.
- 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,所述控制模块控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速之后,所述自移动设备的移动速度小于或等于安全速度阈值。The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1-3 is characterized in that after the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, the moving speed of the self-moving device is less than or equal to a safety speed threshold.
- 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,所述控制模块还被配置为:The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, the control module is further configured to:如果检测到所述自移动设备处于颠簸路段,则控制所述自移动设备进行减速。If it is detected that the self-moving device is on a bumpy road section, the self-moving device is controlled to decelerate.
- 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,所述控制模块还被配置为:The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that, in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, the control module is further configured to:如果检测到所述卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备以第一速度移动,其中,所述第一速度为所述自移动设备在未进入所述阴影区域之前沿所述预设路径移动的速度。If it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, the self-moving device is controlled to move at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,所述控制模块还被配置为:The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the control module is further configured to:根据位置传感器输出的定位信息,控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备以第一速度沿预设路径移动,其中,所述第一速度为所述自移动设备在未进入所述阴影区域之前沿所述预设路径移动的速度,所述位置传感器不同于所述卫星定位模块。According to the positioning information output by the position sensor, the driving module is controlled to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area, and the position sensor is different from the satellite positioning module.
- 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,所述控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,包括:The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1 to 7 is characterized in that, in the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate once or multiple times, including:所述控制模块在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿 所述预设路径移动的过程中,The control module controls the driving module to drive the mobile device along the During the movement of the preset path,如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次加速;以及If it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement, controlling the mobile device to accelerate once; and如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域持续移动预设时长和/或预设距离,则控制所述自移动设备再次进行加速。If it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and the self-moving device continues to move in the shadow area for a preset time period and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate again.
- 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域持续移动预设时长和/或预设距离,则控制所述自移动设备再次进行加速,包括:The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is characterized in that, if it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and the self-moving device continues to move in the shadow area for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate again, comprising:如果检测到所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求且所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域持续移动预设时长和/或预设距离,控制所述自移动设备改变移动方向以向信号恢复点移动,在向所述信号恢复点移动的过程中再次进行加速,所述信号恢复点为卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的位置;If it is detected that the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement and the self-moving device continues to move in the shadow area for a preset time and/or a preset distance, the self-moving device is controlled to change the moving direction to move toward the signal recovery point, and accelerates again in the process of moving toward the signal recovery point, the signal recovery point being the position where the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module meets the preset signal quality requirement;如果检测到所述卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求,则控制所述自移动设备以第一速度向所述预设路径移动,其中,所述第一速度为所述自移动设备在未进入所述阴影区域之前沿所述预设路径移动的速度。If it is detected that the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, the self-moving device is controlled to move toward the preset path at a first speed, wherein the first speed is the speed at which the self-moving device moves along the preset path before entering the shadow area.
- 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域的转向速度大于在非阴影区域的转向速度。The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1-9 is characterized in that the turning speed of the self-moving device in the shadow area is greater than the turning speed in the non-shadow area.
- 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的自移动设备,其特征在于,如果所述控制模块控制所述自移动设备进行多次加速,所述自移动设备从所述卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求的第一位置向所述卫星定位信息满足预设信号质量要求的第二位置移动时的加速幅度最大,其中,所述自移动设备在所述第一位置的移动速度为第二速度,所述自移动设备在所述第二位置的移动速度为第三速度,所述加速幅度为所述第三速度与所述第二速度的差值或比值。The self-moving device according to any one of claims 1-10 is characterized in that if the control module controls the self-moving device to accelerate multiple times, the acceleration amplitude is the largest when the self-moving device moves from a first position where the satellite positioning information does not meet the preset signal quality requirement to a second position where the satellite positioning information meets the preset signal quality requirement, wherein the moving speed of the self-moving device at the first position is the second speed, the moving speed of the self-moving device at the second position is the third speed, and the acceleration amplitude is the difference or ratio between the third speed and the second speed.
- 一种自主工作系统,其特征在于,所述自主工作系统包括如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的自移动设备。An autonomous working system, characterized in that the autonomous working system comprises a self-moving device as described in any one of claims 1-11.
- 一种自移动设备的控制方法,所述自移动设备在工作区域内移动和工作,所述自移动设备包括驱动模块和卫星定位模块,所述驱动模块被配置为根据驱动指令驱动所述自移动设备移动,所述卫星定位模块被配置为输出卫星定位信息,所述卫星定位信息包括所述自移动设备在每个位置的信号质量信息;其特征在于,A control method for a self-moving device, wherein the self-moving device moves and works in a working area, the self-moving device comprises a driving module and a satellite positioning module, the driving module is configured to drive the self-moving device to move according to a driving instruction, and the satellite positioning module is configured to output satellite positioning information, wherein the satellite positioning information comprises signal quality information of the self-moving device at each position; characterized in that所述控制方法包括:The control method comprises:根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿预设路径移动;Control the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along a preset path according to the satellite positioning information;在根据所述卫星定位信息控制所述驱动模块带动所述自移动设备沿所述预设路径移动的过程中,如果检测到预设条件,则控制所述自移动设备进行一次或多次加速,以使所述自移动设备快速通过所述预设路径上的阴影区域;In the process of controlling the driving module to drive the self-moving device to move along the preset path according to the satellite positioning information, if a preset condition is detected, the self-moving device is controlled to accelerate once or multiple times so that the self-moving device quickly passes through the shadow area on the preset path;其中,所述自移动设备在所述阴影区域时,所述卫星定位模块输出的卫星定位信息不满足预设信号质量要求。 Wherein, when the self-mobile device is in the shadow area, the satellite positioning information output by the satellite positioning module does not meet the preset signal quality requirement.
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202310179830.4A CN118605485A (en) | 2023-02-28 | 2023-02-28 | Self-mobile device control method, device, self-mobile device and system |
CN202310180372.6 | 2023-02-28 | ||
CN202310179942.X | 2023-02-28 | ||
CN202310179942.XA CN118605486A (en) | 2023-02-28 | 2023-02-28 | Self-moving equipment, control method and autonomous working system |
CN202310180362.2 | 2023-02-28 | ||
CN202310180362.2A CN118605490A (en) | 2023-02-28 | 2023-02-28 | Self-mobile device and method of controlling the same |
CN202310180372.6A CN118605491A (en) | 2023-02-28 | 2023-02-28 | Self-mobile device and method of controlling the same |
CN202310179830.4 | 2023-02-28 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024179481A1 true WO2024179481A1 (en) | 2024-09-06 |
Family
ID=92589840
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2024/078871 WO2024179481A1 (en) | 2023-02-28 | 2024-02-28 | Self-moving device, control method, and autonomous working system |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024179481A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20160040994A1 (en) * | 2014-08-06 | 2016-02-11 | Elektrobit Automotive Gmbh | Vehicle navigation system |
WO2017092801A1 (en) * | 2015-12-02 | 2017-06-08 | Husqvarna Ab | Improved navigation for a vehicle by implementing two operating modes |
CN107291077A (en) * | 2016-04-12 | 2017-10-24 | 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 | Automatic working system, from mobile device and its control method |
CN112578779A (en) * | 2019-09-29 | 2021-03-30 | 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 | Map establishing method, self-moving equipment and automatic working system |
CN114375676A (en) * | 2020-10-16 | 2022-04-22 | 南京德朔实业有限公司 | Self-moving equipment, control method thereof and self-moving working system |
-
2024
- 2024-02-28 WO PCT/CN2024/078871 patent/WO2024179481A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20160040994A1 (en) * | 2014-08-06 | 2016-02-11 | Elektrobit Automotive Gmbh | Vehicle navigation system |
WO2017092801A1 (en) * | 2015-12-02 | 2017-06-08 | Husqvarna Ab | Improved navigation for a vehicle by implementing two operating modes |
CN107291077A (en) * | 2016-04-12 | 2017-10-24 | 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 | Automatic working system, from mobile device and its control method |
CN112578779A (en) * | 2019-09-29 | 2021-03-30 | 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 | Map establishing method, self-moving equipment and automatic working system |
CN114375676A (en) * | 2020-10-16 | 2022-04-22 | 南京德朔实业有限公司 | Self-moving equipment, control method thereof and self-moving working system |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP3495910B1 (en) | Mobile robot and method of controlling the same | |
US11910742B2 (en) | Moving robot, system of moving robot and method for moving to charging station of moving robot | |
US20220342426A1 (en) | Map building method, self-moving device, and automatic working system | |
WO2021093474A1 (en) | Lawn mower navigation method and apparatus, and lawn mower | |
AU2019210641B2 (en) | Lawn mower robot, system of lawn mower robot and control method of lawn mower robot system | |
WO2021114989A1 (en) | Autonomous robot and control method thereof, and computer storage medium | |
WO2021058030A1 (en) | Self-moving device and control method therefor, and automatic working system | |
EP4177569A1 (en) | Map generation method and system for self-moving device, and automatic working system | |
CN114937258A (en) | Control method for mowing robot, and computer storage medium | |
WO2024179481A1 (en) | Self-moving device, control method, and autonomous working system | |
KR102206388B1 (en) | Lawn mover robot and controlling method for the same | |
CN115454077A (en) | Automatic lawn mower, control method thereof, and computer-readable storage medium | |
WO2024199180A1 (en) | Route planning method and apparatus, mowing robot, and storage medium | |
CN117130368B (en) | Control method and mowing robot | |
WO2021093469A1 (en) | Automatic walking area route planning method and automatic walking device | |
AU2023203315B2 (en) | Method for establishing boundary of working area of lawnmower, method for mowing and lawnmower | |
CN116088533B (en) | Information determination method, remote terminal, device, mower and storage medium | |
CN111308994A (en) | Robot control method and robot system | |
CN116736865A (en) | Information determination method, remote terminal, device, mower and storage medium | |
CN118605490A (en) | Self-mobile device and method of controlling the same | |
WO2024179496A1 (en) | Control method, control apparatus, storage medium, and self-moving device | |
WO2024179521A1 (en) | Control method and apparatus for self-moving device, and self-moving device | |
US20230112518A1 (en) | Working robot and control method | |
WO2024183261A1 (en) | Method, system and apparatus for planning operation path of robot, and medium | |
CN118605491A (en) | Self-mobile device and method of controlling the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24763162 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |